Reference and How-ToOperations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 2 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Reference and How-To Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 3 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles This document has been formatted to be viewed. Internal links will be in light blue and external links are dark blue. You can obtain a free reader for this document at http://www.adobe.com. Send comments or suggestions to:
[email protected] or
[email protected] First Edition (July 2008) This edition contains information pertaining to V5R3M0 and later of OS/400, i5/OS, and IBM I OS. © Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2007, 2008. All rights reserved. US Government Users Restricted Rights – Use, duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp. 4 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Safety and environmental notices Safety notices may be printed throughout this guide: DANGER notices call attention to a situation that is potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to people. ● ● CAUTION notices call attention to a situation that is potentially hazardous to people because of some existing condition. Attention notices call attention to the possibility of damage to a program, device, system, or data. World Trade safety information Several countries require the safety information contained in product publications to be presented in their national languages. If this requirement applies to your country, a safety information booklet is included in the publications package shipped with the product. The booklet contains the safety information in your national language with references to the U.S. English source. Before using a U.S. English publication to install, operate, or service this product, you must first become familiar with the related safety information in the booklet. You should also refer to the booklet any time you do not clearly understand any safety information in the U.S. English publications. German safety information Das Produkt ist nicht für den Einsatz an Bildschirmarbeitsplätzen im Sinne § 2 der Bildschirmarbeitsverordnung geeignet. Laser safety information IBM® servers can use I/O cards or features that are fiber-optic based and that utilize lasers or LEDs. Laser compliance All lasers are certified in the U.S. To conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR Subchapter J for class 1 laser products. Outside the U.S., they are certified to be in compliance with IEC 60825 as a class 1 laser product. Consult the label on each part for laser certification numbers and approval information. CAUTION: This product might contain one or more of the following devices: CD-ROM drive, DVD-ROM drive, DVD-RAM drive, or laser module, which are Class 1 laser products. Note the following information: ● Do not remove the covers. Removing the covers of the laser product could result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no serviceable parts inside the device. ● Use of the controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure. (C026) 5 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles CAUTION: Data processing environments can contain equipment transmitting on system links with laser modules that operate at greater than Class 1 power levels. For this reason, never look into the end of an optical fiber cable or open receptacle. (C027) CAUTION: This product contains a Class 1M laser. Do not view directly with optical instruments. (C028) CAUTION: Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser diode. Note the following information: laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the beam, do not view directly with optical instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the beam. (C030) Power and cabling information for NEBS (Network Equipment-Building System) GR-1089CORE The following comments apply to the IBM servers that have been designated as conforming to NEBS (Network Equipment-Building System) GR-1089-CORE: The equipment is suitable for installation in the following: Network telecommunications facilities ● Locations where the NEC (National Electrical Code) applies The intrabuilding ports of this equipment are suitable for connection to intrabuilding or unexposed wiring or cabling only. The intrabuilding ports of this equipment must not be metallically connected to the interfaces that connect to the OSP (outside plant) or its wiring. These interfaces are designed for use as intrabuilding interfaces only (Type 2 or Type 4 ports as described in GR-1089-CORE) and require isolation from the exposed OSP cabling. The addition of primary protectors is not sufficient protection to connect these interfaces metallically to OSP wiring. Note: All Ethernet cables must be shielded and grounded at both ends. The ac-powered system does not require the use of an external surge protection device (SPD). The dc-powered system employs an isolated DC return (DC-I) design. The DC battery return terminal shall not be connected to the chassis or frame ground. Product recycling and disposal This unit must be recycled or discarded according to applicable local and national regulations. IBM encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. IBM offers a variety of product return programs and services in several countries to assist equipment owners in recycling their IT products. Information on IBM product recycling offerings can be found on IBM’s Internet site at http://www.ibm.com/ibm/environment/products/prp.shtml. 6 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Esta unidad debe reciclarse o desecharse de acuerdo con lo establecido en la normativa nacional o local aplicable. IBM recomienda a los propietarios de equipos de tecnología de la información (TI) que reciclen responsablemente sus equipos cuando éstos ya no les sean útiles. IBM dispone de una serie de programas y servicios de devolución de productos en varios países, a fin de ayudar a los propietarios de equipos a reciclar sus productos de TI. Se puede encontrar información sobre las ofertas de reciclado de productos de IBM en el sitio web de IBM http://www.ibm.com/ibm/environment/products/prp.shtml. Note: This mark applies only to countries within the European Union (EU) and Norway. Appliances are labeled in accordance with European Directive 2002/96/EC concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE). The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances as applicable throughout the European Union. This label is applied to various products to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away, but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive. In accordance with the European WEEE Directive, electrical and electronic equipment (EEE) is to be collected separately and to be reused, recycled, or recovered at end of life. Users of EEE with the WEEE marking per Annex IV of the WEEE Directive, as shown above, must not dispose of end of life EEE as unsorted municipal waste, but use the collection framework available to customers for the return, recycling, and recovery of WEEE. Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of EEE on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances in EEE. For proper collection and treatment, contact your local IBM representative. Battery return program This product may contain sealed lead acid, nickel cadmium, nickel metal hydride, lithium, or lithium ion battery. Consult your user manual or service manual for specific battery information. The battery must be recycled or disposed of properly. Recycling facilities may not be available in your area. For information on disposal of batteries outside the United States, go to http://www.ibm.com/ibm/environment/products/batteryrecycle.shtml or contact your local waste disposal facility. IBM sealed lead acid, nickel cadmium, nickel metal hydride, and other battery packs from IBM Equipment. For information on proper disposal of these batteries, contact IBM at 1-800-426-4333. Please have the IBM part number listed on the battery available prior to your call. 7 For proper collection and treatment. For California: Perchlorate Material – special handling may apply. but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive.5 Chapter 33. Batteries or packaging for batteries are labeled in accordance with European Directive 2006/66/ EC concerning batteries and accumulators and waste batteries and accumulators.dtsc. The label on the battery may also include a chemical symbol for the metal concerned in the battery (Pb for lead. Customer participation is important to minimize any potential effects of batteries and accumulators on the environment and human health due to the potential presence of hazardous substances. The foregoing notice is provided in accordance with California Code of Regulations Title 22. See www. recycling. This product/part may include a lithium manganese dioxide battery which contains a perchlorate substance. 8 . In accordance with the European Directive 2006/66/EC. and treatment of batteries and accumulators.Reference and How-To . This label is applied to various batteries to indicate that the battery is not to be thrown away. For the European Union: Note: This mark applies only to countries within the European Union (EU).ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Best Management Practices for Perchlorate Materials. Users of batteries and accumulators must not dispose of batteries and accumulators as unsorted municipal waste. but use the collection framework available to customers for the return.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles For Taiwan: Please recycle batteries. Division 4. Hg for mercury and Cd for cadmium). contact your local IBM representative. The Directive determines the framework for the return and recycling of used batteries and accumulators as applicable throughout the European Union. batteries and accumulators are labeled to indicate that they are to be collected separately and recycled at end of life. ...............................................................................Not managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC)............................................Welcome to Operations Console and other i5/OS consoles............................................................................................................................................82 Power6 processor-based ................................Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Table of Contents Safety and environmental notices.........73 Power Systems ............................................................................30 Power6 processor-based Blade and Power6 processor-based System running VIOS/IVM..............................................................................87 9 .............................23 Supported adapter locations.....................................Non-partitioned systems .........................................44 Local console directly attached......................................................................................56 Chapter 2: Considerations for planning........All systems....................................................................... ...........................................Not HMC managed.........15 Chapter 1: Reference...........................................................................................................84 Power6 processor-based Blade and Power6 processor-based systems running VIOS/IVM ............................................................................................................................................................ ..........................................................................................69 Pre-Power5 processor-based systems using a local console directly attached...........................................59 All systems ...............................................................................................................................................All systems...................................................Partitioned systems.......................................................22 Supported Adapters..........19 Console types covered in this document..........................................................................................................................Partitioned systems...............5 Start here ............59 Pre-Power5 processor-based systems..................................19 Platform and environment information..................................................................................19 Common Terminology...................................................Reference and How-To ...............................................71 Pre-Power5 processor-based ............20 Operating system console designations.....Common information............................54 Operations Console simplification (V6R1)........32 What Functions....................................73 Power-processor-based Systems .......................85 RCP & VCP...................................... When?........83 Power6 processor-based ..............29 Default addresses for the HMC1 and HMC2 ports.................................................................................................................................................20 Operations Console connectivities........................................81 Power6 processor-based Systems Specific..................................................................74 Power5 processor-based Systems Specific........................................................................................................................................Non-partitioned systems.........................................32 Local console on a network (LAN) specific information..................................................49 Other references.............69 Pre-Power5 processor-based ..........................................................................31 PC requirements for Operations Console.............................................All systems............................71 Pre-Power5 processor-based .....Non-partitioned systems..............................................................................................................................81 Power5 processor-based ......................................................................................................................................................................26 Supported models by release...........................................................82 Power6 processor-based .72 Power-processor-based Systems .........General Operations Console considerations................... .............107 Chapter 5: Changing consoles .........................101 Chapter 4: Changing consoles .................105 Tagging a pre-Power5 processor-based logical partition for console..........................................................................156 Windows XP...................................................116 Changing the console using the partition profile with an activation.......................................111 Changing the console without an HMC.........................103 Changing hardware on a pre-Power5 processor-based logical partition with the power off ..........................................117 Completing a console change with the logical partition and managed system powered on (HMC).............. Local console on a network (LAN) V5R3/V5R4......................................................124 Chapter 6: Setting up Operations Console.............................Reference and How-To .......131 Option A...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................91 Select your environment....................................................130 V6R1 ..........126 Prepare your connection...................................138 Option A.Power-processor-based................. Local console on a network (LAN)...............................................................................107 Select your console ...............Pre-Power5 processor-based...............92 Verify the console tagging on a Power-processor-based system..................................................................................................... Local console directly attached V5R3/V5R4............................................................................................................Completing your configuration setup tasks..........96 Select your console ............94 Verify console resource setup for VIOS/IVM..............................................................Pre-Power5 processor-based...............146 Windows NT.... Local console directly attached with remote support ......................................................156 10 ....................................................112 Changing the console without an HMC and when hardware changes are needed..........Completing your configuration setup tasks..................................................103 Choosing the procedure to change a console ........................................................................................149 Option C....................105 Changing hardware on a pre-Power5 processor-based primary partition or standalone system with the power off.........................125 Cabling the Operations Console to your server...................144 Windows 2000......112 Changing the console without an HMC and when the correct hardware is installed...V5R3 & V5R4 Only................129 Applying Client Access service packs..................New...................................................Power-processor-based.............................................Power-processor-based.................................................................................................. Local console directly attached.........................135 V5R3/V5R4 .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................119 Select your console ...............................Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Chapter 3: First Time System Setup.................................................109 Choosing the procedure to change a console ......109 Verify proper environment for changing consoles.................................................................................................................................Pre-Power5 processor-based...............................................125 Determining where to start installing Operations Console.......................................................................................................127 Verify or Install Client Access.....144 Windows XP...............................................92 Tagging the console for a logical partition on a pre-Power5 processor-based system..........................................................113 Changing the console with an HMC.......................................................................................................................139 Option B..............131 Option B................................................................................................... ..............................................................................................................................191 Chapter 7: Twinaxial console..................................................226 use the Console Service Functions (65+21)?..................................................................................................................242 change the value of autocreate service tools device IDs? (V6R1 only)?...........................................................241 resynchronize the PC and service tools device ID password?........213 change the mode of the emulator for a 3179 or 3477?................................................................211 change keyboard definitions?................................................................................................247 11 ...................................................................224 work with console takeover and recovery?................................................................................................................204 Chapter 9: HMC 5250 console...........................................................................................................183 Configuring a virtual control panel (VCP)..................................................207 Connecting to a 5250 console remotely.................215 use the Operations Console properties window?.............................................................................................................................................................................................177 Configuring a remote control panel or virtual control panel...........................................................................................Reference and How-To .............................................................197 Twinaxial console hardware environment...................................................................197 Setting up a twinaxial console...........................................................239 change the access password?........V5R3 & V5R4.....................165 Remote console through dial-up support (V5R3 & V5R4 only)................................................................................................................................239 work with the service tools device ID?.......................239 consider changing the service tools device ID passwords?.......V6R1........................201 Start the console and power on the system..........175 Windows NT....................................232 Local console on a network (LAN)-specific topics.....Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Windows 2000..211 determine what model or serial number a system is?...................................161 Windows NT......................................................173 Windows XP.............................................................................197 Chapter 8: Thin console..............................................................................................................197 Supported twinaxial adapters..................208 Chapter 10: How do I .............................201 Cabling and connecting the Thin Console...........................223 switch the console type to recover access to the system?......................................................................................214 use the OPSCONSOLE macro?..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................173 Windows 2000...............................202 Troubleshooting problems when using the Thin Console.........................................239 create service tools device IDs on the system?...........220 switch from one console type to another when a console is currently available?......................185 Configuring a virtual control panel (VCP) ....................................................................................185 Configuring a virtual control panel (VCP) ................................................................................211 display the system reference code (SRC) detail?.............................................................241 change the service tools device ID password on the PC and system?..........................................................................207 Start a 5250 console locally.........................183 Configuring a remote control panel (RCP)....217 use the Operations Console user interface?.......................... ...................309 Troubleshooting remote and virtual control panel problems...................................................................................................298 D1008065 after attempting to activate the asynchronous communications adapter....................................................................................................................308 Troubleshooting configuration wizard problems.......................301 SRC A9002000...317 Bootstrap Protocol........................................................................................310 Troubleshooting other Operations Console problems.............................................271 Appendix B.................252 disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port................................................................................ and A6005007.......................................................................................................................258 Local console directly attached with remote access allowed and remote console through dialup support topics....................... or 5767/5768 adapters?....................311 Changing console tags without an IPL..................................................................................281 On a network (LAN)............................................................................................................................285 Troubleshooting system reference code (SRC) data........................................................................................312 Unable to sign on because of a lost or expired password or disabled user ID...................................314 Appendix C...308 Startup step C6004508 takes longer than expected in D-mode IPL.............................................................................................................307 SRC A6005082....................................................................................................................Reference and How-To .......................................250 change network values?........................................... A6005004......................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Operations Console Networking......................................................318 Additional considerations for a system connected to an HMC.............311 Operations Console remains in QCTL.............. 5706/5707..........313 Troubleshooting the new console when the system is managed by an HMC.......257 deactivate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server?...........................307 Failure to display D1008065 and D1008066 automatically after calling the function........................248 deallocate or move the Operations Console LAN adapter?...................289 SRC A6005008..313 Troubleshooting the new console when the system is not managed by an HMC.....................................................................283 Remote console..................Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles unlock service tools device IDs in SST?........312 Troubleshooting console changes.................................... Troubleshooting...............................249 create or verify a service host name (interface name)?..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................260 Appendix A.................................................................................................... Shutting down systems or logical partitions....................................................................319 12 .................................281 Local console...........................................................................................................................................290 Step-by-step analysis.......................................................................................................284 Troubleshooting authentication problems..........................................................................................288 SRCs A6nn500x.........................................................................255 Local console directly attached with or without remote access allowed topics........312 Error message: The user can not perform the option selected............................................................281 Directly attached....281 Troubleshooting connection problems............257 activate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server?.............................................................288 SRCs A6005001.................. .................352 Changing ASMI passwords..................................................................352 ASMI login restrictions......................................................... Notices.................................................... Danger Notice...361 13 .....................359 Appendix I................................353 Accessing the ASMI.....................................................................................................354 Appendix H.........................................................................................................................................321 Appendix E..................351 ASMI requirements.............................................................................. Advanced Systems Management Interface (ASMI)..................................351 ASMI authority levels....................................................................................................................... System Locations for Cards & Cables.................................. Private Network Setup.............................................................................................................................................................................................347 Appendix G.................................................................... Backup Consoles.................Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Appendix D...Reference and How-To .....341 Appendix F............... Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 14 . partition or Power6 processor-based blade to begin your console work. It allows you to use one or more PCs to access and control.Welcome to Operations Console and other i5/OS consoles Operations Console is an installable component of iSeries Access for Windows®. remove.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Start here . You can use Operations Console to manage IBM i® (formerly i5/OS). or replace to accomplish the console goal. page 19 for quickly looking up information pertaining to consoles. Use Chapter 2 Considerations for planning. System i Access for Windows®. Operations Console can use a local area network (LAN) or direct cable attachment to enable communications between a server and a PC. Operations Console provides a graphical remote control panel or virtual control panel. The first two chapters contain information that might be used to plan or implement an i5/OS system or partition's console solution. or OS/400® operating system in a partitioned or non-partitioned environment. In a partitioned environment. implementation and management of Operations Console. The following chapters will guide you through preparing an i5/OS system or partition for a console: Use Chapter 3 First Time System Setup. Important: You must know what hardware will be used to support a console and any hardware work to add. either remotely or locally. It supports dial-in connections from remote PCs to PCs that are directly attached to servers. page 59 for details in using a console on your system. i5/OS®. which will be referred to as Client Access for the rest of this document. Use Chapter 1 Reference. This remote capability is only available in i5/OS or OS/400 prior to V6R1.Reference and How-To . These remote PCs can then function as a console. you might want to use the Hardware Management Console (HMC) or the Advanced System Management Interface (ASMI) to access your hardware. Operations Console uses 5250 emulation provided by either Client Access or IBM Personal Communications to emulate a console. 15 . or other formal names depending on release. console and control panel functions. Be sure you know all the considerations for a particular console and the hosting system before you start any work. page 91 for a new system. To emulate a server control panel. This document should answer nearly all questions in the planning. Pre-Power5. troubleshoot or repair a console connection. on page 347. Use Chapter 5 Changing consoles .ibm. on page 281.boulder. on page 125.com/iseries/ Select your release >> Connecting to System i >> Operations Console For Power5 processor-based systems use: http://publib.Reference and How-To . Appendix A Shutting down systems or logical partitions.com/infocenter/systems/topic/front/hwparent. terminals. Appendix B Troubleshooting. on page 317. Appendix C Operations Console Networking. However. you cannot change the console on a Power6 processor-based blade or any system using both Virtual I/O Server (VIOS) and Integrated Virtualization Manager (IVM).boulder.boulder.ibm. on page 207. on page 351. Chapter 10 How do I.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Use Chapter 4 Changing consoles . Appendix D System Locations for Cards & Cables.htm For Power6 processor-based systems use: http://publib. Appendix F Private Network Setup. on page 211. Chapter 7 Twinaxial console. on page 271. Information Center Web sites at: Note: The following links are subject to change without notice as the Information Center evolves and changes.ibm. Appendix G Advanced Systems Management Interface (ASMI). The following links will give you access to additional information when you need to make changes. Chapter 8 Thin console. The following chapters contain information to set up the console and make a connection: Chapter 6 Setting up Operations Console. and interfaces for Power6 processor-based processor-based systems 16 . Chapter 9 HMC 5250 console. For pre-Power5 processor-based-processor-based hardware use: http://publib. on page 321.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphbx/opsconsole. on page 197.htm Select Power Systems information >> Select your model >> Working with consoles. page 103 to migrate from one console type to another on older hardware. Appendix E Backup Consoles. on page 201.Power-based. page 109 to migrate from one console type to another on Power-processor-based systems. on page 341. ibm.ibm.Reference and How-To .htm Select BladeCenter® information >> Blade Servers >> Select your model Note: If you need information specific to Operations Console itself you should use the Power5 processor-based or Power6 processor-based link. For the latest information regarding Client Access use: http://www-03.com/systems/i/resources/ From Literature >> Select Solution Briefs >> Select the Papers tab >> Scroll down for i5 Console Choices 17 .com/infocenter/systems/topic/front/hwparent.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles For Power6 processor-based Blade use: http://publib.ibm.com/systems/i/software/access/ The console white paper can be found at: http://www-03.boulder. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 18 .Reference and How-To . Also. only service packs. modem was renamed as the Operations Console Connection modem in V5R4. plus the Advanced System Management Interface. Power6™ processor-based are all designations for systems supported from before V5R3 to the present. the data can be applied to any supported system for the release or releases.Reference and How-To . Although the main objective of this document is to provide information for Operations Console. It assumes you already know what console you will be working with and factors that might influence it. AS/400® Operations Console Connection iSeries Navigator. Power5™ processor-based. All references to this modem driver will use the newer name. you can also apply the data to a partition. For Power6™ processor-based systems this refers to the Integrated Virtual Ethernet (IVE). Thin Console. Operations Console relies on the level of Licensed Internal Code (LIC) and not necessarily the level of i5/OS®. These include twinaxial.Operating System/400®. OS/400® or IBM i®. you will find that you can use this document to install or change from and to other console types. Systemi5™. IBM® AS/400™. eServer™. the only system with an embedded Ethernet port is the 9406-825. Power™ processor-based. iSeries™. For pre-Power5™ processor-based systems. which comes as a 2-port or 4-port adapter. and the Hardware Management Console (HMC). when referring to a system. On Power5™ processor-based systems there are two ports designated as the embedded Ethernet ports.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Chapter 1: Reference This chapter provides you with quick lookup data. The client code does not use mid-release designations. The use of the term system and server are interchangeable in this document. Common Terminology The use of the term embedded Ethernet port throughout this document is meant to mean the Ethernet port available where an adapter slot is not used. AS/400e™. and other names may pertain to the Navigator product of Client Access and will be referred to Navigator in this document. or Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA) in some documents. Console types covered in this document The following console types are represented in this document. System i™. These other consoles and interfaces are not covered in detail but there should be enough information available here or from the provided links for you to install a system with your desired console or change from one console type to another. in most cases. You will see a mix of these terms in this document and unless specified. 19 . System i Navigator. eServer i5™. 520. 525 Power6 Processor-based 9407-M15 520. 9408-M25 520. All Power6 processor-based blades are restricted to use a local console on a network (LAN) only.The Power6 Processor-based blade is a IBM® BladeCenter® JS22 and JS12 Type 7998 blade server based on IBM Performance Optimization with Enhanced RISC (POWER™) Architecture technologies. Operating system console designations Note: The following terminology will help you communicate with service providers and follow procedures for changing consoles.A standalone system has a single partition running a single copy of i5/OS. high-performance blade server environment using advanced processing technology.A partitioned Pre-Power Processor-based system has a primary partition plus one or more secondary partitions. function 21 has been performed.515.Reference and How-To . . and no Hardware Management Console (HMC). You can have a standalone environment with any platform except the blade server. . Use the following table to help determine your platform: Platform System types and models as an example Pre-Power Processor-based 9406 . The BladeCenter JS22 Type 7998 blade server runs in BladeCenter units to provide a high-density.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Platform and environment information The term platform refers to the type of hardware you will be using.8xx series Power5 Processor-based 9406 . and no HMC.An HMC-managed system is a Power5 or Power6 processor-based system managed by an HMC. DST console The console in control of the system when the system is IPLed to Dedicated Service Tools (DST) or. . 9409-M50 550 Power6 Processor-based using VIOS/IVM JS22 and JS12 Type 7998 blade servers The term environment is used to further define the platform: . 20 . Operations Console and HMC type consoles do not use resources tagged as the alternate console. • A twinaxial workstation on the controller where the alternate console tag is referencing. 21 . address 0 or 1 work as an alternate console. The alternate console can only become a DST console so you can not install the system's operating system from this console.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles alternate console The term alternate console is referring to a twinaxial console that has control of the system in the following environments: • A twinaxial workstation on the primary twinaxial workstation controller with port 0 (address 1) or port 1 (address 0 or 1) can become an alternate console device if twinaxial console is selected. If you attempt to IPL the system into i5/OS (OS/400 or IBM i) the system will post SRC A9002000 and you will not have a system console. This terminal then becomes just another workstation. address 0 or 1 or port 1. Only the use of port 0. Having another set of resources that can be implemented quickly is the goal. backup console A backup console is what you would use in the event that your current console becomes inoperable for any reason. address 0 will allow for a system console. Only one device can be the system console. system console The console that is in control of the operating system when the ENDSYS command has completed and the system is in a restricted state. If you attempt to install using one of the alternate consoles the system will warn you that you are not on the system console. See Appendix E Backup Consoles on page 341 for more information regarding backup consoles. address 0 or 1 work at DST to allow debugging issues of the system console.Reference and How-To . Note: Tagging the same IOP as both the primary console and the alternate console may result in the inability to select a console. you can do a function 21 to access DST. All the same considerations apply to the backup console. However. Port 0. The use of Port 0. address 1 or port 1. may only consist of the system and those PCs that might connect. Operations Console Networking on page 317 for specific information. or could include a large network infrastructure allowing access from off-site locations. • Local console on a network (LAN) Use this configuration when you need more than one PC to become the console. • Remote console through dial-up support (V5R3/V5R4 only) This is the configuration that would be paired with a Local console directly attached with remote access allowed to provide console capability at a remote site in environments where there may not be any network capability. This network. You rely on physical security if you need to restrict access to the console.Reference and How-To . there are other third-party solutions that may be more flexible.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Operations Console connectivities • Local console directly attached to the server If your needs are to use a console type similar to the requirements of twinaxial console then this is the connectivity for you. this configuration choice also allows a remote console to dial into the local console and become the console. one at a time of course. 22 . It uses a special serial cable between the PC and the system so the requirement of locating the console close to the system is met. however. • Local console directly attached to the server with remote access allowed (V5R3/V5R4 only) In addition to the properties of the directly attached console. See What are the network requirements for a local console on a network (LAN)? on page 48 or Appendix C. Currently. This connectivity requires a network resource on the system and PCs. Supported models by release on page 29. If you don't know what model system you are working with see determine what model or serial number a system is on page 211.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Supported Adapters Supported adapter locations on page 26. Restrictions Requires IOP V5R3 . Supported resources for a local console on a network (LAN) 2744 2838 Adapter type PCI 100Mbps Tokenring Adapter PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA 2849 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA 5706/5707 PCI 1000/100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA or embedded port 5767/5768 PCIe 1000/100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA IVE (HEA) embedded port The IVE (HEA) is the default resource. Use the top.Reference and How-To . or right-most port.V5R4 Power5 processor-based and earlier systems Requires IOP V5R3M5 IOP-less Power5 processorbased V5R4M5 (or later) Power6 processorbased V5R4M5 (or later) Power6 processorbased only V5R4M5 (or later) Power6 processorbased only 23 . Requires IOP V5R3 and later Pre-Power5 processorbased V5R4M5 IOP-less Power-processor-based V5R3 and later Pre-Power5 processorbased V5R4M5 IOP-less Power-processor-based V5R4M5 (or later) Power6 processorbased only 24 . depending on platform: Adapter type 2699/9699 Two-Line WAN IOA 2721/9721 PCI Two-Line WAN IOA 2745/9745 PCI Two-Line WAN IOA 2771/9771 PCI Two-Line WAN IOA w/Modem 2742/6805 PCI Two-Line WAN IOA 2793/2794 PCI Two-Line WAN IOA w/Modem (See table below) 576C/2893/2894 PCIe Two-Line WAN IOA w/Modem (See table below) Restrictions V5R3 & V5R3M5 SPD hardware only V5R3 & V5R3M5 SPD to PCI migration tower hardware only V5R3 thru V5R4M5 Pre-Power and Power5 processor-based .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Supported asynchronous communication adapters for a local console directly attached configuration Supported asynchronous adapters.Reference and How-To . Slots C1. Use the top. or right-most port.Ethernet 2893/2894 (576C) Asynchronous 5706/5707 .Asynchronous 2742 . C2.Reference and How-To . C3 Type PCIe C4. C5 PCI-X Adapters 5767/5768 . Power6 processor-based and later Sales Feature (Order #) 2793/2794 6803/6804 6833 9474 9493/9494 9793/9794 9933/9934 2742/6805 2893/2894 Feature Code (WRKHDWRSC *CMN) 2793 (0614/2793/9793) 2742 576C Power6 processor-based console card slot types and supported adapters for each slot type The IVE (HEA) is the default resource.Asynchronous 25 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Supported asynchronous adapters.Ethernet 2793/2794 . C05 C04. C10 26 . C10 C04. C11 Embedded port C03. C07. C08. Supported adapter locations in a non-HMC managed system Note: Systems managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC) or pre-Power5 processorbased systems that have logical partitions use tagging to designate the console resource. C06. System Locations for Cards & Cables on page 321.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Supported adapter locations If you don't know what model system you are working with see determine what model or serial number a system is on page 211. C06. Appendix D. C03. C05 C06. C06. C10 C04. C08. C05 Twinaxial only Twinaxial only Twinaxial only C06. C09 C04. Pre-Power5 processor-based primary partitions and non-partitioned systems Type Model ECS/Async 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 170 250 270 720 730 9406 740 9406 9406 9406 9406 800 810 820 825 C07 C07 C06 C06 9406 9406 9406 830 840 870 C02 C02 C02 9406 890 C02 9406 9406 SB2 SB3 C02 C02 C08 C08 C07 C09 Graphic page 324 Graphic page 325 Local console on a network (LAN) & Twinaxial Twinaxial only Twinaxial only C06.Reference and How-To . C02. C06. C07. C06. C09 C04. C10 C04. C01 C04. C06. 6) C5. 3) 9406 550 C2 (1. C2 Embedded port (5. 6) C5. Full IOP-less function for add-in adapters was supported starting in V5R4M5. Support started with V5R3M5 along with the new plus models.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power5 processor-based (not HMC managed) The embedded support was not supported for Operations Console at V5R3M0. C6 C4 (5. 6) C5. 6) C4 (4) Embedded port (5. 3) 9406 570 C2 (3) 9406 595 C2 (3) Local console on a network (LAN) & Twinaxial Embedded port (5. C2 Embedded port (5. This allowed the use of a local console on a network (LAN) on systems with an IXS adapter. 6) C5. C2 Embedded port (5.Reference and How-To . 3) 9405 520 C3 C4 C2 (2. 6) 27 . 3) 9406 520+ C3 C4 C2 (2. Type Model ECS/Async 9407 515 C3 C4 C2 (2. 6) C4. C2 Embedded port (5. 3) 9406 525 C3 C4 C2 (2. C4. C5 (3) HEA. C4 C1. C4. C4 (3) HEA. 6.Reference and How-To . C4. C2. You must disable this support in order to use an external 1 Gbps Adapter such as a 5706/57075767/5768 (Power5 processor-based/6 only & V5R3M5 or later) (6) OPSCONSOLE macro or console service function (65+21) +Bn for card selection (V5R4M5 or later) (7)The IVE (HEA) is the default resource. C2 (5. or right-most port. 6. C2 (5. C4 (3) 570 9117 MMA C1. Use the top. 28 . 7) MMA C1. C2. 6. C4 550 (3) (5. C3. C2 (5. C2. C3. C4. C5 (3) HEA. 6. C5.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power6 processor-based (not HMC managed) Type 9406 Model ECS/Async Local console on a network (LAN) & twinaxial HEA. C2 (5. 7) 520 9408 M25 C1. C2. 7) (1) If an IXS is installed then use C5 (V5R3M0 only) (2) OPSCONSOLE macro or console service function (65+21) +Fn for card selection (V5R3M5 with PTF MF39303) (V5R4M0 with PTF MF39304) (3) OPSCONSOLE macro or console service function (65+21) +Fn for card selection (V5R4M5 or later) (4) If an IXS is installed then no LAN card or WS card (V5R3M0 only) (5) The embedded Ethernet port is the default location. C5. 7) 520 9409 M50 C1. 7) 570 9407 M15 C1. 6. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Supported models by release If you don't know what model system you are working with see determine what model or serial number a system is on page 211 This group of models will be referred to as pre-Power5 processor-based.Reference and How-To . System Model to OS Level Mapping Type Model V5R3 V5R4 V6R1 9406 170 X 9406 250 X 9406 270 X X 9406 720 X 9406 730 X 9406 740 X 9406 800 X X X 9406 810 X X X 9406 820 X X 9406 825 X X X 9406 830 X X 9406 840 X X 9406 870 X X X 9406 890 X X X 9406 SB2 X X 9406 SB3 X X 29 . When referring to logical partitions that belong to this group start counting from zero (o) as the first partition. This table indicates which releases of i5/OS or OS/400 are supported by each of the System RISC models. 255.254.255.147 processorbased Power6 169.2.147 255. or Advanced System Management Interface (ASMI).254.255. This table indicates which releases of Licensed Internal Code (LIC) are supported by each of the Power5 processor-based models System Model to LIC Level Mapping Type Model V5R3 V5R3M5 V5R4 9407 515 X 9405 520 X X X 9406 520+ X X 9406 525 X 9406 550 X X X 9406 570 X X X 9406 595 X X X V6R1 X X X X X X X When referring to logical partitions that belong to this group start counting from one (1). Thin Console.0 169.168.255.3.Reference and How-To .3.0 30 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles When referring to logical partitions that belong to this group start counting from one (1).147 processorbased Subnet Mask HMC2 192. This table indicates which releases of LIC are supported by each of the Power6 processor-based models System Model to LIC Level Mapping Type Model V5R4M5 V6R1 9406 MMA 570 X X 9117 MMA 570 X X 9119 FHA 595 X X 9407 M15 520 X X 9408 M25 520 X X 9409 M50 550 X X Default addresses for the HMC1 and HMC2 ports The following table lists the manufacturing default Ethernet port addresses for connecting an HMC.2. Platform FSP A HMC1 Power5 192.168.147 255. the VIOS will always be partition 1 so the first user partition for a console will always be 2.254.0 Power6 processor-based Blade and Power6 processorbased System running VIOS/IVM The IBM® BladeCenter® JS22 and JS12 Type 7998 blade server is based on IBM Performance Optimization with Enhanced RISC (POWER™) Architecture technologies.146 Subnet Mask 169.168.146 192.146 processorbased 255.3.146 255. Partition 1 is where VIOS is installed. highperformance blade server environment using advanced processing technology.0 Power5 processorbased Power6 169.2. All Power6 processor-based blades are restricted to use a local console on a network (LAN) only.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Platform FSP B (if installed) HMC1 HMC2 192.Reference and How-To .168.255. 31 .255.255. since VIOS/IVM are required.2. The BladeCenter JS22 Type 7998 blade server runs in BladeCenter units to provide a high-density. The physical/logical route to the network determined when configuring the Blade Center and partition. The first usable partition for data would be partition 2. You would configure a local console on a network (LAN) to use partition 2 if you have to manually configure it. The port assigned to the partition must be bridged in order to access the network.255.254. Also.3. 32 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles PC requirements for Operations Console Note: Operations Console does NOT support the use of more than one network adapter in the PC. including Operations Console.com/systems/i/software/access/ 2.2) PC requirements . See the Client Access Web site for any updated PC requirements. Operating System (1. What Functions.ibm. Windows Vista only supports a local console on a network. When? Supported Windows Operating Systems Operating System Began Thru Win 9x V4R3 V5R2 Win NT V4R4 V5R3M5 Win 2000 V4R4 Current Win XP V5R2 Current Win Vista (1) V5R4 Current Originally. Windows Vista was supported at SI25949 (SP4) A problem in PC5250 requires SI27741 (SP6) for any function requiring PC5250.processor and memory Windows NT® 4. http://www-03.0 (V5R3 only) Operations Console PC • • Windows® 2000 • • Windows XP Professional • • Pentium® 300 MHz recommended 64 MB memory minimum (128 MB recommended) Pentium 500 MHz recommended 128 MB memory minimum (256 MB recommended) Pentium 500 MHz (P6 or equivalent compatible microprocessor) 256 MB memory minimum Pentium 800 MHz 512 MB memory minimum Windows Vista • (Use Windows XP instructions) • Notes: 1.Reference and How-To . Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Configurations Function Direct cable Direct cable w/remotes Remote console Dial-up Local console LAN console Began V4R3 V4R3 Thru Current V5R4 V4R3 V4R4 V5R4 V5R2 V5R1 Current System side function Function CSFs / macros All 5250 consoles provide green-onblack QCONSOLE device ID grants RCP access Partition remote panel granted by default Allow system value security changes by default Allow new digital certificates by default default and expired password to change its own password off by default Manual kick at C6004508 Autocreate DevIDs VSDISCOVER Device ID option in SST locked by default Unlock service tool device IDs option in DST security data V5R3 X X V5R3 Update X X V5R3M5 V5R4M0 V5R4M5 V6R1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ? X X X X X X X X X X X X X 33 X .Reference and How-To . Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Takeover / Recover Function Takeover/recover Need to force option to use it Takeover/recover Takes effect immediately now Behavior changed with new macros: SHOWSTATUS SKIPSTATUS TAKEON TAKEOFF V5R3 X V5R3 Update X V5R3M5 V5R4M0 V5R4M5 V6R1 X X X X X RCP/VCP (Power5 processor-based/6 hardware does not support ANY directly-cabled RCP) Function RCP .cabled par. Begin Thru Notes V4R3 V5R3 1 V4R5 V5R3 2 NT only V5R1 Current RCP (LAN) Logical partitions VCP V5R2 Current Note 1: No serial-based RCP models are supported Note 2: Parallel-based RCP exist and may work but not supported Info Center changes Function Separate InfoCntrs for iSeries/Power5 processor-based Add Power6 processor-based doc Separate Changing console doc V5R3 X V5R3 Update X V5R3M5 X X 34 V5R4M0 X X V5R4M5 V6R1 X X X X X X .Reference and How-To .cabled ser. RCP . Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Client .Wizard Function V4R3 Client rewritten Client rewrite w/new panels w/graphics All panels have the X same graphics All panels have context graphics DevID/Access PW Same panel DevID/Access PW Separate panels Conditional DevID panel / No access PW DevID no longer requires a userentered PW PC or system Simplified some wizard work USB/PCMCIA support for serial COM1-9 AS/400 Operations X Console Connection modem Rebrand Operations Console Connection modem V4R4 X V4R5 X V5R1 X X V5R2 X X V5R3 V5R4 X V6R1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 35 X X X X X X X X X X X X .Reference and How-To . GUI Function V4R3 V4R4 V4R5 V5R1 V5R2 V5R3 V5R4 Properties page X X Device ID tab gone Display device ID on general tab Answer BOOTP has subnet mask and gateway address fields for edit Access PW tab pre-filled with old PW Use console on configuration tab has field for IP address Hot keys (Settings) X X Alt+w or Alt+shift+w Turn off Autodiscover Answer BOOTP X to config tab Expand connection X X to display functions Ability to change X X X X X config by using the wizard A more WindowsX X like interface Single sign-on X X Suppress msgs Drag-n-drop Sngl/dbl clicks 36 V6R1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Client .Reference and How-To . Serial .Reference and How-To . not user. by default V6R1 X X Client .Function Function V5R4 Auto reset of device X ID for PC Access PW managed by client.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Client .Direct cable Models & Adapters 150/170 170 = 250 600/S10 620/720/S20 640/730/S30 650/740/S40 4xx/5xx V4R3 V4R4 V4R5 V5R1 V5R2 V5R3 V5R3 V5R3M5 Update 2721 2721 2721 2721 2745 2745 2745 2745 2721 2721 2721 2721 2721 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2721 2721 2721 2721 2745 2745 2745 2745 2721 2721 2721 2721 720 720 720 720 2745 2745 2745 2745 2721 2721 2721 2721 2745 2745 2745 2745 2699 2699 2699 2699 730 730 730 730 2699 2699 2699 2699 2699 2699 2699 2699 740 740 740 740 2699 2699 2699 2699 2609 2609 2609 2609 2612 2612 2612 2612 37 .Misc Function PC-prerequisite program EZ-Setup Navigator support Navigator localhost Crypto support V4R3 V4R4 V4R5 V5R1 V5R2 V5R3 X X X X X ? X X X X X X X X X X X V5R4 X V6R1 X Implied X Implied Implied X In Base In Base Pre-Power5 processor-based . IOPless for RSSF only (2) .Direct cable Models & Adapters 270 V4R5 V5R1 V5R2 2721 2745 2745 2745 2771( 2771 1) (2) 820/830/840 2721 2745 2745 2745 2771( 2771 1) (2) 800/810 2745 2771 (2) 825/870/890 2745 2771 (2) V5R3 2742 2745 2771 (2) (3) 2742 2745 2771 (2) (3) 2742 2745 2771 (2) (3) 2742 2745 2771 (2) (3) V5R3 V5R3M5 V5R4M0 V5R4M5 V6R1 Update 2742 2742 2742 2742 2745 2745 2745 2745 2771 (2) 2771 (2) 2771 (5) 2771 (5) (3) (3) 2742 2742 2742 2742 2745 2745 2745 2745 2771 (2) 2771 (2) 2771 (5) 2771 (5) (3) (3) 2742 2742 2742 2742 2742 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2771 (2) 2771 (2) 2771 (5) 2771 (5) 2771 (3) (3) (5) 2742 2742 2742 2742 2742 2745 2745 2745 2745 2745 2771 (2) 2771 (2) 2771 (5) 2771 (5) 2771 (3) (3) (5) (1) .2771 will be searched for and takes over for the 2745 if both installed (2) .New parallel RCP cable (3) .Direct cable Models V5R3 Power5 processorbased 520/550/570 2742 2745 2771 2793 Power5 processorbased 550/595 515-520+-525 (1) .IOPless for RSSF only (5) .Not supported Power5 processor-based .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Pre-Power5 processor-based (iSeries) .Parallel RCP .Serial .Another new parallel RCP cable (4) .IOPless supported V5R3 Update 2742 2745 2771 2793 V5R3M5 V5R4M0 V5R4M5 V6R1 2742 2745 2771 2793 (1) 2742 2745 2771 2793 (1) 2742 2745 2771 2793 (1) 2742 2745 2771 2793 (1) 2742 (2) 2745 2771 2793 (2) 2742 (2) 2745 2771 2793 (2) 2742 (2) 2745 2771 2793 (2) 2742 (2) 2745 2771 2793 (2) 38 .Reference and How-To .Asynchronous . Embed. 2744 2838 2849 . 870/890 2744 2744 2744 2744 2744 2838 2838 2838 2838 2838 2849 2849 2849 2849 2849 39 V5R4M5 V6R1 2744 2838 2849 2744 2838 2849 2744 2838 2849 Embed. Embed.4xx/5xx Not supported 270 2724 2744 2744 2744 2744 2744 2744 2838 2838 2838 2838 2838 2838 2849 2849 2849 2849 2849 6149 820/830/840 2724 2744 2744 2744 2744 2744 2744 2838 2838 2838 2838 2838 2838 2849 2849 2849 2849 2849 6149 800/810 2744 2744 2744 2744 2744 2838 2838 2838 2838 2838 2849 2849 2849 2849 2849 825 Embed.640/730/S30 .620/720/S20 .650/740/S40 . Embed.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power6 processor-based .600/S10 . Embed.Reference and How-To .Network (LAN) Models V5R1 V5R2 V5R3 V5R3 V5R3M5 V5R4M0 Update 150/170 .Asynchronous . 2744 2838 2849 2744 2838 2849 Embed.Direct cable (all HW runs IOP-less) Models Power6 processorbased 9117-MMA 570 9119-FHA 595 9406-MMA 570 9407-M15 520 9408-M25 520 9409-M50 550 New PCI-E slots V5R4M5 2742 2793 276C V6R1 2742 2793 276C Pre-Power5 processor-based . 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 Embed. 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 Embed. 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 Embed. 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 . 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 Embed. 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 Embed. 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 Embed.Network (LAN) Models V5R3 Power5 processorbased 520/570 2744 2838 2849 V5R3 Update 2744 2838 2849 Power5 processorbased 550/595 2744 2838 2849 Power5 processorbased Any model that supports IOP-less HW V5R3M5 V5R4M0 V5R4M5 V6R1 Embed.LAN Models Power6 processorbased 9117-MMA 570 9119-FHA 595 9406-MMA 570 9407-M15 520 9408-M25 520 9409-M50 550 New PCI-E slots V5R4M5 V6R1 IVE(HEA) IVE(HEA) 5706/7 5706/7 2744 2744 2849 2849 Power6 processorbased Blade LAN console only IVE(HEA) Only VIOS/IVM managed LAN console only IVE(HEA) Only 5767/8 5767/8 40 Embed.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power5 processor-based .Reference and How-To . 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 Embed. 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 Embed. 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 Power6 processor-based . 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 Embed. 5706/7 2744 2838 2849 Embed. Equivalent macros Functions 01 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Console Service Functions (65+21) .Reference and How-To .19 Expanded word 13 w/EnCn Expanded word 13 w/LAN flag/card Expanded word 16 V5R2 X V5R3 X V5R3M5 X V5R4M0 V6R1 X ? 41 V5R4M5 X X X X .04 C3 / A3 / DD E1 / E2 / D1 / D2 Fn Bn V5R3 X X X V5R3M5 X X X X (1) V5R4M0 X X X X (1) V5R4M5 X X X X X Timeout 45 . AND D1008066 Word / Data Basic word 13 .60 secs X V6R1 X X X X X X (1) PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0) SRC data in SRC A6005008. D1008065. Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles System models by supported release (no longer supported) System Model to OS Level Mapping Type Model V3R6 V3R7 V4R1 V4R2 V4R3 V4R4 V4R5 V5R1 V5R2 V5R3 V5R4 V6R1 9401 150 X X X X X X X X 9402 400 X X X X X X X X 9402 436 X X X X X X X 9402 40S X X X X X X X X 9406 50S X X X X X X X X 9406 500 X X X X X X X X 9406 505 X X X X X X X X 9406 510 X X X X X X X X 9406 530 X X X X X X X X 9406 53S X X X X X X X X 9406 600 X X X X X X X 9406 620 X X X X X X X 9406 640 X X X X X X X 9406 650 X X X X X X X 9406 S10 X X X X X X X 9406 S20 X X X X X X X 9406 S30 X X X X X X X 9406 S40 X X X X X X X 9406 SB1 X X X X X X X 42 . html 43 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X1 X1 X X X X X X X X X X1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X1 X1 X1 X X X X X X X X X .com/jct01004c/systems/support/i/planning/upgrade/osmapping.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles System models by supported release (currently supported) System Model to OS Level Mapping Type Model V3R6 V3R7 V4R1 V4R2 V4R3 V4R4 V4R5 V5R1 V5R2 V5R3 V5R4 V6R1 7998 60X JS12 X Blade 7998 61X JS22 X Blade 9117 MMA 570 9119 FHA 595 9405 520 9406 170 X 9406 250 9406 270 9406 520 9406 525 9406 550 9406 570 9406 MMA 570 9406 595 9406 720 9406 730 9406 740 9406 800 9406 810 9406 820 9406 825 9406 830 9406 840 9406 870 9406 890 9406 SB2 9406 SB3 9407 515 9407 M15 520 9408 M25 520 9409 M50 550 1 .ibm.Reference and How-To .Requires V5R4M5 of Licensed Internal Code X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X http://www-304. V5R4 Power5 processor-based and earlier systems 2849 PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA Requires IOP 5706/5707 PCI 1000/100/10 Mbps V5R3M5 IOP-less Power5 processorEthernet IOA or embedded port based V5R4M5 (or later) Power6 processorbased 5767/5768 PCI-E 1000/100/10 Mbps V5R4M5 (or later) Power6 processorEthernet IOA based only IVE (HEA) embedded port V5R4M5 (or later) Power6 processorThe IVE (HEA) is the default resource. or right-most port. based only Use the top.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Local console on a network (LAN) specific information Supported resources for a local console on a network (LAN) Adapter type Restrictions PCI 100Mbps Tokenring Adapter Requires IOP PCI 100/10 Mbps Ethernet IOA V5R3 . 2744 2838 44 .Reference and How-To . C09 890 C04. C10 870 C04. C11 825 Embedded port C03. C01 830 C04. C10 SB3 C04. C02.Reference and How-To . C06. C06. C08. Graphics of system locations for Operations Console on page 321. C05 820 C04.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Supported adapter locations in a non-HMC managed system Note: Systems managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC) or pre-Power5 processorbased systems that have logical partitions use tagging to designate the console resource. C08. C05 810 C06. Pre-Power5 processor-based primary partitions and non-partitioned systems Type 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 Model Local console on a network (LAN) & twinaxial 170 Twinaxial only 250 Twinaxial only 270 C06. C06. C10 840 C04. C05 800 C06. C03. C06. C10 45 . C06. C07. C07. C09 SB2 C04. C06. 3) C5. C2 550 Embedded port (2.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power5 processor-based (not HMC managed) The embedded support was not supported for Operations Console at V5R3M0. C2 520+ Embedded port (2. C6 595 C4 (2. 3) C5. This allowed the use of a local console on a network (LAN) on systems with an IXS adapter. Full IOP-less function for add-in adapters was supported starting in V5R4M5. 3) C5. 3) C4. C2 520 Embedded port (2. Type 9407 9405 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 Model Local console on a network (LAN) & twinaxial 515 Embedded port (2. 3) 46 . 3) C5. C2 525 Embedded port (2.Reference and How-To . Support started with V5R3M5 along with the new plus models. 3) C4 (1) 570 Embedded port (2. Prior to this code level the embedded Ethernet port could not be used for Operations Console (LAN). By default. or right-most port. 4) 520 9409 M50 C1. If you want to use a different adapter for console you have to disable support for the embedded port. C5. or 5767/5768 adapters on page 255 for details. C4. this is the only supported resource when using a local console on a network (LAN). C2 (2. However. See disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. 3) (1) If an IXS is installed then no LAN card or WS card (V5R3M0 only) (2) The embedded Ethernet port is the default location. C02. You must disable this support in order to use an external 1 Gbps Adapter such as a 5706/57075767/5768 (Power5 processor-based/6 only & V5R3M5 or later) (3) OPSCONSOLE macro or console service function (65+21) +Bn for card selection (V5R4M5 or later) (4) The IVE (HEA) is the default resource. 47 . 4) 570 9407 M15 HEA. if this port reports as failed the system will look at the following locations for an acceptable adapter resource in the order given: C03. C01 Power5 processor-based The first embedded Ethernet port is now the default for a local console on a network (LAN) starting with V5R3M5 of Licensed Internal Code. C4. C3. Pre-Power5 processor-based The only model with a supported embedded Ethernet port is the 9406-825. What if my non-HMC managed system has an embedded Ethernet port? The following information only pertains to systems that are not partitioned and therefore aren't Hardware Management Console (HMC) managed. 4) 520 9408 M25 HEA. Use the top. 3.Reference and How-To . C2. C4. 3. If your system is HMC managed then you should tag the specific adapter resource you wish to use for the partition. 3. C4 550 (2. 5706/5707. C2 (2.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power6 processor-based (not HMC managed) Type Model Local console on a network (LAN) & twinaxial 9406 MMA HEA. C2 (2. or 5767/5768 adapters on page 255 for details.Reference and How-To . in order to set up a new system and perform some changes to the console there may additional requirements. To set up a new system. What are the network requirements for a local console on a network (LAN)? Basically. On Power-processor-based models. a non-HMC managed system will use the first embedded Ethernet port. such as a 5706/5707 or 5767/5768 you don't even have to use a cross-over cable. With the increasing sensitivity to security on networks. A crossover cable is a standard network cable that has the transmit and receive signal wires reversed. the network requirements are pretty simple. The use of a crossover cable might also require a nonstandard network configuration at the system and PC. switch. You can connect a Ethernet cross-over cable directly between the PC and the pre-Power5 processor-based system. 5706/5707. A standard Ethernet cable would work just fine since all adapters built after the 2849 have sensing hardware function that automatically uses either cable type. This virtually allows each end to act as if a hub. However. The PC client needs to be able to connect to the target system or partition using whatever means is best in your working environment.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power6 processor-based By default. The network infrastructure needs to be capable of passing this broadcast data through the network to the PC client. If you want to use a different adapter for console you have to disable support for the embedded port. V6R1 introduces the ability of the PC client to detect new V6R1 systems using a proprietary method called VSDISCOVER. It uses the same requirements as BOOTP except the broadcast packets are initiated at the PC client instead of the system. the system relies on the BOOTP process in which the system sends out broadcast information which is answered by the PC client. See disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. some users have elected to isolate the console from their normal network. if you use a 1 Gbps adapter. or router were between them. top or right-most. See Operations Console networking on page 317 for more details regarding the network information and BOOTP process. for example. 48 . The system automatically reserves a logical port for each physical port available on the IVE. Requires IOP 2742/6805 PCI Two-Line WAN IOA V5R3 and later Pre-Power5 processorbased V5R4M5 IOP-less Power-processorbased 2793/2794 PCI Two-Line WAN IOA V5R3 and later Pre-Power5 processorw/Modem (See table below) based V5R4M5 IOP-less Power-processorbased V5R4M5 (or later) Power6 processor576C/2893/2894 PCIe Two-Line WAN IOA w/Modem (See table below) based only 49 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Local console directly attached Supported asynchronous communication adapters for a local console directly attached configuration Supported asynchronous adapters. depending on platform: Adapter type 2699/9699 Two-Line WAN IOA 2721/9721 PCI Two-Line WAN IOA Restrictions V5R3 & V5R3M5 SPD hardware only V5R3 & V5R3M5 SPD to PCI migration tower hardware only 2745/9745 PCI Two-Line WAN IOA V5R3 thru V5R4M5 Pre-Power5 2771/9771 PCI Two-Line WAN IOA processor-based and Power5 processorw/Modem based .Reference and How-To . Graphics of system locations for Operations Console on page 321.Reference and How-To . Pre-Power5 processor-based primary partitions and non-partitioned systems Type 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 Model 170 250 270 720 730 740 800 810 820 825 830 840 870 890 SB2 SB3 ECS/Async C08 C08 C07 C09 Graphics page 324 Graphics page 325 C07 C07 C06 C06 C02 C02 C02 C02 C02 C02 50 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power6 processor-based and later Sales Feature (Order #) 2793/2794 6803/6804 6833 9474 9493/9494 9793/9794 9933/9934 2742/6805 2893/2894 Feature Code (WRKHDWRSC *CMN) 2793 (0614/2793/9793) 2742 576C Supported adapter locations in primary partitions or non-partitioned systems ● Systems managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC) or pre-Power5 processorbased systems that have logical partitions use tagging to designate the console resource. ● Operations Console does not use any embedded serial ports located on the system. C5. C4 550 (3) (1) If an IXS is installed then use C5 (V5R3M0 only) (2) OPSCONSOLE macro or console service function (65+21) + Fn for card selection (V5R3M5 with PTF MF39303) (V5R4M0 with PTF MF39304) (3) OPSCONSOLE macro or console service function (65+21) + Fn for card selection (V5R4M5 or later) 51 . C3. C5 (3) 520 9408 M25 C1. 3) C3 C4 C2 (2. C2. C5 (3) 520 9409 M50 C1. 3) C2 (3) C2 (3) Power6 processor-based (not HMC managed) Type 9406 Model ECS/Async MMA C1. In V5R3M5 the 2793/2794 was supported as IOP-less in C04 but only for remote service or other point-to-point communications. not for Operations Console.Reference and How-To . C2. C2. 3) C3 C4 C2 (2.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power5 processor-based (not HMC managed) The 9406-520 series typically had a 2793/2794 adapter in C03 for systems ordered with Operations Console (Direct) driven by an IOP at V5R3M0. Operations Console didn't fully support IOP-less function until V5R4M5. 3) C3 C4 C2 (2. C4 (3) 570 9407 M15 C1. Type 9407 9405 9406 9406 9406 9406 9406 Model 515 520 520+ 525 550 570 595 ECS/Async C3 C4 C2 (2. 3) C2 (1. Windows 2000. 39J5835 97H7557 (0367). 2742.Support dropped for parallel in V5R4M0 / Serial RCP went away with no supported HW in V5R4M0 Server Part Number (cable) 9406 270/820/830/840 (1) 04N5592 (2) 53P5704 All other systems 97H7591 (0381) Note 1. 39J5835 97H7557 (0367). 39J5835 RCP cable . 39J5835 97H7557 (0367). 2742. 2793 9406-MMA 570 576C.Reference and How-To . 2742. 2771. 39J5835 97H7557 (0367). 2771. 2793 9409 M50 550 576C. 2742. and Windows XP.0. The new cable is labeled – don’t trust missing pin Parallel cabled RCP not supported in V5R4 and later 52 . 2793 9406 270/810/820/825/830/840/890 9407 M15 520 576C. these servers support the remote control panel only under Windows NT Workstations 4. 39J5835 97H7557 (0367). 2793 Part Number (cable) 97H7556 (0328) 97H7557 (0367). 2745. Currently. 2793 2742. There is a missing pin in the connector at one end of this cable. 2742.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Supported cables Console cable Model 9406 730/740 9401 150/170 Feature Code (card) 2699 2721. Note 2. 2793 9408 M25 520 576C. This end connects to the system. 2745. the wizard will search for a port for the console. or you can try another adapter. follow the manufacturer's instructions. Also. check the documentation for your PC or with the PC manufacturer to verify you have the necessary communications port or ports. A directly attached remote control panel is not supported on any system starting with V5R4. However. the use of a serial PCMCIA adapter on a notebook is also supported as long as the communications port provided is within the range supported by Operations Console. the manufacturer of the PC.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles What communications port(s) are required for Operations Console? For the configuration wizard to configure Operations Console successfully. This adapter will be used exclusively for the console. You need a connector for a communications interface such as a serial port. If your system supports a serial remote control panel and you plan to use it along with the console. Parallel directly attached remote control panel (V5R3 only) Operations console uses LPT port 1. Operations Console supports serial COM ports 1 . The use of a Universal Serial Bus (USB) to serial port adapter support has been added to Operations Console. Restrictions on use The adapter must plug directly into a USB connector on the PC. As above.Reference and How-To . If you have a pre-Power5 processor-based system with V5R3 or V5R3M5 and it uses a serial remote control panel cable the PC requires a serial port. your hardware service provider. When you configure Operations Console. IBM does not guarantee that all adapters will work in all situations. COM 4. To check that you have an available communication port. Any adapter should work but IBM® can not guarantee every adapter to work correctly in every PC environment.9. 53 . Neither the use of a USB hub to share connections nor the use of USB extension cables is supported. however these devices may function correctly in some situations. Operations Console supports serial COM ports 1 . you can contact the manufacturer of the adapter. you need to verify that you have an available communications port. also. The adapter will be placed at the PC end of the console serial cable and connect to the PC's USB port. Should a failure occur. the PC must have two serial ports. for example. When installing the USB adapter. Note: Operations Console does not use any embedded serial ports located on the system. the operating system will assign a serial port to that adapter. One COM port is required for system console support.9. It is not required for configurations that are used only for remote control panel.0 to 192. Windows XP Professional.168.255. and Windows Vista. Note: Windows Vista can only be used for a local console on a network configuration.0 to the firewall.255.168.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Other references What are the software requirements for Operations Console? Operations Console is supported on Windows NT® workstation (V5R3 only). Check your SOCKS configuration and make sure that the entry is: Direct 192. Hummingbird® SOCKS Client. Note: If you run any software that enables SOCKS on your PC (the PC accesses the Internet through a firewall.9 (V5.168. such as Microsoft® Proxy Client.0. You cannot use Windows Vista for a local console directly attached. Windows® 2000 Professional. PC5250 or IBM® Personal Communications V5.255.0. or others). you cannot route the subnet for 192. Use the instructions for Windows XP for any instructions.168.0 54 .0.0 255. NEC SOCKS 5. Incorrect routing causes Operations Console to fail.Reference and How-To .7 with CICS system definition data set (CSD) 1 minimum) needs to be installed for the console only.0. Operations Console uses addresses in the range of 192. 2=No 3 0 Taken from the help text: Current state of console tag This field indicates the current state of the console tag if this is a logical system partition. Operations console(Direct) 3. device could be async or LAN or twinaxial device. . .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles What is the meaning of the field Current state of console tag on the Select Console window? For a partitioned system or partition the state supplies debug data for console failures by showing the data. . . . . . 5 = IOP resource tagged. Hardware management console(HMC) Current state of console tag . . Select Console System: Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console . 1 Select one of the following: Console type . . . . . Operations console(LAN) 4. 1. . . there is expanded data available in SRC A6005008 in word 16. . . . 55 . . . . It is normal for a value of 0 (zero) when the system is not partitioned. Twinaxial 2. 6 = Invalid IOA device tagged. . IOCSX0 1=Yes. . . This data is available to any device capable of accessing SST. . . In addition to this data.Reference and How-To . The device (IOA) or resource (IOP) tag value can be 0 = No device or IOP found or tagged 1 = Twinaxial device tagged 2 = Async direct attached device tagged 3 = LAN attached device tagged 4 = HMC device tagged. . . . . . Autocreate service tools device IDs By default. the operating system sets the value of the Autocreate service tools device IDs option to 10. However. your current configurations are retained and continue to work just as they did before. Operations Console takes control of the access password activity for you. by default. However. manage access passwords. You can change the default value of the Autocreate service tools device IDs option by performing the instructions in change the value of autocreate service tools device IDs option topic on page 247. instead of issuing an error message to resynchronize them. You have QCONSOLE as a default ID and then 10 additional service tools device IDs. 56 . the ID is given out as if it were created automatically. Operations Console automates working with service tools device IDs. See Automatic management of the access password below for more details. However. This means that if you upgraded from a prior release of Operations Console on the PC. For example. and discover systems. The system. This default value gives you 11 connections to be automatically managed. but when this function is active.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Operations Console simplification (V6R1) Operations Console can automatically create service tools device IDs. when the third connection is established to use the autocreated device IDs. is set to maintain up to ten service tools device IDs of a maximum value of 49 in addition to QCONSOLE. the device ID QCONSOLE is listed and can be used normally.Reference and How-To . you are not asked to enter the access password during a connection. if the PC and system do get out of synchronization. Also. These service tools device IDs are listed in the Work with Service Tools Device IDs window so you can keep track of how many are created. See Autocreate service tools device IDs below for more details. You no longer have to manually create a new device ID when adding a PC to connect into a system or partition. This function does not affect a local console that is directly attached or any other console type. this function automatically recovers the issue. This function is used for any new configured connections you create. It is recommended that you have at least one spare so you need not remember to increase the value if you try to add an additional connection. Auto-discovery of systems running V6R1 of Licensed Internal Code takes place each time Operations Console is started or on-demand by pressing Alt+w (or Alt+W). QCONSOLE 01. These display as QCONSOLE00. if you create a service tools device ID with a name of QCONSOLE02. The authentication process remains the same. you must provide a DST user ID and password to successfully connect. See Automatic discovery of systems below for more details. through whatever value is set. This causes Operations Console to begin a new search for eligible systems. It does not need to have Operations Console as the console type. so the service tools device ID got reset.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles When you create a local console on a network configured connection. Something occurred. the only way to prevent this would be for you to create a specific service tools device ID for this configured connection and delete the previous one. See create a service tools device ID on page 239 for instructions on how to do this. A reset of the device ID includes revoking permission to the RCP. if this is a new system and this is the first console to connect. a search for qualified systems begins. which has a default value of 10. the shift key. by holding down the Alt key and pressing the w key. If this value is zero. 57 . A "qualified system" is any system running V6R1 with an active service host name (service interface).Reference and How-To . Automatic management of the access password By default. the system might not report correctly and therefore might not show up in this auto-generated list of systems. possibly not connecting this device in a few days for instance. Operations Console creates a configuration for that system. This auto-discovery function occurs any time Operations Console begins or when performed on-demand by holding down the alt key. A qualified system must have a value set for the Autocreate service tools device IDs option. An access password is automatically generated and supplied to the connection process at the appropriate time. There may be times in which you configure a connection with an auto-created service tools device ID. so you. then the name might be whatever you want to call it or it might be what a DHCP server gave it. again. you cannot set an access password when you create an Operations Console configuration. However. If the PC gets a response from the network for any qualified systems. then at a later time you connect and find that you no longer have a remote control panel. For example. Automatic discovery of systems When Operations Console starts. You need to enter your access password for any connection that requires an access password. It also preserves any pre-existing configured connections. grant access to the remote control panel. you can do this on the Properties page. This is the result of a change in the assigned service tools device ID. if you do want to change the access password. have to manually grant permission to the RCP. you need to enter the name of the service interface (service host name. The sign-on process requires a valid DST user ID and password to be entered to authenticate the user. and then pressing w. Currently. Changing this password causes the automatic process of supplying the password to be disabled. or alternately.) The name you use depends on the circumstances for the connection. You do not need to know this password as it is automatically managed by the system. it does not guarantee that the system can be connected to. To learn more about the other options.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Important: If a system shows up in the list of configured connections.Reference and How-To . This function can be turned off by entering the Settings window by holding the Alt key and pressing the shift key and then the s key (Alt+S). In rare cases. there are conditions in which the system is able to satisfy the requirements to report but not meet all requirements for a connection. 58 . see use the Operations Console user interface on page 220 for details. You can then turn off the Auto-discover function. in all cases. V5R4M0 uses PTF MF39304 to add this capability for a model 9406-520 Starting with V5R4M5 support for additional models to be able to designate a particular location was implemented. If you cannot do this you run the risk that the system will be unable. This is even true if the second adapter is intended to be used in an emergency as the backup console. V5R3M5 uses PTF MF39303 to add this capability for a model 9406-520. to determine which adapter to use when activation occurs. a Local console directly attached as a backup to a local console on a network (LAN) instead of a second network adapter is recommended. 59 .General Operations Console considerations What if I need more than one adapter of the type currently used as the console? If you need additional network or asynchronous communications adapters in your system special consideration should be given to where you place or designate for console and backup console. All systems .Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Chapter 2: Considerations for planning Use this chapter to determine what might influence your intended console or backup console. Partitioned Since you tag at an IOP level for console you can place additional cards so they are associated with a different IOP. • Power5 processor-based and Power6 processor-based systems Non-partitioned The system still determines the console resource by location but some models and releases allow an individual adapter to be designated for the console. Consider the following: • Pre-Power5 processor-based systems Non-partitioned Since the adapter used for console is selected by location try to locate the additional adapter(s) in locations not eligible for console use. Partitioned Power5 processor-based and Power6 processor-based systems typically tag the console at an IOA level so you can specify the individual adapter to be used. See Chapter 1: Reference on page 19 to find out if your model has this capability. Using a backup console of a different connectivity. The Console tag determines the console for all consoles and the Operations Console tag is also set if you plan to use a Local console directly attached. such as when a new partition is being created. HMC. ● When the option is disabled: The first Operations Console device connected becomes the console.Reference and How-To . This set of functions allows Operations Console to take control from another console device. both local console directly attached to the server and a local console on a network (LAN). can coexist as console-capable devices if you remember the following rules: ● Only the configured console type is supported. For more information regarding takeover and recovery. and twinaxial workstations. the supporting hardware tagged by the HMC is used. Console recovery without the loss of the job is not available.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles What is Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console? There is also a special set of console options called Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console. Twinaxial devices use a special 5250 emulation and do not qualify for this takeover and recovery function. If more than one eligible adapter is found. If there is no HMC. then the first connected device determines the console. then the console is determined by any eligible adapters by location. All other 5250-based connections will display the new Console Information Status window. Additional LANconnected Operations Console devices will have a special DST signon. The default value of this console option is disabled. If no console type is specified. All other 5250-based connections will be presented the new Console Information Status window. see work with console takeover and recovery on page 226. 60 . Can more than one console be made available for use as necessary? Operations Console. ● When the option is enabled: The first Operations Console device connected becomes the console. Console recovery without the loss of the job is available. 61 . However. If twinaxial console is selected as the console type. to support iSeries Navigator. For example. there are temporary solutions for the use of a different console. it was also found that the system didn't always select the correct console during an IPL. displays the Console Information Status window. Other connectivities might be able to connect but not become the console.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles In the case of a server without an HMC. the LAN adapter is started at IPL time and the connecting PC. but you have an eligible asynchronous communications adapter available as a backup. then the operating system cannot use this resource. ● If you use Operations Console (LAN) for the console. assuming the Operations Console tag is set. the code was changed to only allow a console using the configured console type. one or multiple. then the system activates the supporting adapter in addition to the twinaxial adapter. if you use Operations Console (Direct) as the console type and you have a LAN adapter that is available to support a console. then the LAN adapter is activated to support the console. A twinaxial workstation on port 0 address 0 can become a console device if twinaxial console is selected. However. and has a valid configuration. then the console is the directly attached PC. However.Reference and How-To . if the console type was set to Operations console(LAN) you could disconnect your console and start a twinaxial workstation or even Operations Console (Direct). If there is a configured service host name. The field Take over the console displays NO and the message at the bottom of the window indicates that this device is not the supported console type. See Forced takeover on page 227 for more information. However. Starting with V5R3. because it is eligible to support the console. for example. Back in V5R1 and V5R2 if you had adapters present where they could be used to support a console you could actually switch from one console to another very simply. for example. This assumes that the hardware is already installed. The asynchronous communications adapter does not automatically get started since the console type value is not set for its use at this time. ● ● Only one device can be active at a time. then Operations Console devices might not be started. ● Depending on your hardware environment you may have to change just the console type or the console tag. An active console is the command interface to a system through 5250 emulation or IBM® Personal Communications that is currently interacting with the system. memory and video capability. The client PC also allows multiple local console connections but allows only one Local console directly attached to the system configuration for a single PC. control panel. which supports device and user authentication without using certificates. Operations Console uses the strongest encryption possible for authentication and data. Active emulator sessions are identified by a single letter of the English alphabet (A through Z). 62 .Reference and How-To . If you use 5250 emulation provided by IBM Personal Communications or the PC5250 emulation provided by Client Access for other than Operations Console then those sessions. If you had 20 active consoles and 6 active telnet sessions you have used the maximum number of emulator sessions. The next emulation session started can then use that identifier. Each PC’s hardware. Another limitation for having multiple connected emulators on the same PC is the amount of available PC resources. to support a large number of connections. but only 26 of those sessions can be active. or both) will use PC resources. How many 5250 sessions can I have active at a time? There is a maximum of 26 active emulator sessions available per PC.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Can I have more than one connection active at a time? Operations Console allows multiple LAN connections to a single system or logical partition. you can close the emulator for a connected configuration to free up an emulator identifier. count as one each of the maximum 26 sessions. Since each connection and associated functions (console. You can have more than 26 configured connections. you might need to add more memory to support more connected sessions. and active programs vary so that there is no clear way to identify in advance how many sessions your particular usage supports. By default. telnet for example. but only one 5250 session can have control of a system at a time. Do I have to be concerned about encryption? Operations Console network connections use a version of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). operating system. More than one Operations Console device might have data on the window but only one is actually active. During the course of using these connections. This is especially important for automated installations and upgrades. For all upgrades and installations. you can perform them on your new Operations Console device. The IPL then continues to the IPL or Install the System display. This prevents any failed reauthentication of the client connection to the system caused by expired user IDs. or during the upgrade or installation when a console value of zero is found. This condition is most likely to occur during the installation of a new partition. Press Enter to exit and set the console type automatically. See Pre-Power5 processorbased systems using a local console directly attached on page 71 for details. Important: During a manual IPL of the system and if no console has been specified before. at the point in the upgrade instructions where console functions are required on the new system. 63 .Reference and How-To . What do I need to be aware of when planning to upgrade my system to another model? If you are migrating from a different console type to Operations Console on your new system. In this way. except for 11111111 (eight 1's). The Operations Console features that match the connectivity you plan to use should be specified as part of the order for your new system. during the A-mode IPL following the restore of Licensed Internal Code. all of the user IDs included with the operating system are expired. and the second shows that a value did not previously exist (a zero is present for the old value) and the new value is shown.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles What do I need to be aware of when planning to install a new release of OS/400 or i5/OS? Pre-Power5 processor-based systems using a local console directly attached Pre-Power5 processor-based systems have a small risk that a release upgrade may fail when upgrading to V5R3 or later from an earlier release. it is important that you configure your new Operations Console PC before beginning the upgrade. for example. but it can happen on your first manual IPL. ● It is recommended that you update Client Access® to V6R1 before you upgrade the i5/OS operating system. All systems: ● When you receive the i5/OS release upgrade. Note: Failure to comply with the above actions may prevent the console from working correctly during the upgrade or installation. you receive two additional displays to confirm the setting of the console type. The first requires that you accept your current console type. you need to establish a connection between the system and Operations Console using the service tools user ID of 11111111. If there is one then it is activated. a change in system serial numbers could prevent the client from answering the BOOTP request if you are relying on this method to configure the service host name on the new system. then a search is performed to determine the resource and activate it. 64 . In the case of a server without an HMC. If no console type is specified. if needed. If there is no HMC. and this load source device is to become a load source device in a new partition. when the system is not partitioned. then the first connected device determines the console. If so. when migrating a former load source device that was used with Operations Console local console on a network (LAN) configuration. If not. if you use Operations Console (Direct) and you have a LAN adapter that is available to support a console. then the console is determined by any eligible adapters by location. Every time the system has to determine what to activate for a console. The tag would point to a console resource and is converted to a console type value. then the console is the directly attached PC. either during an IPL or on demand using the console service functions (65+21) or OPSCONSOLE macro. the LAN adapter is started at IPL time and the connecting PC. you will not have problems with a lack of resources for another console type. a check is made to determine if the user has designated a particular slot location for the supporting resource. This value is then saved for use later. If the result of your system upgrade includes a Hardware Management Console (HMC). If more than one eligible adapter is found.Reference and How-To . a check is made to determine if the system has a console type defined. How does the system determine what the console or console's resource should be? Only the configured console type is supported. Because the HMC uses virtual resources. one or multiple. your intended console might lack the necessary resources for a period of time. the LAN adapter must be deallocated before removing the device from the old partition and installing it in the new partition. the supporting hardware tagged by the HMC is used. If there is no tag involved. for example. However. and has a valid configuration. displays the Console Information Status window. the system checks for a tag.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Also. make sure to use this as the system console until your upgrade is complete. such as when a new partition is being created. If the system is partitioned there has to be a tag. Because some upgrades are staged. The field Take over the console displays NO and the message at the bottom of the window indicates that this device is not the supported console type. When you upgrade your system. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If there isn't a console type defined. if there is no network adapter selected. the service tools server. Occasionally the console is not connected using this network adapter. the service interface can be shared with a line description. This works only when the Host Ethernet Adapter. and a 2849 network adapter configured for the service tools server. or both. 65 . but the service tools server is configured to support the Navigator interface for hard disk drive configuration or similar functions. An attempt to save this data is made but in the case where a recovery is in progress and the load source wasn't able to be copied. for example. then this is the service interface. after the Licensed Internal Code has been restored and the system IPLs again you will receive windows in which you will be forced to accept the current console type and the data is saved. In the case where there is a valid network adapter available. Do I have to dedicate a resource to the console? The service interface is typically a single adapter used for service tools. or 5767/5768 is supporting the service interface. the 2793 is dedicated but the service tools server running on the Host Ethernet Adapter can be shared with the operating system. Each adapter is dedicated to support its respective function and is not available in the operating system. then the system will activate all eligible console resources and use the first connected device for the console. 5706/5707. More commonly it is a network adapter to support either a local console on a network or the service tools server. For a local console that is directly attached. It is possible to have a local console that is directly attached using a 2793 adapter. thus sharing the same interface. such as a D-mode to install a new partition. even if another console is selected and there is a valid service host name associated with the adapter. Then.Reference and How-To . If you were to use the Host Ethernet Adapter in the previous example. With Version 6 Release 1. It can support a console. a new load source doesn't yet have structure (provided by the initialize function) so the save will be aborted. either by location or partition tagging. then this is the service interface. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If I use a local console on a network (LAN) what should I take into consideration if I have to recover my system? New servers and partitions are most likely using distribution media from IBM and therefore. then you might need to delete and re-create the configuration so that QCONSOLE can be used. For more information. you have to specify the Console tag.Reference and How-To . see use the console service functions (65+21) on page 232 for details. or the configured connection (at the PC) is using a different service tools device ID. the autocreate service tools device ID function is enabled and the connection will automatically negotiate a usable service tools device ID if the configured connection is already configured to use QCONSOLE. The system uses this information to search for a console. Consider the following based on your server's configuration: ● Servers without an HMC or pre-Power5 processor-based primary partitions The only scenario where the value is not set is after a load-source hard-disk-drive replacement without a good copy from old to new. If you elect not to use QCONSOLE. If LAN is the only available connectivity and the restoration media is not a SAVSYS. The data used to restore the LIC determines if you need to set the console type value following the restoration of the code. see use the console service functions (65+21) on page 232 for details. If you need to perform a recovery installation of a server or partition with the initialize option (scratch installation) and are using IBM distribution media. if an HMC is present. if needed. If the console fails to connect. 66 . you can use this console to change to another console. then all eligible adapters. can support a console. Only this resource is activated and the system uses the first connected device as the console to restore the Licensed Internal Code (LIC). If the system and PC client both run V6R1 then. you can use the HMC command window. then you might need to use the control panel to perform the console service functions (65+21) to change the console type value. If needed. in the case of local consoles that are directly attached. you only have QCONSOLE available. to tag another resource and then use the console service functions (65+21) to specify a different console type value. You can also get a display asking for confirmation for selecting the console type value. ● Logical partitions When a logical partition is initially set up. If this is the case. by default. For more information. the Operations Console tag. by location. except LAN. an IOA or IOP (IOP in the case of pre-Power5 processor-based systems) for console and. the only service tools device ID available is QCONSOLE. you must create a service host name (interface). but only one 5250 session can have control of the server at a time. Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console. What if I use a local console on a network (LAN) and have more than one device connecting at the same time? If you use Operations Console (LAN) with multiple PCs configured to become the console. you can have a network adapter for the service tools server when the console is something other than Operations Console (LAN). There is no way to know which PC will become the console because the first one connected will be the active console. the system activates the adapter that supports the console. After the configuration is complete. With a configured network adapter available at IPL. In this scenario. Conversely. If you enabled the console option. but also activates the adapter used for the service host name. you need to configure the service host name (interface) so that the service tools server uses that connection. you are able to revert the console type value and any tagging back to the original values. An active console is a command interface to a server (5250 emulation) that is currently interacting with the server. all of these PCs are actively connected at IPL time. if you previously had a service host name for iSeries Navigator and are now using Operations Console (LAN). A single PC can have multiple active connections to one or more servers or partitions. However. More than one Operations Console device can have data on the window. To do this.Reference and How-To . What do I consider if I have multiple console devices with multiple systems? Consider the following when considering multiple consoles and multiple servers: ● Local console on a network (LAN) ● ● Operations Console allows multiple LAN connections to a single server. you might have to temporarily change the console type value and Console tag to configure a LAN adapter for use as the service tools server. iSeries Navigator functions.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles What is the service tools server and what should I know about it? If you use Operations Console (LAN). Note: If you do not use Operations Console (LAN) as your console. if different. In other words if you use a local console on a network (LAN) you automatically have access to the service tools server. for example. depending on your hardware. 67 . After this is created. you do not have to make any IP configuration changes because the same resource is used. the server is also ready to use the service tools server to support. then you are able to take over the console at the PC you want to use. but only one is truly active. you now have two resources in your system that might not be used by the operating system. 68 . Operations Console. For example. this device cannot become the console and only displays the Console Information Status window. enable the console option Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console. If an Operations Console (Direct) adapter is also activated. Local console directly attached ● ● You can mix both connectivities. How does the system handle adapter activation when multiple console types are available? When a server is not managed by an HMC.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● or local console directly attached with remote access allowed The client (PC) only supports one local console that is directly attached or one local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed for a single PC. Each of the adapters are dedicated to their designated function and are not available for use in the operating system. You have to disconnect the local console that is directly attached to connect as a remote console. the console might appear to stop working temporarily. However. it is possible to have more than one console adapter available for activation. Having a dedicated IOP for the console adapter and one for the storage devices reduces possible connectivity problems. it should resume operation shortly. directly attached and LAN. only one outgoing asynchronous connection is allowed at a time. keep the other usages to a minimum for better console reliability. Do I have to be aware of IOA/IOP placement? Do not place your console adapter on the same IOP as storage devices. if the PC being used as a local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed is also a remote console to another server. It might be best if you use the HMC as the emergency console since switching to an HMC is a very simple process and can even be performed without an IPL in nearly all cases. If this happens. The console service functions (65+21) and the OPSCONSOLE macro have support to designate a particular adapter which solves these issues. If you must place the console adapter on shared resources. at the same time on the same PC if you follow the preceding guidelines. during very heavy usage of storage devices. The server only supports a single incoming directly attached connection. Also. For example. the corresponding device can also connect at the same time. Also. the console type is set to Operations console(LAN) and has a device connected that is the system console. twinaxial console and even an HMC can coexist.Reference and How-To . 69 . the card location used for Operations Console directly attached configurations. for example C07. and C06 through C10 and if an IOP were placed in C08 and a twinaxial adapter preceded this IOP on the bus then the LAN adapter card located at C09 or C10 will fail to provide a LANconnected console. when the first IOP contains a twinaxial adapter card. The LAN adapter card must be in a location preceding the second IOP. Contact your service representative if you have questions about the placement of the ECS. When the card location is a high number. a model 890 uses eligible card locations C04. When the card location is a low number. There may be exceptions to this numbering scheme based on specific models and expansion units. but it should resume operation shortly. the console might appear to stop working temporarily. If the console is placed on the same IOP as the storage devices. For example. may fail to provide a LAN-connected console. ● ● There might be configurations when this cannot be avoided. Consider the following: ● Having a second IOP on the bus before your intended console adapter card. then C06 is further from the beginning of the bus than C07. commonly referred to as the Electronic Customer Support (ECS) slot. enable the console option Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console.All systems What considerations do I take into account for IOPs? ● Try to avoid putting your Operations Console on the same IOP as storage devices. then C03 is further from the beginning of the bus than C02.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Pre-Power5 processor-based systems Pre-Power5 processor-based . During very heavy usage of storage devices. such as C06 or C07. ● Multiple IOPs capable of supporting a console workstation can interfere with the selection of the desired LAN adapter. is located close to the beginning of the bus.Reference and How-To . for example C02. ● Typically. If not previously configured. Avoid supporting too many consoles on the same PC if possible. instead of backing up each PC with the other's configuration. you add a third PC and spread the 20 consoles out so that two PCs back up a portion of each PC's primary console configurations. consider a Local console directly attached to the system as a backup. When using the console service functions (65+21). Consider additional PCs using this same type configuration. Another consideration is a dedicated PC to be the backup of a certain number of consoles. consolesupporting hardware must be installed and available prior to performing the function. For example. A local console on a network can be backed up with an additional local console on a network PC. ● In a logical partition or multiple-system environment. Recovery might consist of repairing the currently failed console or temporarily replacing it with another console type.Reference and How-To . ● Consider multiple local console on a network configurations in large environments so that each PC has a core set of console responsibilities and the overlap coverage of backup configurations with each other. Any partition tagging of resources must also have been done already. If the network adapter were to fail. you will most likely be using multiple local consoles on a network (LAN) configuration on a single PC as your primary consoles. and the intended console type. Some of these factors include. the previous console type. but not connected until necessary. the network adapter must be located in a console designated slot or in a properly tagged IOP. Most changes of a console type can be performed without the need for an IPL but there may be circumstances in which an IPL will still be necessary. Important: If you plan to use Operations Console local console on a network (LAN) as a backup to another console type.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles What considerations do I need to know about a backup console in a recovery action? When planning the configuration of the backup console or consoles remember that recovering from the loss of the console depends on many factors. if you have a PC that supports 10 local consoles on a network configuration and another PC with the same number of primary consoles for another 10 partitions. the model and series. consider off-site console capability or another type of connectivity for the console. 70 . the hardware resources available. the BOOTP process is used to configure the system. The PC resources can be easily overwhelmed when supporting multiple consoles and remote control panels. What should I consider for a backup console? ● If you access your system remotely. Each model has a different preferred location: Pre-Power5 processor-based . Pre-Power5 processor-based systems using a local console directly attached If your system has a 2771 adapter card in the processing unit and you plan to use Operations Console as either your primary console or as a backup console. If you have supporting adapters. Refer to Chapter 1: Reference on page 19 for locations based on your system's model. based on model.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● When you mostly use consoles on a network. In summary. you have a console to replace the currently failed console. consider setting up a Local console directly attached to the system on a PC and place it on a rollaway cart with a console cable. it must be installed in the location designated by model for cable connections based on the following table. After connecting the cable and changing the console type value. or by making compromises and adjustments for the various hardware requirements necessary to overcome the various levels of failures. Each PC connecting to the same target system or logical partition must have a unique service tools device ID. you can quickly roll the cart with the PC near the system or partition in need of the console. consider incorporating as much redundancy as possible into your console configuration.Reference and How-To . You can reduce your exposure to a catastrophic console failure by using another method to provide a console in place. ● If more than one local console on a network is planned. prior to the upgrade or installation. This same concept also applies to twinaxial workstations. be certain to create additional service tools device IDs on the system before you start configuring the Operations Console PC. 71 .Non-partitioned systems Can I place a console resource anywhere in my system? Console supporting hardware may be required to be located in specific slot locations. you must tag an IOP with the Console tag and the ECS tag. However. Tagging an IOP that has two similar console adapters reporting to it (for example. which adapter will be used for the console. Each adapter can support a different console type but only one adapter type should be present. For example. The system will use the first adapter found on the bus. another adapter might get selected instead. For example.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles What do I need to know regarding any recovery actions? If the load source storage device fails and the system recovery includes the use of the IBM® distribution Licensed Internal Code media instead of a customer backup. This could prevent the console from starting immediately or you might not be able to use that resource for your intended purposes. If you plan to use Operations Console as your primary console or as a backup console. But if that adapter is slow in reporting to the system. It is recommended that you install only one console-capable adapter that matches your configurations for a single IOP. only one 2849 and one 2771). you might have to use another console type for the initial portion of the system recovery. make sure that it only has one console-capable adapter per connectivity (for example. two 2849s or two 2771s) for the same IOP can sometimes make it difficult to determine. and the system is using Operations Console (LAN). when two adapters of the same connectivity are present. you must tag the IOP to support the primary console and Electronic Customer Support (slot). during an IPL the first adapter may not be ready in time and the system could select the second adapter. the adapter with the lowest bus address will be chosen for use by Operations Console. The lowest addressed adapter on the bus is attempted first. Another example of this might be that the IOP has both a 2838 and a 2849 Ethernet adapter reporting to it. if you are planning to use Operations Console on a direct connection. This situation also will affect asynchronous adapters used by a Local console directly attached to the system. What do I need to know about multiple adapters for consoles? When more than one console adapter is available for a single IOP. 72 . They are different adapters but have the same connectivity for the console. When tagging the IOP.Partitioned systems What tags do I have to use for console? Models 8xx are tagged for a console type only at the IOP level.Reference and How-To . you tag an IOP that has two LAN adapters installed. These steps are also necessary if you are planning to use Operations Console with a LAN connection. even if you do not plan to use Electronic Customer Support. Pre-Power5 processor-based . in advance. If you elect to use this adapter instead of the default embedded Ethernet port. When using these adapters. To disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. see disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. 2793 and 2742 asynchronous communications adapters The 2793 and 2742 asynchronous communications adapters no longer require an IOP when the system is running V5R4M5 or later of Licensed Internal Code.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power™ processor-based Systems . and PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet SX IOA (5707) do not require an IOP and are available for use with the Operations Console. the LAN adapter must be located in one of the designated card locations that supports a local console on a network (LAN). specific to the adapter. you must disable the embedded port before the system can use the adapter. you can locate the LAN adapters in any of the remaining slots. on your server if your server supports this type of operation and is managed by an HMC. 73 . or 5767/5768 adapters on page 255. If the system is not managed by an HMC. The first port is the top port or the right-most port. PCI 1 Gbps Ethernet TX IOA (5706). 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI Express Adapter (5768).Reference and How-To . 5706/5707.All systems 5767/5768 and 5706/5707 adapters The 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI Express Adapter (5767).Common information Power-processor-based Systems . Only the first port of this adapter can be used for the console. Just disabling the embedded Ethernet port forces the system to look at one or more specific locations for a console-supporting resource.Not HMC managed What considerations do I take into account if I want to use a 5706/5707 or 5767/5768 (Power6 processor-based only) adapter instead of the embedded port? When a server is not managed by an HMC. the console-supporting hardware is required to be located in specific slot locations based on the server model. In order to use the external adapter you first have to disable support for the embedded port. 2793. there might be more than one location that can support a console. based on platform and model. 5706/5707. or a 5767/5768 adapter for the console. How does the system know which resource to use for the console when there isn't an HMC? When a server is not managed by an HMC the system relies on a specific set of "rules" to determine what resource will be used. The first supporting resource is then selected. or 2742 adapters are able to run without an IOP. or 5767/5768 adapters on page 255. In the tables above. By default. 5767/5768. you can disable this option by following the steps in disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. the locations are listed from highest priority to lowest priority when the console searches for consolecapable hardware resources. 74 .Reference and How-To . For more information on either of these options. When more than one location is available for a server model.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power Systems . by default. For Operations Console (LAN). You can also use the OPSCONSOLE macro or the console service functions (65+21) to disable this support. If you do not want to use the embedded Ethernet port. the embedded port and external adapter support are both enabled. the embedded Ethernet port would be used. Also. When the embedded Ethernet port is disabled. The console service functions (65+21) on page 232 and the OPSCONSOLE macro on page 215 have support to designate a particular adapter. see use the OPSCONSOLE macro or use the console service functions (65+21) for details. a 5706/5707. the locations are listed in the order the system searches for an appropriate resource. the 5706/5707. However. you can disable this port so you can use a different adapter. If you use V5R4M5 (or later) of Licensed Internal Code you can access this support using the Select Console window. . . . For more information on either of these options. if you disabled both flags and still wanted to use a local console on a network (LAN) you would need to supply an adapter like the 2849 driven by an IOP. 1 Press enter to continue. . . . 5767/5768) is another. . . which is a higher speed adapter. 1. . . you can enable or disable one or both flags. . . . . see use the OPSCONSOLE macro on page 215 or use the console service functions (65+21) on page 232 for details. . . By following the steps in disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. or 5767/5768 adapters on page 255. . . 5706/5707. . For example. Operations console(Direct) 3. . . . . . . . . . . . F3=Exit F12=Cancel S10BACFC 1=Yes.Reference and How-To . as shown here: Select Console System: Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console . . . 1 supported Gigabit LAN adapter to the console . . . The console service functions (65+21) and the OPSCONSOLE macro have support to also designate a particular adapter and enable or disable the flags. . The embedded Ethernet port support is one flag and the use of a 1 Gbps adapter (5706/5707. . . . . Operations console(LAN) 4. Allow be Allow be 75 1=Yes. 2=No 1=Yes. . . . . . . . You could then use an external 5706/5707. . . . . 1 Select one of the following: Console type . . Twinaxial 2. for another purpose and the slower 2849 would be dedicated to the console. . . 2=No 3 0 supported internal LAN adapter to the console . Hardware management console(HMC) Current state of console tag . . . 2=No . . . .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Depending on your model and level of Licensed Internal Code you may be able to designate a specific resource which allows a little more flexibility in case you need a second or third adapter of the same connectivity for non-console use. console IOA based on the current console type value. (V5R3M5 with PTF MF39303) (V5R4M0 with PTF MF39304) These PTFs allows you to specify the asynchronous communications adapter used for a local console directly attached. Consider the following: ● The server attempts to use the first. or only.Reference and How-To . When a server is not managed by an HMC. ● If your server model supports a second adapter location for LAN and has a LAN adapter installed.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles What if the system has two or more adapters of the same connectivity? Multiple console-supporting adapters on servers without an HMC. and without an enabled embedded Ethernet port if a local console on a network (LAN) is to be used. selecting a card slot. might interfere with console selection. 5706/5707. a problem with the first adapter might cause the server to use the second LAN adapter for the console. See disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. Each of the adapters are dedicated to their designated function and are not available for use in the operating system. ● Selection of a specific adapter location is possible on select models prior to V5R4M5. the console type is set to Operations console(LAN) and has a device connected that is the system console. the corresponding device can also connect at the same time. making it unavailable for use by the operating system. then support for the embedded Ethernet port has to be disabled before the external adapter can be used. 76 . it is possible to have more than one console adapter available for activation. or 5767/5768 adapters on page 255 for details. If an Operations Console (Direct) adapter is also activated. this device cannot become the console and only displays the Console Information Status window. However. ● Starting in V5R4M5 most models have the ability to designate the adapter associated with a local console directly attached and local console on a network (LAN). For example. ● If designating a network adapter. Starting in V5R4M5 all models have the ability to designate the adapter associated with a local console directly attached and local console on a network (LAN). To allow for this greater flexibility on the 520. you can choose to use either slot for console and remote service. your system (running V5R3M5 or V5R4M0 of Licensed Internal Code) can have asynchronous adapters located in multiple slots simultaneously. These PTFs should already be installed on the 525 and 515. you must install PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0). 525. or 515 model. including locating the 2793 asynchronous adapter in slot C4. Slot C4 allows an IOA that does not require an IOP. or 5767/5768 adapters on page 255 for details.Reference and How-To . See disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. If you have a system that was shipped with Licensed Internal Code (LIC) prior to V5R4M5. you are able to select an individual asynchronous adapter for use with the console and remote service by using either the OPSCONSOLE macro or the console service functions (65+21).5> depending on model ● Also available using the console service function 65+21+Fn ● For a local console on a network (LAN) you can use the macro: ● OPSCONSOLE ENBLSLOT <1 . but you can select slot C4 for use with remote service. 5706/5707. then support for the embedded Ethernet port has to be disabled before the external adapter can be used.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles How do I specify which adapter to use for console when more than one is available? If you have an IBM System i5 or eServer i5 520. selecting a card slot. Example: If you have an asynchronous adapter located in both C2 and C3 for use by Operations Console (Direct). With these PTFs.5> depending on model ● Also available using the console service function 65+21+Bn ● If designating a network adapter. 77 . ● For a local console directly attached you can use the macro: ● OPSCONSOLE ENBSLOT <1 . you cannot select slot C4 for use with the console when using the 2793. without having to remove the asynchronous adapter from the other slot. The console and remote service functions must all remain on a single asynchronous adapter. This is possible only for systems that are not managed by an HMC and have an input/output adapter (IOA) that does not require an input/output processor (IOP). . . Press Enter. . . Select Console System: Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console . . . . . select Work with DST environment. 4. . . . . . . select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. 1 Select one of the following: Console type . If you are using SST. . . . . and then System devices. 2=No . Allow be Allow be 78 1=Yes. . Select Select Console. . . 2 supported Gigabit LAN adapter to the console . . Twinaxial 2. F3=Exit F12=Cancel S10BACFC 1=Yes. . . . . . . . 2=No 3 0 supported internal LAN adapter to the console . Hardware management console(HMC) Current state of console tag . . 1 Press enter to continue. . 2. . . . 1. The example below shows how to set up a Power5 processor-based or Power6 processor-based system to use an external adapter instead of the embedded or HEA/IVE port. depending on what you want to disable. . . . If you are using DST. . Operations console(LAN) 4. . . . Type a 2 in either the Allow supported internal LAN adapter to be the console or Allow supported Gigabit LAN adapter to be the console field. Access service tools using DST or SST. . . . . . 2. . . . . Operations console(Direct) 3. . 2=No 1=Yes.Reference and How-To . 1.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles To disable either the embedded Ethernet port or add-on 5706/5707 adapters using V5R4M5 (or later) of Licensed Internal Code. . . . complete the following steps: 1. . . . 3. . obviously. First. You can also use either of these methods to re-activate support for these resources. this device cannot become the console and only displays the Console Information Status window. Determining the console happens during an IPL. If you do not have any working devices. the system selects the first detected and eligible adapter to determine the console. it is possible to have more than one console adapter available for activation. the console type is set to Operations console(LAN) and has a device connected that is the system console. but this process also takes place when other console-related activity is performed such as a 65+21+21. but you have another workstation that can access System Service Tools (SST). Each of the adapters are dedicated to their designated function and are not available for use in the operating system. If you tagged an IOP and had both a console-supporting network adapter. on page 232. If for some reason the adapter reporting first were to be delayed the system would select the other adapter and would set the console type to the wrong value. The system only knows to use the resource tagged. in addition to an asynchronous communication adapter.HMC managed What do I tag for console using the HMC? IBM System i5 and eServer i5 models with an HMC support tagging at an IOP or IOA level.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If you do not have a working console device. The result is no console and a very puzzled user. If an Operations Console (Direct) adapter is also activated. the corresponding device can also connect at the same time. then you must use the console service functions (65+21). The system starts this process by first looking at the tag and blindly setting the console type to match the supported adapter. If the tag is to an IOA this is a predictable function. If you try to change the console type and have an IOA tagged you get back an error that there isn't any supporting hardware. Can more than one console supporting resource be activated at the same time? When a server is not managed by an HMC. some background on how the system determines what console to use when the system is HMC managed. There are advantages and disadvantages to tagging either the IOP or the IOA. to disable your intended resource. Power-processor-based Systems . then you can use the preceding DST/SST procedure or use the OPSCONSOLE macro on page 215. However. 79 .Reference and How-To . For example. page 215. When the operating system tries to use this resource you might find that it won't vary on because it's in-use. although you might have to force the system to determine the new console in some instances. Which tags do I have to be aware of with Operations Console? Consider the following when determining what to tag for Operations Console: Operations Console (LAN) If you use a LAN-based PC for your console. The Operations Console tag is required if you are using a directly connected console. Therefore. only the selected console-capable adapter is used for the console. You can use the HMC command window to specify the tag. For example. see Changing consoles . This allows the change to be used immediately. you need to specify the tag for Console and Operations Console.Powerprocessor-based on page 109 for details. The Operations Console tag is the equivalent of the former Electronic Customer Support (ECS) tag. if you are configuring for a directly connected backup console. To fall back from one console type to another only requires a change of the console type. or if you are using an asynchronous communications adapter for remote service. the only tag you need to set is for console. if multiple console-capable adapters exist in the IOP.Reference and How-To . For more information about making console type changes without an IPL. For more information on how to change the console. you can make the change without an IPL in most cases. see Completing a console change with the logical partition and managed system powered on on page 119 for details. This can be performed using the same command window. using the OPSCONSOLE macro. Tagging the IOA allows you to select the specific adapter used for the Operations Console. 80 . But tagging at the IOP level is still desirable if you only associate one network adapter and one asynchronous communication adapter to it. This works fine except that you may end up dedicating the other adapter to possible console functions. If you need to change the console type.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Another fact you should know is that tagging at an IOP level may reserve one or more console-supporting adapters. An IPL will not read the changed partition profile. or use the console service functions (65+21) page 232. Operations Console (Direct) If you use a direct cable attached PC for your console. you use a network resource for the console but have an asynchronous communication adapter associated with that same IOP. The tag automatically sets the console type during the next activation following the partition profile update. As part of the console detection function the system may reserve the asynchronous adapter for use by a console in case you want to make a quick change in the console device. This can be performed using the same command window. although you might have to force the system to determine the new console in some instances. Support for the default embedded Ethernet port is disabled in manufacturing for systems where the embedded ports do not exist. For more information about making console type changes without an IPL. see Completing a console change with the logical partition and managed system powered on on page 119 for details.Reference and How-To . see disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. the 9406-595.Powerprocessor-based on page 109 for details. the server will not check for the 5706/5707 adapter unless support for the default embedded Ethernet port has been disabled. 81 . see Changing consoles . on page 232. This allows the change to be used immediately. page 215. 5706/5707. with the OPSCONSOLE macro. However.Non-partitioned systems . For more information on how to change the console.Not managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC) What is the default local console on a network (LAN) resource? Operations Console now defaults the first embedded Ethernet port as the default console port in systems not using an HMC. To disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port or 5706/5707 adapters. Power5 processor-based Systems Specific Power5 processor-based . or 5767/5768 adapters on page 255 for details. or using the console service functions (65+21).Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles You can use the HMC command window to specify the tag. This includes the 5706/5707 adapters. for example. Reference and How-To . Each logical partition can have one logical port for each physical port. When working with IVE (HEA) on a system without an HMC. or right-most.All systems What is the default local console on a network (LAN) resource? What is the Virtual Ethernet (IVE) . 82 . then two ports share the 16 logical ports for each port group for a total of 32 logical ports. The IVE can also be referred to as the Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA) in some documentation and these terms can be used interchangeably.Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA)? Operations Console now defaults the first Integrated Virtual Ethernet (IVE) port as the default console port in systems not using an HMC. In this context it means the first port on the first physical port or the logical port reserved for the console when the IVE was configured for the partition. Partitions using Host Ethernet Adapter resources cannot be migrated. You can assign the logical port ID to the physical port. but the system assigns the actual port number. and you cannot assign a logical port number to a physical port or logical partition. Consider the following regarding the IVE: ● The IVE is available in two versions: 2-port and 4-port ● Each Host Ethernet Adapter physical port supports a maximum of 16 logical ports. port is the default port for console.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power6 processor-based Systems Specific Power6 processor-based . one for each drawer. Some systems can have up to four Host Ethernet Adapter ports. the top. This document may just use the term embedded Ethernet port. because both ports share a single cable group. See What is the default for a local console on a network (LAN) resource below for using the IVE in a non-partitioned environment. ● If there are four ports. ● A 2-port Host Ethernet Adapter supports a maximum of 16 logical ports. The IVE is available in two versions: 2-port and 4-port 2. but the system assigns the actual port number. You can assign the logical port ID to the physical port. If you do not want to use this resource for your console and would rather use an adapter located in a card slot you must disable the embedded support. A 2-port Host Ethernet Adapter supports a maximum of 16 logical ports. and you cannot assign a logical port number to a physical port or logical partition. Each logical partition can have one logical port for each physical port. 5. To disable support for the default IVE port. 4. 5706/5707. see disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. one for each drawer.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power6 processor-based . the top. also known as the Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA). 83 . Consider the following regarding the IVE: 1. Some systems can have up to four Host Ethernet Adapter ports. or right-most. When working with IVE (HEA) on a system without an HMC. Partitions using Host Ethernet Adapter resources cannot be migrated. then two ports share the 16 logical ports for each port group for a total of 32 logical ports. The IVE can also be referred to as the Host Ethernet Adapter (HEA) in some documentation and can be used interchangeably. If there are four ports. because both ports share a single cable group. port is the default port for console. In this document it may be referred to as the embedded Ethernet port. Each Host Ethernet Adapter physical port supports a maximum of 16 logical ports.Reference and How-To . 3. or 5767/5768 adapters on page 255 for details. as the default console port in systems not using an HMC.Non-partitioned systems What is the default for a local console on a network (LAN) resource? Operations Console now defaults the first Integrated Virtual Ethernet (IVE) port. see Changing consoles . Tagging the IOA in the partition profile automatically sets the console type during the next activation following the partition profile update. see Completing a console change with the logical partition and managed system powered on on page 119. An IPL will not read the changed partition profile. The Console tag requires that you specify a Host Ethernet Adapter logical port or an IOA.Reference and How-To . This allows the change to be used without the need to power off the server or perform an IPL. Operations console(Direct) If you use a direct cable attached PC for your console. You can tag a Host Ethernet Adapter logical port for the console in the partition profile. What do I have to know about tagging a Host Ethernet Adapter logical port or IOA for the console? Consider the following when determining what to tag for Operations Console: Operations console(LAN) If you use a local console on a network (LAN). the only tag you need to set is for console. or if you are using an asynchronous communications adapter for remote service. you need to specify the tag for Console and the Operations Console tag. in most cases. For more information about making console type changes without an IPL. only the selected consolecapable adapter is used for the console.Power-processorbased on page 109. if multiple console-capable adapters exist in the IOP. if you are configuring for a directly connected backup console. When doing this. 84 . For more information. you are actually tagging a physical port of the Host Ethernet Adapter and using the assigned logical port. For more information about how to change the console. Tagging the IOA allows you to select the specific adapter used for the Operations Console. The Operations Console tag is required if you are using a local console directly attached for your console. You can also use the HMC command window to specify the tag. Therefore.Partitioned systems What do I have to know about servers with an HMC? A Host Ethernet Adapter logical port or an input/output adapter (IOA) must be tagged for console with a Hardware Management Console (HMC) if you will be using a console other than the HMC.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power6 processor-based . see What do I have to know about tagging a Host Ethernet Adapter logical port or IOA for the console below. 85 . you may not have as many choices regarding the logical network ports.Reference and How-To . It is critical that the Host Ethernet Adapter has been set to be bridged. as shown here: >> Select the resource (usually the resource showing zero in Available Connections) >> Properties View/Modify Host Ethernet Failure to have this bridged will prevent the client PC to configure the partition during the Dmode IPL to restore Licensed Internal Code. when you create the partition.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Power6 processor-based Blade and Power6 processor-based systems running VIOS/IVM What do I have to know about Power6 processor-based blades and systems running VIOS/IVM? Power6 processor-based blade servers that have partitions only support a local console on a network (LAN). Depending on how the IBM® BladeCenter® is configured. as well. For information regarding Operations Console information not covered in this document should be in the on-line Information Center under Systems hardware >> System i information >> Managing consoles.htm 86 . or the system will be unable to connect to the network. for information regarding the installation and setup of the blade server see the on-line Information Center under Systems hardware >> BladeCenter information >> Blade servers >> select your blade server.Reference and How-To . and terminals >> Managing i5/OS consoles >> Managing Operations Console. Operations Console is configured and managed the same as any other system with a local console on a network (LAN). interfaces.jsp?topic=/front/hwparent.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles View/Modify Virtual Ethernet >> Click the Virtual Ethernet Bridge tab A resource must be defined here. http://publib.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/index.boulder. If you are using a pre-Power5 processor-based system and the remote control panel connection is with a separate serial or parallel cable (V5R3 only on pre-Power5 processorbased systems) then you have access to the system to include powering it on from the client. The virtual control panel allows you to perform most of the control panel functions from a local location but connects using the console's serial cable to remove the need for a network adapter.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles RCP & VCP What is a RCP or VCP? Both remote control panel and virtual control panel are graphical interfaces to the control panel. By default. these auto-created service tools device IDs do not automatically have access to the remote control panel functions so you may be required to manually grant this access. But access can be granted by an administrator for the user ID. By default. What type of restrictions am I likely to encounter? The user must be granted access to a partition's remote control panel and functions to use the remote control panel or virtual control panel. remove. The remote control panel allows you to perform most of the control panel functions from a local console when directly attached or by way of a network connection.Reference and How-To . usercreated user IDs will have these permissions. However. Use the configured connection's Properties > Configuration to add. service tools device IDs may not be automatically granted access to the remote control panel for the partition. Note: Starting with V6R1. If a local console on a network is being used. if the service tools device ID gets reset. The user that authenticates a connection must also have authority to the respective partition's keylock to change the mode. A network connected RCP or VCP cannot power on a system or partition. then the service tools device ID must also be granted access to that partition's remote control panel to use this feature. device ID. either manually or automatically by the system access to the remote control panel functions will be reset back to revoked. Also. or validate the RCP. or both. 87 . the system is set to automatically create service tools device IDs by default. This varies by release so check the service tools device ID that will be used to verify it has access to this function. If you have a server model that uses the keystick. 2. check the online Information Center for more details. page 239. This is the result of a change in the assigned service tools device ID. The remote control panel option is missing after the first connection if it was not selected and was not authorized. again. so you. have to manually grant permission to the RCP. As always. Something occurred. grant access to the remote control panel. the user has the remote panel key privilege but will not have the mode function available until the keystick is present. Note: Systems with a keystick require the keystick to be inserted before the user is eligible to use the mode button. The service tools user ID used to authenticate the connection must have the partition remote panel key privilege to use the mode function provided by the RCP or VCP. Why did I lose the RCP when I previously had it working? There may be times in which you configure a connection with an auto-created service tools device ID. the mode button will work with the same functions as the physical control panel when the keystick is inserted. the user ID being used would only require the remote panel key privilege. or 11111111 already have this permission by default. For example.Reference and How-To . After the device ID is authorized. so the service tools device ID got reset. Service tools user IDs QSECOFR. it becomes active or reappears in Properties. See create a service tools device IDs on the system. on the next connection. QSRV. Currently. 1.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Any configured connection that includes the remote control panel option and the device ID is not authorized is temporarily disabled (grayed out) or missing. A reset of the device ID includes revoking permission to the RCP. for instructions on how to do this. 88 . possibly not connecting this device in a few days for instance. then at a later time you connect and find that you no longer have a remote control panel. The remote control panel option is disabled (grayed out) after the first connection if it was selected but not authorized. 22222222. For systems without the keystick. the only way to prevent this would be for you to create a specific service tools device ID for this configured connection and delete the previous one. ● The VCP requires a unique service tools device ID. before configuring the VCP connection. 89 . Use care when working with control panel functions when multiple PCs have access to the functions. ● You cannot use or reuse an existing network name when you create the additional VCP configuration. you cannot name the VCP SERVER1. For example. You may be required to manually create the service tools device ID depending on your version of the operating system. one at a time. and those configurations also use the remote control panel functions. you cannot use any name that already exists on that network. ● If you have multiple PCs (LAN connected) that can become the console. if the intended VCP-capable PC is on a network. if the system and PC client are both using V6R1 then auto-created service tools device IDs should automatically create the necessary ID but it won't automatically grant access to the system or partition.Reference and How-To . Earlier releases granted this function by default when you manually created the ID. For example. All VCP and remote control panels are active at the same time. if installed.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles What considerations are specific to the virtual control panel? ● There is no requirement for a network adapter even though the configuration process uses the local console on a network (LAN) option. all active RCPs can control the system. if you have a configuration named SERVER1. ● The VCP is only available while the console is connected. Also. ● You must remove the parallel remote control panel cable. Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 90 . boulder. If you will be using a HMC with version 7 code. this is considered new.htm Return here when the HMC is installed. If you are changing from your current console to another console type on a PrePower5 processor-based system. go to Installation and Configuration Guide for the Hardware Management Console and create your partition. If you already have an HMC installed and it is ready for use.ibm.Reference and How-To . or Power6 processor-based blade for the first time. continue with Select your environment on page 92.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphai/installhmc. go to Installing the HMC and create your partition. If you are installing a Power6 processor-based blade or system with Virtual I/O Server (VIOS) is not installed. or Power6 processor-based blade it is expected to be powered off at this point. go to Chapter 5: Changing consoles .com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphdx/sa76-0100.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Chapter 3: First Time System Setup This chapter will set up a system.ibm.htm Return here when the HMC is installed. http://publib.ibm. If you are changing from your current console to another console type on a Powerprocessor-based system. http://publib. http://publib.boulder. Then. use the Advanced POWER Virtualization Operations Guide for assistance in installing and setting up VIOS/IVM. If you will be using a HMC with version 6 code. Otherwise. return here.pdf 91 . go to Chapter 4: Changing consoles .com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphdx/abstract_install_config_hmc_g uide.Pre-Power5 processor-based on page 103. If this is not the case use Appendix A. partition.Power-processor-based on page 109. If you have an older system but it's not been in use for you.boulder. partition. If this is a new system. Shutting down systems or logical partitions on page 271 and return here. Yes. Select Server Management. the system is expected to be powered off. b. Open the logical partition for the partition profile f. 2. 2. Are you installing a logical partition? Note: If you have a Power-processor-based system without an HMC or without VIOS/IVM answer No.New on page 101. Continue with Tagging the console for a logical partition on a pre-Power5 processor-based system on page 94. Open Partitions. open Server and Partition. In the navigation area. partition or Power6 processor-based blade. Continue with Verify the console tagging on a Power-processor-based system on page 92. Using the HMC. d. Are you working with a new logical partition on a pre-Power5 processor-based system? 1. If you are working with a logical partition. Partition 2 is the first user-created partition to support an IBM i operating system. Is the server managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC)? 1.Reference and How-To . 3. at this time. Continue with Select your console . Select your environment Answer questions to help you choose the correct procedure to follow for setting up a new system. at this time. Continue to question 2. e. c. Continue with question 3. 1. verify the console device setting for the partition profile. 1. Verify the console tagging on a Power-processor-based system To change or verify the console tag using an HMC. the new partition should be created and powered off. No.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: If your system is a Power6 processor-based Blade or is running VIOS/IVM the first partition is VIOS. No. In the contents area. do one of the following based on the HMC type: ● HMC using version 6 code 1. Right-click the partition profile and select Properties. a. If you are working with a primary partition or standalone system (without an HMC for Powerprocessor-based systems). 2. Go to Verify console resource setup for VIOS/IVM on page 96. 92 . No. Yes. Yes. 2. open the server on which the partition profile is located. and select Edit. then follow these steps: 1. Expand Servers. 2. 2. 93 .New on page 101. Select the managed system. d. Go to step k. h. expand Systems Management. verify the Console resource to be used. Using the HMC. This should open the Manage Profiles window. Then. Click Manage Profiles. Expand the list in the I/O devices in the profile area so that the console device that you want to use is displayed. If the resource is other than what you will be using. Note: If you selected an asynchronous communications adapter for Operations Console (Direct). ● If you won't be using the HMC then uncheck Use HMC console if it's checked. If you will be using an adapter card be sure I/O device shows in the upper left corner of the window. If the resource you would like to use for the console isn't selected. you must also select the same asynchronous communications adapter in the Operations Console field. Clear the current console setting. f. click OK. If you selected to use the HMC as your console. Select the logical port you want to use. Click OK. verify the console device setting for the partition profile. Verify the correct console resource shows. If you will be using a logical port. Click Tagged I/O. ii. select you resource from the list. then select Logical Port in the upper left corner. i. go to step h.Reference and How-To . a. Continue with Select your console . Click Select. select the partition you will be defining. expand Configuration. Select the console device that you want to use. g. h. then. ● Using HMC using version 7 code 1. then go to step k. Click Actions. such as provided by the IVE (HEA). and then click OK again. and then click Select. In the Navigation area. and click Select or click the check box for Use HMC console. Click Tagged I/O j. Select the profile you will be working with. e. b. From the Tasks area. In the Contents area. iii.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles g. c. do the following steps to change the console resource: i. do one the following: ● If you will be using the HMC then click the check box for Use HMC console. To select the IOP that will support your intended console place a 1 in front of the IOP to select it as the console IOP.New on page 101. Choose Select Console Resource on the logical partition.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles k. Select Any Console. 6. do this work prior to starting these steps. The alternate console must be under a different IOP than the IOP tagged for use by the primary twinaxial console. 1. 94 .Reference and How-To . Click Close. 4. Tagging the console for a logical partition on a prePower5 processor-based system Note: If you need to add or move adapters to satisfy the hardware requirements for Operations Console. 2. Do not tag the same IOP for the console and the alternate console. Continue with Select your console . 3. 7. If you selected a resource to be used with Operations Console. Press F9 to Change capability filter. l. 5. 3. Operations Console cannot be used as an alternate console. Click OK. you must also tag the same IOP used for the console as the IOP for Electronic Customer Support (ECS). Note: The selection of an alternate console only pertains when twinaxial workstations are to be the alternate console and the console type is also twinaxial console. If you selected a resource to be used with twinaxial console you can use an optional alternate console (twinaxial console only). Access service tools using DST or SST. 8. Select Work with System Partitions. Select Work with partition configuration. This work must be performed from the primary partition. Press F3 to exit to the DST main menu or SST. Press F12 until you arrive at the Work with partition configuration window. If the + symbol is shown. perform the following steps: a. 10. enter a 1 in front of the IOP to be tagged for ECS. which is the + (the plus sign).Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles To verify the console IOP for ECS. Go to step 9. d. Note: If you will be using Operation Console as the intended console you should now see both a < and a + associated with the console IOP.Reference and How-To . c. 95 .New on page 101. To tag the console IOP for ECS. Continue with Select your console . Enter a 9 in front of the partition to be tagged for ECS. the IOP is correctly tagged for ECS. Look at the symbols on the same line as the tagged console IOP (the Console tag is the < symbol) for the ECS symbol. 9. b. It is critical that the Host Ethernet Adapter has been set to be bridged.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Verify console resource setup for VIOS/IVM Power6 processor-based blade servers that have partitions only support a local console on a network (LAN).Reference and How-To . Depending on how the IBM® BladeCenter® is configured. when you create the partition. as shown here:Follow these steps to verify that IVM has a resource capable of communicating on a network: 1. you may not have as many choices regarding the logical network ports. 96 . Access IVM to your system or blade. 97 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 2. 4. Click on the partition name you want to work with 3. Click View/Modify Virtual Ethernet. Take note of the resource in Console adapter: In this case Virtual Ethernet 1.Reference and How-To . then close the window. Reference and How-To . 6. Select the Virtual Ethernet Bridge tab. 98 .WIH0036-P1-T6) is what Virtual Ethernet ID 1 shows.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 5. Note the name ent0 (U78A5. 7. Click View/Modify Host Ethernet Adapters.001. WIH0036-P1-T6).Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 8. 99 . ent0 (U78A5.001. Select the resource you just noted. For information regarding Operations Console information not covered in this document should be in the on-line Information Center under Systems hardware >> System i information >> Managing consoles. 10. Operations Console is configured and managed the same as any other system with a local console on a network (LAN).boulder. Click Properties.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 9.com/infocenter/systems/index. interfaces.jsp?topic=/front/hwparent.htm Continue with Select your console . http://publib.New on page 101 and select Operations Console. Then close the window. Validate Allow virtual Ethernet bridging: is selected.Reference and How-To .ibm. you have a usable resource for your console. and terminals >> Managing i5/OS consoles >> Managing Operations Console. 100 . for information regarding the installation and setup of the blade server see the on-line Information Center under Systems hardware >> BladeCenter information >> Blade servers >> select your blade server. If this procedure shows all the associations properly. If you will be using twinaxial console as your console.New If your Pre-Power5 processor-based system is already installed and you are just changing the console. go to Chapter 4: Changing Consoles . If you need to set up ASMI. 101 . Advanced Systems Management Interface (ASMI) on page 351. either locally or remotely. If you will be using Operations Console as your console. go to Chapter 6: Setting up Operations Console on page 125. go to Chapter 8: Thin Console on page 201. go to Chapter 7: Twinaxial Console on page 197. If you will be using a Thin Console as your console. If you will be using an HMC for the console. go to Appendix G.Reference and How-To . go to Chapter 5: Changing Consoles . go to Chapter 9: HMC 5250 Console on page 207.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Select your console . If your Power-processor-based system is already installed and you are just changing the console.Pre-Power5 processor-based on page 103.Power-processor-based on page 109. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 102 .Reference and How-To . see unlock service tools device IDs in SST on page 248. During a manual IPL. You must unlock the SST option before you can use it. verify any required hardware and cabling to satisfy your new console type. on page 19 and Chapter 2: Considerations for planning on page 59. Then for Enable automatic configuration. For information about backing up your system or logical partition.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Chapter 4: Changing consoles . Is the system powered off? ● Yes. in the IPL Options window. Continue with question 3. Go to question 8. You can also use Appendix D. licensed programs. 2. as needed. Use one of the following to verify or set this system value on the server: 1. select Y.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphbl/iphblos400backupandrecovery. If your plan to change the console involves using another workstation to complete some configurations then be sure to unlock the SST option before starting the change instructions. select Y. and data). System Locations for Cards and Cables on page 321 for help in identifying where the cards or cables will be placed. ● No. Are you currently using a Local console on a network (LAN) as your console or you use the service tools server for connecting iNavigator? ● Yes. Use the WRKSYSVAL QAUTOCFG command. http://publib.ibm. For additional information on SST. The server value QAUTOCFG must be set to ON. 1. it is suggested that you have a current backup of your system or logical partition (including operating systems. 103 . Choosing the procedure to change a console . Continue with question 4.Pre-Power5 processor-based If you will be changing consoles.Reference and How-To . for Set major system options.PrePower5 processor-based Answer questions to help you choose the correct procedure to follow for changing the current console.boulder.htm Referencing Chapter 1: Reference. ● No. see Backing up and recovering data. 2. Continue with question 2. boulder. 6. Press F3 or F12 to exit. Go to Chapter 5 . Is the target console resource managed by the same IOP as the current console in a logical partition. ● If you are using SST. Access service tools using DST or SST. 4.htm 8. and then System devices. Go to Tagging a pre-Power5 processor-based logical partition for console on page 105. b. ● No.com/infocenter/iseries/v5r3/topic/rzar5/rzar5rip. Did you just make hardware changes to a pre-Power5 processor-based logical partition with power on? ● Yes. Continue with question 5. above. when the hardware changes are complete. Continue with question 6. Go to Remove and replace procedures in the on-line Information Center. Go to Changing hardware on a pre-Power5 processor-based primary partition or standalone system with the power off on page 107. Press F6 to clear the old values. 7. ● No. ● No. Continue with question 7.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 3. 104 .ibm.Reference and How-To . ● If you are using DST. Do you plan to continue using this resource as a backup console or to facilitate a connection to the service tools server for iNavigator? ● Yes. 5. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. or the resource is correctly located in a card slot on a primary partition or standalone system? ● Yes.Pre-Power5 processor-based question 1. Return to Choosing the procedure to change a console . Are you working with a logical partition? ● Yes. Continue with question 4. Do you plan to make your changes with the power off? ● Yes. ● No. Are you performing this work on a Power-processor-based system? ● Yes.Changing consoles . Go to Select your console . Continue with question 4. and then F7 to store the new values. ● No. Perform the following task to deallocate the resource: a. Go to question 8.Power-processor-based on page 109. c. Go to Changing hardware on a pre-Power5 processor-based logical partition with the power off directly below. ● No. d.Pre-Power5 processor-based on page 107. select Work with DST environment. http://publib. Tagging a pre-Power5 processor-based logical partition for console On the pre-Power5 processor-based primary partition. If 01 B N V=F is not displayed. scroll through the IPL types. 2. as needed. b. do the following steps: The control panel should be lit and display 01 B N V=F. do these steps using the physical control panel: 1. Shutting down systems or logical partitions on page 271. The current logical key mode and IPL speed are also displayed. and Enter buttons. as needed. perform the following steps: Note: If you have to install Licensed Internal Code (LIC) substitute D for B and M for N a. You can also use Appendix D. Referencing Chapter 1: Reference. If the primary partition is already powered on. you might need to change the mode. d. c. Using the Increment (▲). If the primary partition is powered off. Decrement (▼). To use the control panel to change the mode. The current IPL type is displayed with a pointer. Continue with Tagging a pre-Power5 processor-based logical partition for console directly below. or Decrement (▼) button. Tip: The Increment (▲) or Decrement (▼) buttons change the field values. on page 19 and Chapter 2: Considerations for planning on page 59. System Locations for Cards and Cables on page 321 for help in identifying where the cards or cables will be placed. Press Enter to exit function 02. Press Enter to start function 02. or replace any required hardware and cabling to satisfy your new console type. and the Enter button advances you from field to field. 3. and IPL speeds until 02 B N V is displayed.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Changing hardware on a pre-Power5 processor-based logical partition with the power off 1. select function 01. logical key modes. 105 . power off the system. Select function 02 by pressing the Increment (▲) or Decrement (▼) button on the control panel. continue with step 3. Using the Increment (▲). and then press Enter. add. e. remove. Referencing Appendix A.Reference and How-To . Enter a 9 in front of the partition to be tagged for ECS.Reference and How-To . 4. 6. Access service tools using DST or SST. Press F12 until you arrive at the Work with partition configuration window. There is a short delay before the system powers on. 9. b. Press F3 to exit to the DST main menu or SST main menu. 8.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: Expect a delay between the time when power is applied to the system and when an initial program load (IPL) can be performed. 7. The alternate console must be under a different IOP than the IOP tagged for use by the primary twinaxial console. Note: If you will be using Operation Console as the intended console you should now see both a < and a + associated with the console IOP. Wait until the C1xxxxxx progress codes are completed and 01 is displayed on the control panel before you perform an IPL or change any control panel functions. the console might not be connected yet. Note: The selection of an alternate console only pertains when twinaxial workstations are to be the alternate console and the console type is also twinaxial console. Select Work with System Partitions. Look at the symbols on the same line as the tagged console IOP (the Console tag is the < symbol) for the ECS symbol. 2. d. Continue with Select your console . If you selected a resource to be used with Operations Console. the service processor performs a self-check and the control panel remains blank for up to 2 minutes. 12. When power is initially applied to the system. Do not tag the same IOP for the console and the alternate console. the IOP is correctly tagged for ECS. approximately 5 to 20 minutes. on page 107. Select Work with partition configuration. If the control panel displays A9002000. you must also tag the same IOP used for the console as the IOP for Electronic Customer Support (ECS). Press the white Power On button. 3. which is the + (the plus sign). 10. Go to step 9. To select the IOP that will support your intended console place a 1 in front of the IOP to select it as the console IOP. To tag the console IOP for ECS. If the + symbol is shown. 11.Pre-Power5 processor-based. Choose Select Console Resource on the logical partition. perform the following steps: a. 5. Press F9 to Change capability filter. enter a 1 in front of the IOP to be tagged for ECS. If you selected a resource to be used with twinaxial console you can use an optional alternate console (twinaxial console only). 106 . c. Note: There may be cases in which an attempt to change a tag will require removing resources and adding them back in before the system will allow the tag changes. Operations Console cannot be used as an alternate console. Select Any Console. To verify the console IOP for ECS. or replace any required hardware and cabling to satisfy your new console type. below. 107 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Changing hardware on a pre-Power5 processor-based primary partition or standalone system with the power off 1. Referencing Chapter 1: Reference. 2. Referencing Appendix A. on page 19 and Chapter 2: Considerations for planning on page 59. as needed. You can also use Appendix D.Pre-Power5 processor-based. ● If you will be using twinaxial console as your console. System Locations for Cards and Cables on page 321 for help in identifying where the cards or cables will be placed. go to Chapter 6: Setting up Operations Console on page 125. 3.Pre-Power5 processor-based Do one of the following: ● If you will be using Operations Console as your console. Continue with Select your console . Shutting down systems or logical partitions on page 271. power off the system.Reference and How-To . as needed. remove. go to Chapter 7: Twinaxial Console on page 197. Select your console . add. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 108 .Reference and How-To . Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Chapter 5: Changing consoles - Powerprocessor-based If you will be changing consoles, it is suggested that you have a current backup of your system or logical partition (including operating systems, licensed programs, and data). For information about backing up your system or logical partition, see Backing up and recovering data. http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphbl/iphblos400backupandrecovery.htm Referencing Chapter 1: Reference, on page 19 and Chapter 2: Considerations for planning on page 59, as needed; verify any required hardware and cabling to satisfy your new console type. You can also use Appendix D. System Locations for Cards and Cables on page 321 for help in identifying where the cards or cables will be placed. The server value QAUTOCFG must be set to ON. Use one of the following to verify or set this system value on the server: ● Use the WRKSYSVAL QAUTOCFG command. ● During a manual IPL, in the IPL Options window, for Set major system options, select Y. Then for Enable automatic configuration, select Y. You must unlock the SST option before you can use it. For additional information on SST, see unlock service tools device IDs in SST on page 248. If your plan to change the console involves using another workstation to complete some configurations then be sure to unlock the SST option before starting the change instructions. Verify proper environment for changing consoles Answer the questions to determine if you have the right environment to perform a change of your console: 1. Is the system powered on? ● Yes. Continue with question 2. ● No. Go to Choosing the procedure to change a console - Power-processor-based directly below. 2. Do you have access to DST or SST? ● Yes. go to Choosing the procedure to change a console - Power-processor-based directly below. ● No. Continue with question 3. 109 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 3. Has the system or partition posted a system reference code (SRC) with the attention light? ● Yes. Continue with question 4. ● No. Continue with question 5. 4. Refer to Troubleshooting system reference code (SRC) data on page 288. Is the SRC one of the listed SRCs? ● Yes. Go to Troubleshooting system reference code (SRC) data on page 288 and attempt recovery. If the information presented does not help correct your problem you need to call your service provider. If the information fixes your problem go to Choosing the procedure to change a console Power-processor-based directly below. ● No. Continue with question 5. 5. Refer to one of the following links to attempt a recovery of the console or workstation or call your service provider. Pre-Power5 processor-based http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/iseries/v5r4/topic/rzahb/rzahbrtrbshoo1.htm Power5 processor-based http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphau/kickoff.htm Power6 processor-based http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphdx/p6_troubleshootingsystem.htm If the information fixes your problem go to Choosing the procedure to change a console Power-processor-based directly below. 110 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Choosing the procedure to change a console - Powerprocessor-based Answer questions to help you choose the correct procedure to follow for changing the current console, interface, or terminal. 1. Are you currently using a Local console on a network (LAN) as your console or you use the service tools server for connecting iNavigator? ● Yes. Continue with question 2. ● No. Continue with question 3. 2. Do you plan to continue using this resource as a backup console or to facilitate a connection to the service tools server for iNavigator? ● Yes. Continue with question 3. ● No. Perform the following task to deallocate the resource: a. Access service tools using DST or SST. ● If you are using DST, select Work with DST environment, and then System devices. ● If you are using SST, select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. b. Press F6 to clear the old values, and then F7 to store the new values. c. Press F3 or F12 to exit. d. Continue with question 3. 3. Is the server managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC), at this time? Note: If your current console is the Thin Console, select No. Yes. Continue to question 4. No. Continue with Changing the console without an HMC on page 112. 4. Are you adding an HMC to the system, at this time? ● Yes. Continue with one of the following: ● ● ● ● ● If you will be using a HMC with version 6 code, go to Installing the HMC and create your partition. http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphai/installhmc.htm Return to Choosing the procedure to change a console - Power-processor-based question 1, above, when the HMC is installed. If you will be using a HMC with version 7 code, go to Installation and Configuration Guide for the Hardware Management Console and create your partition. http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphdx/abstract_install_co nfig_hmc_guide.htm Return to Choosing the procedure to change a console - Power-processor-based question 1 when the HMC is installed. No. Continue with Changing the console with an HMC on page 116. 111 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Changing the console without an HMC To change a console when no HMC is present, select one of the following tasks: ● Changing the console without an HMC and hardware changes are needed on page 113. OR Changing the console without an HMC and when the correct hardware is installed Before you perform this procedure, ensure that the target console resource has been installed. To change the console, complete the following steps: 1. Change the console type. a. Access service tools using DST or SST. ● If you are using DST, select Work with DST environment, and then System devices. ● If you are using SST, select Work with service tools user IDs and devices b. Select Select console. The value of the current console is displayed. A value of 0 means that the console value is not set. The console value must be one of the following values: Console Console value 1 Twinaxial console 2 Operations console(Direct) 3 Operations console(LAN) 4 HMC or Thin Console The HMC and Thin Console cannot be connected to the server at the same time. If you are unable to select a new console value, see IBM® i5/OS problem analysis to begin troubleshooting the problem. http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/ipha5/os400_problem_an alysis.htm 2. Continue with Select your console - Power-processor-based on page 124. 112 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Changing the console without an HMC and when hardware changes are needed Important: If you do not have another device other than the console to work in SST you will have to make your changes with power off. Select the procedure that best fits your situation: ● ● Changing the console hardware with the power on - No HMC directly below Changing the console hardware with the power off - No HMC on page 115 Changing the console hardware with the power on - No HMC This procedure requires that you have another workstation available that can use SST. When changing consoles, you might have to either replace the current adapter or make another hardware change to support a different console. This change might not require you to perform an IPL if you follow the procedures to install, remove, or replace a PCI adapter (concurrent maintenance) with the system power on. For more information regarding Power6 processorbased systems, see PCI adapters. http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphdx/abstract_pci_adapters_guide.htm http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphdx/sa76-0152.pdf For Power5 processor-based PCI adapters, see Removing and replacing parts: http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphau/removereplace.htm or PCI adapters. http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphak/iphakprintthis.htm To change your console, complete the following steps: 1. Using another workstation, vary off or deactivate the resource associated with the current console. ● If the current console is Operations Console, disconnect the connection: a. Select the configuration name. This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific server. b. From the Connections menu, click Disconnect. The connection status displays Disconnecting. c. Wait for the status to display Disconnected. d. Access service tools using DST or SST. ● If you are using DST, select Work with DST environment. ● If you are using SST, select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. e. Select Start a service tool. f. Select Display/Alter/Dump. g. Select Display/Alter storage. 113 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles h. i. j. k. Select Licensed Internal Code (LIC) data. Select Advanced analysis. (Page down to display this option.) Page down until you find the OPSCONSOLE option. Type a 1 next to the option and press Enter. The Specify Advanced Analysis Options window is displayed and the command displays as OPSCONSOLE. l. Enter one of the following options: ● If you are using a local console directly attached, enter DEACTDIRECT ● If you are using a local console on a network (LAN), enter DEACTLAN m. Press Enter. You should get a confirmation window. n. Press F3 until you back to the DST or SST main menu. ● If the current console is the twinaxial console, use the Vary Configuration (VRYCFG) command to vary off all devices and the controller. You can power off the device. Important: This procedure must be performed using a PC or terminal not associated with the current console. If the adapter is active at the time you attempt to exchange it, the procedure to physically exchange the adapter will fail and you might have to power off the partition to make the changes for the console. ● If the current console is a Thin Console, you can power off and disconnect the device. 2. After you verify that the adapter is not active, use a combination of powering off a slot, replacing or moving adapters, and powering on the slot again as necessary, using concurrent maintenance, until you have the correct location for the hardware of the new console. 3. Change the console type. a. Use one of the following options: ● If you are using DST, select Work with DST environment. ● If you are using SST, select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. b. Select Select console. The value of the current console is present in the input field. A value of 0 means that the console value is not set. The console value must be one of the following values: Console Console value 1 Twinaxial console 2 Operations console(Direct) 3 Operations console(LAN) 4 HMC or Thin Console The HMC and Thin Console cannot be connected to the server at the same time. 114 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If you are unable to select a new console value, see IBM® i5/OS problem analysis to begin troubleshooting the problem. http://publib.boulder.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/ipha5/os400_problem_analys is.htm 4. Continue with Select your console - Power-processor-based on page 124. Changing the console hardware with the power off - No HMC This procedure requires that you to have another workstation available that can use SST. To change the console, complete the following steps: 1. Using the current console or another workstation, power off the system. See Appendix A. Shutting down systems or logical partitions on page 271. 2. Depending on the current console, do one of the following tasks: ● If the current console is Operations Console, disconnect the connection: a. Select the configuration name. This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific server. b. From the Connections menu, click Disconnect. The connection status displays Disconnecting. c. Wait for the status to display Disconnected. ● If the current console is a twinaxial console or Thin Console, you can power off the device now. 3. If you will not be using the current console as a backup remove any hardware or cables associated with the previous console, and add or move any hardware or cables needed for the new console. 4. Select the option that best fits your situation. More than one option might apply. ● If the new console is not Operations Console, power on the console device and start a connection at this time. ● If you currently have a configured connection for Operations Console that you will not be using as a backup console, delete the configured connection: a. Select the configuration name. b. Click Delete on the Connection menu. c. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. 5. Continue with Select your console - Power-processor-based on page 124. 115 ● No. To reset the system follow the steps using one of the links below: ● Using a version 6 HMC http://publib. 2.ibm. Important: Removing the HMC from a currently managed system will require the system to be reset. select Yes. ● You are changing to or from a twinaxial console.htm Return to Choosing the procedure to change a console .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Changing the console with an HMC 1. answer No. Will you power off the logical partition or the managed system to make the hardware changes? Note: If either of the following statements are true. Complete Completing a console change with the logical partition and managed system powered on (HMC) on page 119. You also plan to activate the logical partition at a later time.ibm.boulder. ● You already have the correct hardware installed in the system and need to change only the console or Operations Console tag. Complete Changing the console using the partition profile with an activation on page 117.Reference and How-To .com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphat/iphblresetserverp6.Power-processor-based when the HMC has been removed.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphbl/iphblresetserver.boulder. This type of console change requires an initial program load (IPL) to use a different console.ht m ● Using a version 7 HMC http://publib. Continue with question 2. 116 . Are you removing the HMC from the system? Note: If you are changing from using the HMC 5250 console to another console type. ● ● Yes. ● Yes. No. ● If the current console is a twinaxial console or Thin Console. v. you can power off the device now. and add or move any hardware or cables needed for the new console. do one of the following based on the HMC type: ● HMC using version 6 code a. This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific server. In the contents area. Using the HMC. C. Depending on the current console. For instructions. i. B. vii. complete the following steps: 1. open the server on which the partition profile is located. The connection status displays Disconnecting. do the following steps to change the console resource: A. Using the current console or another workstation. To change the console. disconnect the connection: a. 2. If you will not be using the current console as a backup remove any hardware or cables associated with the previous console. 4. Click Tagged I/O. Expand the list in the I/O devices in the profile area so that the console device that you want to use is displayed. If the resource is other than what you will be using. Select the console device that you want to use. verify the Console resource to be used. ii. Shutting down systems or logical partitions on page 271. click Disconnect. iv. Select Server Management. b. and then click Select. shut down the logical partition or managed system. From the Connections menu. go to step j. 3. Right-click the partition profile and select Properties. If you selected to use the HMC as your console. open Server and Partition.. Clear the current console setting. do one of the following: ● If the current console is Operations Console. In the navigation area. 117 . see Appendix A. Select the configuration name. Wait for the status to display Disconnected. c. Open the logical partition for the partition profile vi. Open Partitions.Reference and How-To . iii. and click Select or click the check box for Use HMC console. To change the console tag using an HMC. verify the console device setting for the partition profile.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Changing the console using the partition profile with an activation This procedure requires you to power off your system or partition. Click Tagged I/O x. Click OK. Select the configuration name. v. In the Contents area. verify the console device setting for the partition profile. such as provided by the IVE (HEA). iii. b. Then. click OK. Click Select. b. Click Delete on the Connection menu. Click Close. ii. xi. power on the console device and start a connection at this time. Select the profile you will be working with. do one the following: If you will be using the HMC then click the check box for Use HMC console. b. Go to step k. Select the managed system. If you will be using a logical port. ● If the new console is not Operations Console. Click OK. iv. vi. Continue with step 5. 5. ● Using HMC using version 7 code a. then. xii. ● If you won't be using the HMC then uncheck Use HMC console if it's checked.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: If you selected an asynchronous communications adapter for Operations Console (Direct). Continue with step 5. ● 118 . Select the option that best fits your situation. Select the logical port you want to use.Reference and How-To . B. More than one option might apply. expand Systems Management. i. then select Logical Port in the upper left corner. Using the HMC. viii. then go to step k. you must also select the same asynchronous communications adapter in the Operations Console field. If you will be using an adapter card be sure I/O device shows in the upper left corner of the window. ixi. If the resource you would like to use for the console isn't selected. ● If you currently have a configured connection for Operations Console that you will not be using as a backup console. select the partition you will be defining. Click Manage Profiles. Verify the correct console resource shows. Click Actions. In the Navigation area. From the Tasks area. Continue with Select your console . Expand Servers. and then click OK again. viii. vii. select you resource from the list. expand Configuration. then follow these steps: A. This should open the Manage Profiles window. and select Edit.Power-processor-based on page 124. delete the configured connection: a. These variables are placeholders for your actual system name and partition ID number.ibm. and data). The following procedure contains examples within the steps to help you complete a console change.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphbl/iphblos400backupandrecovery. This procedure does not require an IPL. replace sysname with your system name and replace 1 with your partition identification number. http://publib. see Backing up and recovering data.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles c. complete the console change with the logical partition and managed system powered on. Before you begin. http://publib. For information about backing up the system or logical partition. In the following instructions. it is recommended that you have a current backup of the system or logical partition (including operating systems.b. Completing a console change with the logical partition and managed system powered on (HMC) After making all of the necessary hardware changes.Reference and How-To . complete the following steps: 1.htm Do one of the following to start an HMC command line: ● If you want to access the HMC command line using a local terminal connection. ● If you want to access the HMC command line using a remote terminal connection such as PuTTy. start an xterm shell on the HMC. licensed programs. If you already know which resource is being used for the console.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphai/settingupsecurescriptexecut ionsbetweensshclientsandthehmc. the system named sysname with partition identification number 1 is changing from the HMC to Operations Console (LAN) using an embedded Ethernet port. Continue with Select your console .ibm. In these examples. To make a console change without powering off the partition.boulder.htm You must then start your remote terminal by specifying the name of the HMC that is managing the partition you will be working with. To do this. 119 .Power-processor-based on page 124. For instructions. see Setting up secure script execution between SSH clients and HMC. List the current I/O configuration for the logical partition and locate the device that you want to make the system console device. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. d.boulder. You will be required to start an HMC command line session in this procedure. first set up secure script execution between SSH clients and the HMC. open a terminal by right-clicking the background and selecting Terminals > rshterm. continue with step 1. the location is a value similar to P1-C2. This enables you to get the DRC index of the input/output adapter (IOA).U1234.. 21010004. Do one of the following to select the resource to be used for the console: ● If you have a Power5 processor-based system. you can use the following command to display the current configured resource associated with the Operations Console tag: lshwres -m sysname -r io --rsubtype taggedio --filter lpar_ids=1 -F op_console_slot b.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Otherwise.PCI RAID Controller ..001. or previously specified an asynchronous communications adapter for remote service. The Tn designation represents embedded resources.U1234.PCI 2-Line WAN w/Modem The location of the resource DRC 21030001 is listed as P1-T6 and not P1-Cn (where n is a slot number).U1234.123456A-P1-C3.001. Type the following command on the HMC command line: lshwres -m sysname -r io --rsubtype taggedio --filter lpar_ids=1 -F console_slot This command returns none. hmc. 120 . complete step 1.Reference and How-To . a. which becomes the new console device. If you currently use Operations Console (Direct) as the console or backup console.a to list the currently tagged resource for the console.001.U1234.123456A-P1-T6. If you designate an actual adapter.123456A-P1-T12.PCI 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet UTP 2-port 21010005.001. or you plan to use a resource other than an IVE port do this: To list the I/O owned by the logical partition. type the following command on the HMC command line: lshwres -m sysname -r io --rsubtype slot --filter lpar_ids=1-F drc_index. or an eight-character hexadecimal string representing the dynamic reconfiguration connector (DRC) index of the current console adapter.PCI 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet UTP 2-port 21010003.123456A-P1-C2.drc_name.description The system returns data in the following format: 21030001. Port 1 23e00100. Change the Console tag of the partition to the device that you want to become the next console device. a.001.drc_name The system returns data in the following format: 23e01000.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● If you have a Power6 processor-based system and intend to use the Integrated Virtual Ethernet (IVE) you need to list the logical ports owned by the logical partition. the first entry is an Ethernet IOA with a DRC index of 21030001.Port 2 c. In the previous output example.Port 18 23e00000. 2. Complete one of the following tasks to change the console type: ● Change your console to the HMC To set the new Console tag to the HMC 5250 console. To list the logical ports owned by the logical partition.Reference and How-To . type the following command on the HMC command line: lshwres -m sysname -r hea --rsubtype logical --level port --filter lpar_ids=1 -F drc_index.123456A. The Ethernet port for this device is labeled T6 in unit 1234.Port 17 23e01100. type the following command: chhwres -m sysname -r io --rsubtype taggedio --id 1 -o s -a console_slot=21030001 121 . Identify the DRC index of the console IOA that you want. type the following command: chhwres -m sysname -r io --rsubtype taggedio --id 1 -o s -a console_slot=hmc ● Change your console to Operations console(LAN) To set the new Console tag to an IOA with a DRC index of 21030001 (the DRC index can be found in step 1). Reference and How-To . Perform step 3. see use the console service functions (65+21) on page 232. 21. (You must also update your partition profile settings later in step 5. type the following command: chsysstate -m sysname -r lpar --id 1 -o dston c. To perform function 65 (remote DST off). For more information. This sequence of three console service functions within 45 seconds (60 seconds in V6R1 and later) for each function initiates a new search for the console device. try entering eight zeros (00000000) instead. It can take up to three minutes for the console adapter change to be completed.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● Change your console to Operations console(Direct) To set the new Console tag to an IOA with a DRC index of 21010005 (the DRC index can be found in step 1).b again. type the following command: chsysstate -m sysname -r lpar --id 1 -o remotedstoff b. 4.) Notes: ● To clear the Console tag. repeat step 1. and 21. Start a search for the console device by doing the following sequence of console service functions against the partition: 65. To perform function 21 (force DST). type the following commands: chhwres -m sysname -r io --rsubtype taggedio --id 1 -o s -a console_slot=21010005 chhwres -m sysname -r io --rsubtype taggedio --id 1 -o s -a op_console_slot=21010005 b. 3. 122 . a. type the following command: chhwres -m sysname -r io --rsubtype taggedio --id 1 -o s -a console_slot=none ● To clear the Operations Console tag. Try to connect with the newly selected console device and monitor the partition's system reference codes (SRCs). To verify your changes. type the following command: chhwres -m sysname -r io --rsubtype taggedio --id 1 -o s -a op_console_slot=none ● If entering none in the previous commands results in an error message. Click Tagged I/O. ii. In the contents area. Use one of the following procedures depending on which version of HMC you use: ● For HMC V6. f. If you want the new console type to be preserved across partition activations. Select the console device that you want to use.com/infocenter/systems/topic/ipha8/rzajr/rzajrtroublesrc. and then click OK again. and click Select or click the check box for Use HMC console. If the resource is other than what you will be using. type the following command to list the last 10 SRCs: lsrefcode -m sysname -r lpar -n 10 --filter "lpar_ids=1" SRCs are listed in order from newest to oldest. open the server on which the partition profile is located. b. If you selected to use the HMC as your console. Clear the current console setting. h. go to the partition profiles and change the Console tag to match the selection in the chhwres command in step 2. you must also select the same asynchronous communications adapter in the Operations Console field. see Troubleshooting system reference code data. use these instructions: a. Continue with step 6. c. For more information about SRC data. If the previous steps were successful. 123 .ibm. Select Server Management. go to step i. iii. Click OK. Open the logical partition for the partition profile.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: To monitor the SRCs for the logical partition. g. Open Partitions.Reference and How-To . replace 10 in the command with the number of SRCs that you want returned. do the following steps to change the console resource: i. Note: If you selected an asynchronous communications adapter for Operations Console (Direct). j. and then click Select. open Server and Partition.htm 5. Right-click the partition profile and select Properties. http://publib.boulder. To list a different number. Expand the list in the I/O devices in the profile area so that the console device that you want to use is displayed. e. the current console type for the logical partition no longer matches the console type in the partition profiles. In the navigation area. i. d. Click OK. do the following: i. Click the Actions drop-down menu and select Edit. b. In the Contents area. 6. If you will be using twinaxial console as your console. Select your console . you must also select the same asynchronous communications adapter in the Operations Console field. Continue with Select your console . Note: If you selected an asynchronous communications adapter for Operations Console (Direct). g. d. In the Tasks area. iii. l. go to Chapter 8: Thin console on page 201. ii.Power-processor-based ● ● ● ● If you will be using Operations Console as your console. select the partition you want to work with. i. ● If you will be selecting a logical device. expand Configuration. If you will be using the HMC as your console. If you selected to use the HMC as your console. click Close. Select the managed system from the list. Do one of the following to select your new console: ● Click the check box for Use HMC console. j. ● Expand the list in the I/O devices in the profile area so that the console device that you want to use is displayed. Continue with step l. Expand Servers c. go to step l. use these instructions: a. and then click Select. k. A list of partition profiles will be presented. 124 . Clear the current console setting. Select the logical port. Continue with step l. expand Systems Management. Click Manage Profiles to open it. In the navigation area. Click Tagged I/O. select Logical Port.Reference and How-To . then click OK.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● For HMC V7. go to Chapter 9: HMC 5250 console on page 207. h. go to Chapter 7: Twinaxial Console on page 197.Power-processor-based on page 124. then. Select the partition profile you will be working with. Select the console device that you want to use. e. go to Chapter 6: Setting up Operations Console on page 125. If you will be using the Thin Console as your console. f. In the upper-left corner of the window. However. Continue with question 2. Go to Cabling the Operations Console to your server on page 126. Go to Verify or Install Client Access on page 129. The V6R1 client will automatically manage the access password regardless of the system's code level. it does not mean the system has to be at that level of code. see use the OPSCONSOLE macro on page 215. ● No. Then for Enable automatic configuration. for Set major system options. The V6R1 client code will work with any supported level of Licensed Internal Code. but the detection function and automatic sensing will not work. ● No. Is your system already powered on and IPLed? ● Yes. in the IPL Options window. select Y. OR ● Use the OPSCONSOLE RESTART macro. See below for assistance. Determining where to start installing Operations Console Answer the questions to determine where to start these instructions: 1. Go to Prepare your connection on page 127. Use one of the following to verify or set this system value on the server: ● Use the WRKSYSVAL QAUTOCFG command. The references to release is specific to the client PC and not the operating system unless otherwise stated. Do you have to add or remove any cables for your old or new console? ● Yes. ● During a manual IPL. Attention: Changing to or from a twinaxial console requires you to perform an IPL on the system. For V6R1 with the simplified client functions it is assumed that the system is also using V6R1 of the operating system to take advantage of this new function. select Y. 125 . If you are changing the console and did not power down you may have to complete one of the following tasks to have the new console type recognized: ● Perform an initial program load (IPL) of the system. For more information about the macro. 2.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Chapter 6: Setting up Operations Console Consider the following if you are installing a new system or changing consoles: ● The server value QAUTOCFG must be set to ON.Reference and How-To . Connect any required cables to support the console. 2. see Appendix F.Reference and How-To . Connect the network cable from the PC to your local network. and connect the Operations Console cable to the corresponding connector on the adapter to be used. 126 . Shut down and unplug the PC that will serve as the system console. Note: If you are using the 2742 or 2745 adapter. be sure to read the information in the Danger Notice. System Locations for Cards & Cables on page 321 for graphics of most supported systems. If you are installing a local console directly attached you need to install the Operations Console cable if you want to use the console function. page 321. server. Install the cable. the Operations Console cable must be attached to the lower (or left-most) connector. Important: It is assumed the server is powered down. Private Network Setup on page 347. See Appendix D. To connect the Ethernet cable on a network (LAN): 1.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Cabling the Operations Console to your server Before you cable your server with Operations Console. only a few devices or just the console and system. Connect another network cable from the same local network to the adapter to be used for the console. 4. The following steps assume you have already set up the PCs that are connecting to the system. determine the type of connection you will be making. 2. If you would like to use a private network. Do not power on the server until you are instructed to do so. Connect the other end of the Operations Console cable to the first or only serial port on the PC. You can also use these steps if you are removing one or more cables from your PC. Locate the Operations Console cable (97H7557 or 39J5835). To connect the Operations Console cable (directly attached): 1. 3. Shut down and unplug the PC that will serve as the system console. or both. Cabling information is available with instructions and graphics to install your cables for most server models in the Information Center specific to your model. for assistance in determining the location of the Operations Console supporting adapter. You can attach directly to the server using the Operations Console cable or connect on a network (LAN) using an Ethernet cable Before making changes to the system. 3. See the graphics. On a pre-Power5 processor-based primary partition. you must connect the network cable to port 1 (top or right-most connector). ● If you are using an external 5706/5707 or 5767/5768 adapter. or a Powerprocessor-based system without an HMC. Open the control panel door on the front of the system.Reference and How-To . continue with Prepare your connection below. The control panel should be lit and display 01 B N V=F. ● ● You also need to disable support for the embedded Ethernet port. If you are using the IVE (HEA). you might need to change the mode. ● Support for the embedded port is enabled by default. ● If your system is a Power6 processor-based model the adapter is required to be located in an expansion unit. standalone system. Press Enter to start function 02. 127 . do these steps: ● Using the physical control panel a. To use the control panel to change the mode. The system is not yet powered on. perform the following steps: Note: If you have to install Licensed Internal Code (LIC) substitute D for B and M for N i. and the Enter button advances you from field to field. Select function 02 by pressing the Increment (▲) or Decrement (▼) button on the control panel. ii. Note: To use an adapter in an expansion unit you may be required to use an HMC to tag the resource. if needed. you must connect the network cable to port 1 (top or right-most connector).Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Notes: ● The 2849 adapter requires an input/output processor (IOP). use one of the following methods: 1. Prepare your connection To power on the system. The current logical key mode and IPL speed are also displayed. The current IPL type is displayed with a pointer. b. After your cabling has been completed. If 01 B N V=F is not displayed. Tip: The Increment (▲) and Decrement (▼) buttons change the field values. Plug in your system or uninterruptible power supply and attached expansion units. 2. c. Decrement (▼). logical key modes. In the navigation area. f. and IPL speeds until 02 B N V is displayed. then press Enter. the console might not be connected yet. Wait until the C1xxxxxx progress codes are completed and 01 is displayed on the control panel before you perform an IPL or change any control panel functions.Reference and How-To . e. scroll through the IPL types. follow these steps: a. f. d. d. open Server and Partition. Continue with step 3. Using the Increment (▲) or Decrement (▼) button. open the server on which the system profile is located. Open System Profiles. d. Using an HMC. b. 128 . Select Server Management. the service processor performs a self-check and the control panel remains blank for up to 2 minutes. e. iv. c.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles iii. select function 01. g. Access service tools using DST or SST. Select Work with System Partitions. Continue with step 3. and then press Enter. Place a 1 on the line for the partition you will be powering on. approximately 5 to 20 minutes. complete the following task using one of the following methods to activate a system profile: ● Using version 6 or earlier of the HMC. Using the Increment (▲). Click Continue. When power is initially applied to the system. b. If the control panel displays A9002000. c. Continue with step 3. Select Work with partition status. Answer any prompts presented. Note: Expect a delay between the time when power is applied to the system and when an initial program load (IPL) can be performed. Right-click the system profile and select Activate. In the contents area. Press the white Power On button. ● Use the primary partition on a pre-Power5 processor-based system to power on a logical partition a. Press Enter to exit function 02. There is a short delay before the system powers on. v. and Enter buttons. 3. b. 2. see the Client Access Web site.Reference and How-To . Continue with Verify or Install Client Access below. 4.9 (V5. Click Control Panel. Double-click Add/Remove Programs. If you have Client Access already installed go to Applying Client Access service packs on page 130. click Cancel. In the Navigation pane. 3. 5. Click Start and select Settings. If you are using Microsoft Windows Vista. expand Systems Management > Servers.7 CSD 1 minimum). and click on the target server. d. Note: An SRC A9002000 may be displayed during the IPL.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● Using version 7 or later of the HMC. Wait until the IBM Client Access window is displayed. complete the following steps: 1. If you experience problems. c. you are going to install a 5250 emulator. 4. Select the Client Access option to start the installation. Verify or Install Client Access Attention: Plug in and turn on your console at this time if you have not already done so. Insert the Client Access media in the optical drive. http://www-03.ibm.com/systems/i/software/access/ To check whether you have Client Access already installed.ibm. use the media Client Access install code is located on to install it: 1. Close the control panel. For further installation assistance with Client Access. Continue with step 3. Click Next and follow the prompts. double-click Programs and Features. 7. select Operations then Activate. 6. 3. Troubleshooting on page 281. If you do not have Client Access installed. During the installation of Client Access. http://www-03. see the Client Access Web site. unless you already have PC5250 or IBM Personal Communications V5. In the Work area. refer to Appendix B. To close Add/Remove Programs. 2. Locate IBM Client Access. follow these steps: Do the following: a. For updated PC requirements. select the box in the Select column next to the target partition. and Operations Console support. Click the Tasks button.com/systems/i/software/access/ 129 . http://www. ● ● Required Programs 5250 Display and Printer Emulator (if IBM Personal Communications V5. Applying Client Access service packs It is recommended that you use the latest service pack for Client Access.7 CSD 1 minimum) is not installed) You do not need a license to use 5250 Display Emulation just for Operations Console.com/eserver/iseries/access/casp. ● Operations Console 7 Click Next and follow the prompts. 130 .ibm. If you are only adding the Operations Console component. you must restart the system.htm 3. Important: If your Operations Console configuration is going to support only the remote control panel. Service packs are available for your PC at the following Web sites: 1. You will be asked to restart your PC at this time. select Custom or Full installation and select at least the following components: Note: The Operations Console component is not available using the Typical or PC5250 User options. 6.com 5.software. Apply the latest service pack for Client Access using the instructions below. If you are installing Client Access for the first time.ibm. ftp://ftp. To ensure the minimum configuration. The IBM® FTP site: 4. Navigate down to the directory path: as400/products/clientaccess/win32/v6r1m0/servicepack. you must verify that you have at least a minimum configuration for running Operations Console.9 (V5.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 5. 8. you do not need to install an emulator. The Client Access Service Packs page: 2. Before applying the latest service pack. add only the components necessary to meet this minimum configuration.Reference and How-To . even though the window indicates that one is required. 131 .Completing your configuration setup tasks on page 138. Local console on a network (LAN) If you are setting up a new system using Operations Console (LAN).Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles To set up a client PC using V5R3 or V5R4 go to V5R3 or V5R4 . During the initial connection.Completing your configuration setup tasks You can configure your Operations Console to be a local console directly attached or a local console on a network (LAN).Reference and How-To . To complete the setup tasks specifically for your configuration. Local console directly attached on page 135 Option A. choose one of the following options: Option A. the LAN adapter is installed and the correct console type is specified during the manufacturing process. Option B. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. see Bootstrap Protocol on page 318. Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration. When working through the Operations Console configuration wizard. as well as the network parameters. you must supply the connection name.V6R1 Complete the configuration of your Operations Console (LAN) on the PC by using the Operations Console configuration wizard. This method uses BOOTP to configure the server. this data finishes the server configuration for the network. To continue to setup for a new system continue with Configuring a local console on a network (LAN) directly below. Configuring a local console on a network (LAN) . For more information about BOOTP. V6R1 . Local console on a network (LAN) below. For more information about the service host name (interface name). In the Specify Service Host Name window. Notes: ● When Operations Console starts it will check your network for any systems not already configured and display them. One of the following will occur: ● If an address is returned. Select from the following options: ● If the system you want to connect to is in the list of configured connections. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. 6. ● If you had one or more previously configured connections they will also appear.V6R1 LAN on page 134. Operations Console will display the network address of the system and automatically goes to the next window. If there were no configured connections prior to starting and no systems were detected. ● 3. Select Connection → New Connection. or if you will be creating one during the step. enter the IP address that you want to assign to the service host name you entered. Operations Console attempts to contact the system using the service host name you just entered. see create or verify a service host name (interface name) on page 139. 132 . If Operations Console is not displayed. the configuration wizard automatically starts.Reference and How-To . Click Next. 4. Click Next. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. 7. you need to know if you already created a service host name (service interface). ● If an address was not returned. ● If the system you want to connect to is not in the list of configured connections. On the Select Configuration window. complete a Client Access selective setup. Operations Console will display the network address of the system and the IP address is disabled.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles To configure a new local console on a network (LAN). follow these steps: 1. Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. The data shown in the Specify Interface Information window depends on several factors as explained above. Continue with step 4. manually create one starting with step 3. ● If an address is returned and the PC previously resolved the name and address. Consider how the service host name is being created. 2. ensure Local console on a network (LAN) is selected and click Next. 5. Click Next on the Welcome window. go to Start your connection . specify the service host name and click Next to allow Operations Console to search for the system on the network. click Next. During the next step. Select from the following options: ● Note: The next window displayed depends on whether Operations Console was able to connect to the system and what information was provided.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 8. For the console to connect correctly. ● If the PC does not receive information from the network. Ensure that you verify all returned data before proceeding. c. Power-processor-based models start counting logical partitions with number 1 (even if it is the only partition) instead of a 0. Perform the following steps: a. If the Specify Service Tools Device ID window is displayed. you must enter any required data manually. Enter a device ID. the target system was either not able to be contacted. This is especially true if you rely on the BOOTP process to configure the server with its network data. Consider the following: ● All fields might not appear at this time and some fields might be disabled. Continue with Start your connection. click Finish to save the configuration and to exit the setup wizard. 11. Click Next. You are now ready to start your connection. your logical partitions must also begin numbering at 1 instead of 0. 10. b. 9.Reference and How-To . or the system is not running Version 6 Release 1. ● 133 . If all the data is correct. You can either use the default QCONSOLE service tools device ID that is provided or enter a service tools device ID that you created specifically for this configured connection. ● If the Complete window is displayed. This is the result of the previous step in which you attempted to contact the system. click Next. This might happen if the system has never been configured or if the system is not connected to the network yet. Click Finish in the Complete window to save the configuration and to exit the setup wizard. V6R1 LAN Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Start your connection . Right-click the connection name and select Connect. 2. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: 1.Reference and How-To . refer to Appendix B. Highlight the connection name. Troubleshooting on page 281. 1. Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. 134 . View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. 2. If you experience problems. 3. Installing Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows XP . and then click Next.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Option B. Do you need to install the Operations Console Connection modem? ● No. 4. Are you using Windows 2000? ● Yes. Installing Operations Console Connection Modem If you are configuring a local console that is directly attached. Local console directly attached Note: Windows Vista does not support a directly attached console. ● No. it displays as Operations Console Connection in the Remote Access Setup window. It is a logical device driver that is included with Operations Console and allows a local console to connect to the server. Go to Installing Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows 2000 V6R1 on page 136. Continue with question 2. Answer the following questions to determine where to begin your setup: 1. 2. Select Don’t detect my modem.V6R1 on page 137.Reference and How-To . To install the connection modem. Click Add to display the Install New Modem panel. you must install the Operations Console connection modem. complete the following steps: 1. Click Start → Control Panel. 5. When it is present. 3. Go to Configuring a local console directly attached to the system . I will select it from a list. Continue with Installing Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows XP V6R1 directly below. 2. ● Yes. Note: The Operations Console connection modem is not a physical modem. 135 . Double-click Phone and Modem Options.V6R1 You must install the Operations Console connection modem that is supplied with Operations Console for a local console to communicate with the server. Use these instructions only if you are configuring a local console that is directly attached. Click the Modems tab. enter it here. Click Next. Click the Modems tab. Click Open. Then. 12. 5.Reference and How-To . Click Add to display the Install New Modem panel. 6. 10. 8.V6R1 You must install the Operations Console connection modem that is supplied with Operations Console for a local console to communicate with the server. go to step 8. complete the following steps: 1. and then click Next.V6R1 on page 137. If you do not know the path. If you know the full path to the Operations Console Connection driver (cwbopaoc.f) 7. Double-click Phone and Modem Options. Click Start → Settings → Control Panel. I will select it from a list. Click Open. Click Finish.inf where drive: is the drive where Client Access is installed. 2. Select the communications port where the Operations Console cable is attached. Select Don’t detect my modem. Only use these instructions if you are configuring a local console that is directly attached. Note: The default installation path is: C:\Program Files\Ibm\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\cwbopaoc. 9. Click OK. 8. 9.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 6. Click Next. Operations Console Connection should be listed. select Continue Anyway to continue the installation. If prompted. and then click Next. Note: The default installation path is: C:\Program Files\Ibm\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\cwbopaoc. If you do not know the path. Click Have Disk. Navigate to drive:\path\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\ cwbopaoc. Click Have Disk. Then. To install the connection modem. continue with step 7.inf).inf). Continue with Configuring a local console directly attached to the system . enter it here. and then click OK. and then click OK. Click Browse. Navigate to drive:\path\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\ cwbopaoc. Click Browse. If you know the full path to the Operations Console Connection driver (cwbopaoc. Installing Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows 2000 . 3. continue with step 7. 4. 11.inf where drive: is the drive where Client Access is installed.inf 7. go to step 8.inf. 136 . Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. Click Back to try again or click Next to manually assign the port. Continue with Configuring a local console directly attached to the system . click Connection → New Connection. click Yes. 137 . 14. 4. 3. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. 13. Click OK. ● If Operations Console had a previous configuration. Click Next on the Welcome window. select Local console directly attached to the system and click Next.V6R1 directly below. If the Digital Signature Not Found window is displayed. If Operations Console is not displayed. On the Detect Console Port window. On the Specify Connection Name window. complete a Client Access selective setup. On the Select Configuration window. the communications port could not be determined and some possible reasons are listed in the window. Click Next. 12. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. 11. Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. If it does not start automatically. enter a name that you want to use to refer to this configured connection. COM1). Notes: ● The configuration wizard starts automatically. click Next. Configuring a local console directly attached to the system .Reference and How-To . Click Next. If the Port Not Found window is displayed.V6R1 Complete the configuration of your Operations Console (Direct) on the PC by stepping through the Operations Console configuration wizard. 7. Click Finish to return to the Modems tab of the Phone and Modem Options folder. ensure the Detect console communication port option is selected. Select the communications port where you are going to install the Operations Console cable (for example. 5. that configuration will open now. To configure a new local console that is directly attached to the system.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 10. 6. 2. Click Next. follow these steps: 1. click Finish on the Complete window.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 8. V5R3/V5R4 .V5R3 & V5R4 Only on page 156. Local console on a network (LAN) V5R3/V5R4 continue below.Reference and How-To . View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. Local console directly attached V5R3/V5R4 on page 144. 138 . Option C Local console directly attached with remote support . Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. You are now ready to start your connection. choose one of the following options: Option A. Click Next after you select a port. the next available communications port is displayed. 9. Option B. Operations Console uses COM ports 1 thru 9. Highlight the connection name. If you selected Local console directly attached to the system for your console type. 2. On the Select Console Port window. ● Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. Troubleshooting on page 281.Completing your configuration setup tasks To complete the setup tasks specifically for your configuration. 1. refer to Appendix B. Use this link if you are setting up a Remote console through dial-up support (V5R3 & V5R4 only) on page 173. If you experience problems. 10. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: ● Right-click the connection name and select Connect. You can either use the port provided or select another port where you have the console cable attached. ● Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. Select Operations console(LAN) and press Enter. complete the following steps: 1. 2. Are you setting up a system for the first time or you don't have any other workstations available? ● Yes. Create or verify a service host name (interface name) You should only be here if you changing a system's console to a local console on a network (LAN) and you have a workstation capable of using SST. e. To create or verify the service host name. ● If you are using SST. c. Continue with Create service tools device IDs on the server directly below. Continue with question 2. 5. b. d. 139 . This displays Verify Operations Console Adapters. Will you be using Windows NT (V5R3 only)? ● Yes. 4. 2. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. and then System devices. ● No. If you are creating a new service tools connection. Enter the network data in the appropriate fields. follow these steps: a. Press F3 to exit. ● If you are using DST. For more information regarding a service host name (interface name) refer to create or verify a service host name (interface name) on page 250. If you changed the console to a local console on a network (LAN) in step 2. Go to Create or verify a service host name (interface name) directly below. The service host name (interface name) field contains the name. Go to Confirm installation of TCP/IP on the PC for Windows NT® (V5R3 only) on page 141.Reference and How-To . Activate the LAN adapter by pressing F14. Store your configuration by pressing F7. ● No. 1. 3.V5R3 & V5R4 on page 141. You can also use any option pertaining to the service tools LAN adapter to verify the service host name or data. Local console on a network (LAN) V5R3/V5R4 Answer the following questions to determine where to start setting up a local console on a network (LAN). re-select the original console. Select Select Console. Note: You might have to temporarily change the console to complete this task. Access service tools using DST or SST. Press F11 to configure. Go to Configuring a local console on a network (LAN) . select Work with DST environment.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Option A. 6. Note: The device ID and the service tools user ID must have the proper authorities granted before the remote control panel and all it's functions are available for the associated partition. ● If you are not using Windows NT go to Configuring a local console on a network (LAN) . Access service tools using DST or SST. You may enter a description. such as when the password has to be resynchronized between the PC and the server. select Work with DST environment. 140 . select Work with service tools user IDs and devices 2. 4. 5. Press Enter. For more information. you need to resynchronize the password by performing recovery steps on both the PC and the server. you should create several service tools device IDs. Use option 1 to create a new service tools device ID and enter the new service tools device ID name in the first blank name field. 4.V5R3 & V5R4 on page 141. 6. repeat the steps starting at step 4.Reference and How-To . If you have more than one PC connected to your console. If you have to reset a service tools device ID. Select Service tools device Ids. 3. Enter it again for verification. Use one of the following to continue setting up the console. Notes: 1. ● If you are using DST. Press Enter. 3.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Create service tools device IDs on the server You need to set up service tools device IDs on the server for a local console on a network configuration: 1. ● If you will be using Windows NT go to Confirm installation of TCP/IP on the PC for Windows NT® (V5R3 only) directly below. When a mismatch occurs in the service tools device ID password between the server and the Operations Console PC. Sometimes the service tools device ID password has to be changed. 2. You have finished creating a service tools device ID. see resynchronize the PC and service tools device ID password on page 242. QCONSOLE should not be left in a reset state on the server. Enter the service tools device ID password. ● If you are using SST. the password becomes the name of your service tools device ID in uppercase. Note: The service tools device ID password is case-sensitive. To create additional service tools device IDs. 7. Press F3 when you finish creating your service tools device IDs. Double-click Network. If there were no configured connections prior to starting the configuration wizard automatically starts. complete a Client Access selective setup. Continue with step 4. 4. 141 . 2. Click the Protocols tab. Click Next on the Welcome window. access your Windows® Help by clicking Start —> Help for instructions on installing TCP/IP. If TCP/IP is not installed on your PC. follow these steps: 1. Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration. Note: Windows 2000 Professional and Windows XP Professional automatically installs with TCP/IP. 5. Be sure you fully install and configure any network adapter cards (such as LAN or Ethernet adapters) before starting the Operations Console installation. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. 3. To configure a new local console on a network (LAN). Click Control Panel. Confirm the existence of TCP/IP as follows: 1. If you get a message indicating that Networking is not installed. Select Connection → New Connection. click Yes to install it.V5R3 & V5R4 Complete the configuration of your Operations Console (LAN) on the PC by using the Operations Console configuration wizard.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Confirm installation of TCP/IP on the PC for Windows NT® (V5R3 only) Use this section to satisfy the network requirements for Windows NT®.Reference and How-To . Click Start and select Settings. 4. 2. Configuring a local console on a network (LAN) . Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. Note: If you had one or more previously configured connections they will also appear. click Next. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. If Operations Console is not displayed. 3. Reference and How-To . 8. For the console to connect correctly. 142 . On the Specify Interface Information window. using another workstation. For more information about the service host name (interface name). the Service TCP/IP Address field becomes editable and you can enter the IP address you want to assign to the service interface. Click Next. ● Let the PC assign the name and IP information by using the BOOTP process. 6. If the address is correct. see create or verify a service host name (interface name) on page 250. Use either of the following ways to create the service host name (service interface): ● Manually assign it. click Next. 7. If you did this previously. which might be incorrect for your network infrastructure. Note: If the PC does not receive information back from the network.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 6. For more information about the BOOTP process. Click Next to allow the system to search for the system on the network. Important: Power-processor-based models start counting logical partitions with the number 1 (even if it is the only partition) instead of a 0. see create or verify a service host name (interface name) on page 250. you must enter the network address manually. If the PC receives information back from the network or the target service interface. ensure Local console on a network (LAN) is selected and click Next. along with the network configuration. you can use any name that has not previously been used on the network or with this PC. On the Select Configuration window. This is especially true if you rely on the BOOTP process to configure the server with its network data. Some of the data might be based on standard network configurations. For more information about the service host name (interface name). If the system is attached to a network with a DHCP server. you will enter that name here. This might happen if the system has never been configured before or the system might not be connected to the network yet. In this case. On the Specify Service Host Name window. see Bootstrap Protocol on page 318. verify or enter data for all of the required fields. your logical partitions must also begin numbering at 1 instead of 0. In this case. 7. the system might already be configured and you will enter the name assigned by that server here. the Service TCP/IP Address field displays the returned IP address. Note: Operations Console provides as much information as it can based on the response received in this step. specify the partition number and enter the service host name (service interface name) for that partition. This assumes that the target interface on the system has not been configured and this is the first connection to that interface. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: ● Right-click the connection name and select Connect. 143 . 2. 11. You are now ready to start your connection. On the Specify Service Tools Device ID window. This password is required each time you access Operations Console. View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. create and enter a password to start Operations Console. ● Click the Connection icon in the toolbar.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 9. On the Specify Access Password window. Troubleshooting on page 281. refer to Appendix B. If you experience problems. Highlight the connection name. 10. Click Next. 1. ● Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. you can either use the default QCONSOLE service tools device ID that is provided or enter a service tools device ID that you created specifically for this configured connection. Click Finish on the Complete window to save the configuration and exit the setup wizard.Reference and How-To . Note: The Operations Console connection modem is not a physical modem. complete the following steps: 1. Installing Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows XP . and then click Next. enter it here. Click Have Disk. I will select it from a list. Click Start → Control Panel. Windows XP Local console directly attached for V5R3 & V5R4 Installing Operations Console Connection Modem If you are configuring a local console that is directly attached. It is a logical device driver that is included with Operations Console and allows a local console to connect to the server. continue with step 7. Click Add to display the Install New Modem panel. Windows NT on page 149. If you do not know the path. you must install the Operations Console connection modem. Use these instructions only if you are configuring a local console that is directly attached. 4. go to step 8. Note: The default installation path is: C:\Program Files\Ibm\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\cwbopaoc. 3.inf). 5. Then. To install the connection modem. 6. Local console directly attached V5R3/V5R4 Select your PC's operating system: Windows XP continue directly below. Select Don’t detect my modem. 2.Reference and How-To . Windows 2000 on page 147. When it is present. Double-click Phone and Modem Options. If you know the full path to the Operations Console Connection driver (cwbopaoc. it displays as Operations Console Connection in the Remote Access Setup window.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Option B.V5R3 & V5R4 You must install the Operations Console connection modem that is supplied with Operations Console for a local console to communicate with the server.inf 144 . Click the Modems tab. and then click Next. Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration.V5R3 & V5R4 directly below. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. If Operations Console is not displayed. do the following: Click Connection → New Connection. ensure the Detect console communication port option is selected. Continue with Configuring a local console directly attached to the system . 8. Click Next. 4. 6. 13. Click Finish. 12. the communications port could not be determined and some possible reasons are listed in the window. If prompted. Select the communications port where the Operations Console cable is attached. 3. Click Open. 10. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. On the Select Configuration window. select Local console directly attached to the system and click Next. click Next. select Continue Anyway to continue the installation. 11. complete a Client Access selective setup. 5.inf where drive: is the drive where Client Access is installed. If it does not start automatically. enter a name that you want to use to refer to this configured connection.Reference and How-To .V5R3 & V5R4 Complete the configuration of your Operations Console (Direct) on the PC by stepping through the Operations Console configuration wizard. If the Port Not Found window is displayed. and then click OK. 9. On the Detect Console Port window. Navigate to drive:\path\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\ cwbopaoc. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. Click Next on the Welcome window. Note: The configuration wizard starts automatically. Click Browse. Windows XP Configuring a local console directly attached to the system . follow these steps: 1. 145 . 7. On the Specify Connection Name window. Click Next. Click Back to try again or click Next to manually assign the port. Click Next. To configure a new local console that is directly attached to the system. Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. 2.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 7. and then click OK. V5R3 & V5R4 You must install the Operations Console connection modem that is supplied with Operations Console for a local console to communicate with the server. Highlight the connection name. It is a logical device driver that is included with Operations Console and allows a local console to connect to the server. it displays as Operations Console Connection in the Remote Access Setup window. When it is present. ● Click the Connection icon in the toolbar.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 8. To install the connection modem. Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. You can either use the port provided or select another port where you have the console cable attached. you must install the Operations Console connection modem. Windows 2000 Local console directly attached for V5R3/V5R4 Installing Operations Console Connection Modem If you are configuring a local console that is directly attached. 2. refer to Appendix B. Troubleshooting on page 281. Operations Console uses COM ports 1 thru 9. You are now ready to start your connection. Only use these instructions if you are configuring a local console that is directly attached.Reference and How-To . View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. Click Finish on the Complete window. 1. Click Start → Settings → Control Panel. Note: The Operations Console connection modem is not a physical modem. Installing Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows 2000 . Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: ● Right-click the connection name and select Connect. 2. On the Select Console Port window. 9. complete the following steps: 1. Double-click Phone and Modem Options. 146 . the next available communications port is displayed. Click Next after you select a port. 10. ● Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. If you experience problems. COM1). 4. Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. do the following: Click Connection → New Connection.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 3.V5R3 & V5R4 Complete the configuration of your Operations Console (Direct) on the PC by stepping through the Operations Console configuration wizard. click Yes. go to step 8. 5. Click the Modems tab. 9. If you do not know the path. and then click Next. If you know the full path to the Operations Console Connection driver (cwbopaoc. Operations Console Connection should be listed. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. Click Open. If the Digital Signature Not Found window is displayed. enter it here. Then. Click Add to display the Install New Modem panel. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. click Next. Select Don’t detect my modem. Note: The default installation path is: C:\Program Files\Ibm\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\cwbopaoc. Click OK. Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration. 12. 3. continue with step 7. 2. Click OK. Click Next.Reference and How-To . complete a Client Access selective setup. 11. 6.inf). Click Next. follow these steps: 1. Continue with Configuring a local console directly attached to the system directly below. To configure a new local console that is directly attached to the system. 14. Click Finish to return to the Modems tab of the Phone and Modem Options folder. 15.f) 7. Navigate to drive:\path\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\ cwbopaoc.inf where drive: is the drive where Client Access is installed. If Operations Console is not displayed. I will select it from a list. Click Have Disk. Windows 2000 Configuring a local console directly attached to the system . If it does not start automatically. Note: The configuration wizard starts automatically. Click Next on the Welcome window. Click Browse. 8. 147 . Select the communications port where you are going to install the Operations Console cable (for example. 10.inf. 13. Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. If you experience problems. On the Specify Connection Name window. Operations Console uses COM ports 1 thru 9. On the Select Configuration window. 6. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: 1. 7. On the Detect Console Port window. 2. 3. 5. View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. You are now ready to start your connection. Click Finish on the Complete window. Highlight the connection name. ensure the Detect console communication port option is selected. You can either use the port provided or select another port where you have the console cable attached. 148 . Click Next after you select a port. 8. 9. the communications port could not be determined and some possible reasons are listed in the window. select Local console directly attached to the system and click Next.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 4. Right-click the connection name and select Connect. If the Port Not Found window is displayed. 10. the next available communications port is displayed. enter a name that you want to use to refer to this configured connection. 2. Click Next. 1. Troubleshooting on page 281. Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. On the Select Console Port window. Click Back to try again or click Next to manually assign the port. Click Next.Reference and How-To . Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. refer to Appendix B. Click Start —> Settings —> Control Panel. 4. go to the next step. it displays as Operations Console Connection in the Remote Access Setup window. access your Windows® Help by clicking Start —> Help for instructions on installing TCP/IP. then click Next. Click Browse. 3. Click Have Disk.. When it is present. If you are currently in the Modem Properties window. 4. Install Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows NT . Note: The Operations Console connection modem is not a physical modem. It is a logical device driver that is included with Operations Console and allows a local console to connect to the server. Be sure you fully install and configure any network adapter cards (such as LAN or Ethernet adapters) before starting the Operations Console installation. 2. 149 . Select Don’t detect my modem. I will select it from a list.Reference and How-To . Double-click Network. If the Install New Modem window appears. Click Start and select Settings. To install: 1. click Add. If you get a message indicating that Networking is not installed.. Confirm the existence of TCP/IP as follows: 1.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Windows NT Local console directly attached for V5R3/V5R4 Confirm installation of TCP/IP on the PC Use this section to satisfy the network requirements for Windows NT®. Installing Operations Console Connection Modem If you are configuring a local console that is directly attached. and then click Modems. Only use these instructions if you are configuring a local console directly attached to the server or a local console directly attached to the server with remote access allowed. you must install the Operations Console connection modem. Click Control Panel... 5. If TCP/IP is not installed on your PC.V5R3 & V5R4 You must install the Operations Console connection modem that is shipped with Operations Console in order for a local console to communicate with the server using the Operations Console cable. Click the Protocols tab. 2. 3. click Yes to install it. then click OK. Open the Network folder by doing the following: a. 9. Double-click Network. ● You may need to install Remote Access Service before installing the Windows NT® service pack. Click Control Panel. Install or configure Remote Access Service (NT only) Make sure that you install and set up Remote Access Service according to your intended configuration. Continue with step 4. click Properties. To install or configure Remote Access Service: 1. You are going to add and configure the modems needed for your configuration even if you are not installing Remote Access Service.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 6. b. then. Important: ● You may need your Windows NT Setup CD-ROM. 11.inf where drive: is the drive where Client Access is installed. Click OK. a CD-ROM drive). 8. 2.Reference and How-To . 150 . Click Open. unless installing from a network drive.inf. Navigate to drive:\path\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\ cwbopaoc. Click Finish. do the following: a. 3. 7. Note: The default installation path C:\Program Files\Ibm\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\cwbopaoc. b. COM1). ● If Remote Access Service is not listed. 10. follow these instructions to install: a. c. Click Start and select Settings. Click the Services tab. Select the communications port where you are going to install the Operations Console cable (for example. You only need to install Remote Access Service if you are using Windows NT®. b. Do one of the following: ● If Remote Access Service is listed. Click Add. Select Remote Access Service. Put the Windows NT CD into the optical device drive (for example. Click Next. do the following: a. Read step 4. such as when installing Windows NT and Remote Access Service. then click Continue. d. You should be at the Remote Access Setup window. In these cases. Under certain circumstances. If Table 1 indicates that you need to add another modem. When it is present. To add the first or the only modem. since it may be on the same COM port. Modems for Operations Console configurations for Windows NT Desired configuration Necessary modems Local console directly attached to the Operations Console connection¹ server Local console directly attached to the Operations Console connection¹ and a PC server with remote access allowed modem Remote console through dial-up support A PC modem Note: 1.Reference and How-To . b. c. The Operations Console connection modem is not a physical modem but a logical device driver that comes with Operations Console and allows a local console to connect to an iSeries server. d. you will need to Remove the previously installed modem from Remote Access Service. If you have satisfied the modems for your intended configuration. 5. If you are in the Remote Access Setup window. you may have had to install a nonexistent modem. add the modem as follows: a. In the Add RAS Device window. select the modem. continue with step 5b. b. c. the intended modem is made available to be selected. If so. Important: You may have to add more than one modem in Remote Access Service to satisfy your intended configuration. When the necessary files have been copied. 151 . Remote Access Service does not allow more than one modem for the same COM port. Click OK. Table 1. go to step 7. then. and later from the Modems folder. 4. select the modem. any modem you intend to use with Operations Console may not show up in the Add RAS Device window even though it was previously installed. 6. Set the path the Windows NT files will be read from. it shows as AS400 Operations Console Connection in the Remote Access Setup window. Click OK. In this way. identify the correct modems that you need to add in Remote Access Service for your Operations Console configuration.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles c. You should be at the Remote Access Setup window. click Add. Click Add. Select Remote Access Service and click OK. the Add RAS Device window should appear. In the Add RAS Device window. Using Table 1. follow these steps: a. Go to step 11. In the Begin field. click Allow any authentication including clear text. For Allow remote clients running. select the TCP/IP check box and clear any others (unless your own operation requires them). d. c. Click Configure (located to the right of TCP/IP). For Encryption settings. For Allow remote clients running. For Allow remote TCP/IP clients to access. c.5 g. c. type the address 192. go to step 11. If the Remote Access Setup window does not have a PC modem present. 8. click Configure. select the following values: a. Select TCP/IP. click Allow any authentication including clear text. ● To configure as both a local console that receives calls and a remote console. select the TCP/IP check box and clear any others (unless your own operation requires them). a. 9.Reference and How-To . d. Then. Click OK. then click Configure. For Dial out Protocols. b. f. For Dial out Protocols. For Encryption settings. Click OK again. Click Dial out only. Click OK. Click Use Static address pool. ● To configure as both. j. select Receive calls only. Select AS400 Operations Console Connection. select Dial out and Receive calls.0. e. select the TCP/IP check box and clear any others (unless your own operation requires them). If the Remote Access Setup window has an AS400 Operations Console Connection entry present.168. d. select Dial out only. select the TCP/IP check box.24 h. 152 . 10. b. b.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 7. i. Click Network on the right side of the window. Do one of the following: ● To configure only a remote console. b. click This computer only. Select the Allow remote clients to request a predetermined IP address check box. Click OK. ● To configure a local console to receive calls from a remote console. Select the PC modem. In the End field. If the Remote Access Setup window does have a PC modem present. Click Network. c. Do one of the following: ● To configure only a remote console through dial-up support.0. Click Configure (located to the right of TCP/IP). Click OK. select the following values: a. continue with step 9. Go to step 11. Click OK.168. ● To configure a local console to receive calls from a remote console through dial-up support. type the address 192. Click Continue. c. To complete the setup: a.0. 153 .168. you need to install Windows NT® Service Pack 6 (minimum level) before attempting to use Operations Console. click OK. Install Microsoft® service pack Anytime Remote Access Service is either installed or reinstalled. b. g. Click OK again. k. Click OK. If you get a message that says that Remote Access Service has been successfully installed. Otherwise. contact Microsoft® for the latest update. Click Close. For Allow Remote TCP/IP client to access.168. j. Continue with Install Microsoft® service pack directly below. 12.com. Select the Allow remote clients to request a predetermined IP address check box. click OK. If you get a message that says that the PC does not have a network adapter installed.0. If you need a service pack and have Internet capabilities.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles e. f. This message does not appear for all installations. d. e. Click Use Static address pool.microsoft. In the End field. Click Yes to restart. In the Begin field.Reference and How-To . click This computer only. 11.5 h. type the address 192.24 i. download the latest Service Pack from http://www. type the address 192. Click Next. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. click Next. Click Next after you select a port. Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. complete a Client Access selective setup. 2. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. Note: The configuration wizard starts automatically.Reference and How-To . 4. 8. If Operations Console is not displayed. 5.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Windows NT Configuring a local console directly attached to the system . the communications port could not be determined and some possible reasons are listed in the window. 9. If it does not start automatically. 3. 154 .V5R3 & V5R4 Complete the configuration of your Operations Console (Direct) on the PC by stepping through the Operations Console configuration wizard. Click Next. Operations Console uses COM ports 1 thru 9. Click Next on the Welcome window. On the Specify Connection Name window. Click Finish on the Complete window. 6. the next available communications port is displayed. do the following: Click Connection → New Connection. Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration. 7. On the Detect Console Port window. Click Back to try again or click Next to manually assign the port. ensure the Detect console communication port option is selected. select Local console directly attached to the system and click Next. On the Select Configuration window. follow these steps: 1. If the Port Not Found window is displayed. You are now ready to start your connection. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. On the Select Console Port window. enter a name that you want to use to refer to this configured connection. To configure a new local console that is directly attached to the system. You can either use the port provided or select another port where you have the console cable attached. 10. Reference and How-To . 2. If you experience problems. 155 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. Troubleshooting on page 281. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: ● Right-click the connection name and select Connect. Highlight the connection name. View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. ● Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. ● Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. 1. refer to Appendix B. Click Add to display the Install New Modem panel. When it is present. It is a logical device driver that is included with Operations Console and allows a local console to connect to the server. Windows NT on page 165. Click Start → Control Panel. To install the connection modem. it displays as Operations Console Connection in the Remote Access Setup window. Select your PC's operating system Windows XP Continue directly below. Click the Modems tab. Installing Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows XP You must install the Operations Console connection modem that is supplied with Operations Console for a local console to communicate with the server. 2. Windows 2000 on page 161. 4. Local console directly attached with remote support . If you do NOT need to perform the function skip to the next topic until you have your connection created and the instructions indicate it is the end of instructions for your PC's operating system.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Option C. complete the following steps: 1. you must install the Operations Console connection modem. Double-click Phone and Modem Options. Note: The Operations Console connection modem is not a physical modem.Reference and How-To . Use these instructions only if you are configuring a local console that is directly attached.V5R3 & V5R4 Only This section is structured for a top to bottom flow. 3. 156 . Windows XP Local console directly attached with remote access allowed V5R3 & V5R4 Installing Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows XP V5R3 & V5R4 If you are configuring a local console that is directly attached. Navigate to drive:\path\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\ cwbopaoc. 12. and then click OK.inf 7. click Next.inf). Otherwise. Note: If you were not prompted to restart the PC. Close the Phone and Modem Options folder. The PC should find the new modem and report its location. go to step 8. and then click Next. 3. Then. When the window shows the modem it found.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 5. If you know the full path to the Operations Console Connection driver (cwbopaoc. You may be prompted to restart the PC. Click Browse. and then click OK. Click Start —> Settings —> Control Panel —> Phone and Modem Options. Click Have Disk. The PC will now load the driver code to support it. 9. Click Finish. 11. and then click Next. perform a shutdown and restart your PC. 10. Install PC modem for Windows® XP V5R3 & V5R4 If you are installing a PC modem that requires specific drivers. click Next to accept it. If you are currently in the Modems tab of the Phone and Modem Options folder. 6. 2. click OK. If you get a message that indicates that you need to restart the PC before you can use the modem. use the instructions that the modem manufacturer provides. Then. restart the PC to force a rewrite of changed data. If that is the case. If you are at the Install New Modem window.inf where drive: is the drive where Client Access is installed. Select Don’t detect my modem. follow these steps to install the PC modem: 1. 6. click Yes or OK to perform the shutdown. Note: The default installation path is: C:\Program Files\Ibm\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\cwbopaoc. If prompted. Select the communications port where the Operations Console cable is attached. enter it here. If you do not know the path. I will select it from a list. Click Next. click Add and then click Next. select Continue Anyway to continue the installation. Click Open. continue with step 7. 5. 4. 8. 157 . Click Finish to return you to the Phone and Modem Options folder.Reference and How-To . Then. go to the next step. Select the check box for the PC modem that is going to receive the calls from the remote console.24 c. 7.0. The Total field shows 20 12.5 b. 3. Click Do not allow virtual private connections. Then. leave this check box unchecked. Click Set up an advanced connection. type the address 192.0. do not change them. 9. click Next. 2. If other check boxes are selected. Select the Allow calling computer to specify its own IP address check box. Click Finish to save Incoming Connections. 158 .Reference and How-To . Note: If you have a virtual private network (VPN). do the following to specify the addresses: a.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Create and configure incoming connections for Windows XP Complete the following steps to create and configure incoming connections for Windows® 2000. Then. 5. click Next. 6. In the To field. Then. click Specify TCP/IP addresses. 13. Make sure that the AS400 Operations Console Connection check box is not selected. Click Next.168. Select the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) check box (if needed). Then. click OK. click Next. click Next. 11. Then. click Next. click Assign TCP/IP addresses automatically using DHCP. In the From field. Select or add any users who are going to dial into the local console. Click Next. 8. The Welcome window appears. If your network uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). 10. type the address 192. If your network does not use DHCP. Click Start —>Settings —> Network Connections. 14. 1.168. click Properties. Then. Then. 4. Click New Connection. Make sure that the Allow callers to access my local area network check box is selected. Then. Click Accept incoming connections. Reference and How-To . In the Users allowed to connect field. 6. select the check box next to the user ID for which you want to grant remote access. Select Settings. do the following: Click Connection → New Connection. 4. Click Incoming Connection Properties. Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. enter a name that you want to use to refer to this configured connection. select Local console directly attached to the system and click Next. Click Next. complete a Client Access selective setup. To configure a new local console that is directly attached to the system. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. ensure the Detect console communication port option is selected. 5. follow these steps: 1. If the Port Not Found window is displayed. Click Back to try again or click Next to manually assign the port. On the Detect Console Port window. Click Start. 5. the communications port could not be determined and some possible reasons are listed in the window.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Grant remote access for Windows XP To grant remote access using Windows® XP Incoming Connections Properties: 1. Configuring a local console directly attached with remote access allowed for Windows XP Complete the configuration of your Operations Console (Direct) on the PC by stepping through the Operations Console configuration wizard. Select Network and Dial-up Connections. 7. 2. 3. click Next. On the Specify Connection Name window. 2. If it does not start automatically. Click Next. Select Control Panel. 6. Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration. If Operations Console is not displayed. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. 3. Note: The configuration wizard starts automatically. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. 4. Click Next on the Welcome window. On the Select Configuration window. 159 . Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. Troubleshooting on page 281. 9. 160 . Operations Console uses COM ports 1 thru 9. 1. 2. 11. refer to Appendix B. 10. Click Next. ● Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. Click Next. 10. Select attended or unattended mode. On the Select Console Port window. You are now ready to start your connection. go to Properties → Configuration tab to select or deselect the function you do not want started for that connection. Unattended mode does not automatically display the connection's sign-on window.Reference and How-To . The Set up User Access is a reminder that this setup must be performed prior to making a connection. the next available communications port is displayed. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: ● Right-click the connection name and select Connect. Click Next after you select a port. ● ● Attended mode will present the sign-on window when a configured connection is attempting a connection. If you experience problems. Note: If you want to make changes.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 8. To sign on you need to perform a request control. You can either use the port provided or select another port where you have the console cable attached. Click Finish on the Complete window. ● Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. Highlight the connection name. inf where drive: is the drive where Client Access is installed.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Windows 2000 Local console directly attached with remote access allowed V5R3 & V5R4 Installing Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows 2000 V5R3 & V5R4 If you are configuring a local console that is directly attached. 11. Select Don’t detect my modem. go to step 8. Click Finish to return to the Modems tab of the Phone and Modem Options folder. 3. click Yes. Click OK. Click Next. 5. If the Digital Signature Not Found window is displayed. Note: The Operations Console connection modem is not a physical modem. 12. COM1).Reference and How-To . and then click Next. I will select it from a list. you must install the Operations Console connection modem. Navigate to drive:\path\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\ cwbopaoc. Click Have Disk. it displays as Operations Console Connection in the Remote Access Setup window. Click the Modems tab. Click OK. 13. enter it here. Installing Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows 2000 You must install the Operations Console connection modem that is supplied with Operations Console for a local console to communicate with the server. Then. 14. Select the communications port where you are going to install the Operations Console cable (for example. 4.inf.f) 7. Click Open. 9. 10. Only use these instructions if you are configuring a local console that is directly attached. 8. Click Browse. If you do not know the path. When it is present. 2. If you know the full path to the Operations Console Connection driver (cwbopaoc. Click Start → Settings → Control Panel. Note: The default installation path is: C:\Program Files\Ibm\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\cwbopaoc. Click Next. It is a logical device driver that is included with Operations Console and allows a local console to connect to the server. complete the following steps: 1. Operations Console Connection should be listed.inf). Click Add to display the Install New Modem panel. continue with step 7. Double-click Phone and Modem Options. To install the connection modem. 6. 161 . 1. click Yes or OK to perform the shutdown. If you get a message that indicates that you need to restart the PC before you can use the modem. 2. 4. 5. Select the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) check box (if needed). Note: If you were not prompted to restart the PC. Then. use the instructions that the modem manufacturer provides. click Next. 5. Select or add any users to dial into the local console. leave this check box unchecked. 6. 7. Then. 3. click Next. Otherwise.V5R3 & V5R4 If you are installing a PC modem that requires specific drivers. click Next. If that is the case. 3. 162 . Click Start —> Settings —> Control Panel —> Phone and Modem Options. You may be prompted to restart the PC.Reference and How-To . 9. The PC should find the new modem and report its location. click Next. Click New Connection. 2. If you are at the Install New Modem window. do not change them. Then. When the window shows the modem it found. perform a shutdown and restart your PC. If other check boxes are selected. Create and configure incoming connections for Windows 2000 Complete the following steps to create and configure incoming connections for Windows® 2000. Note: If you have a virtual private network (VPN).Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Install PC modem for Windows® 2000 . The PC will now load the driver code to support it. click Next to accept it. click Next. restart the PC to force a rewrite of changed data. Make sure that the Operations Console Connection check box is not selected. 4. follow these steps to install the PC modem: 1. click OK. Click Next. Click Start —>Settings —> Control Panel. click Properties. Click Finish to return you to the Phone and Modem Options folder. 6. Select the check box for the PC modem that is going to receive the calls from the remote console. If you are currently in the Modems tab of the Phone and Modem Options folder. click Add and then click Next. Then. 8. Close the Phone and Modem Options folder. Click Accept incoming connections. Click Do not allow virtual private connections. Then. The Welcome window appears. Then. Select Network and Dial-up Connections. Reference and How-To . Then. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. If your network does not use DHCP. click Specify TCP/IP addresses automatically using DHCP. click OK. Click Start. If Operations Console is not displayed. type the address 192. If your network uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). Click Next.168.24 c. Make sure that the Allow callers to access my local area network check box is selected. Click the Users tab 7. Configuring a local console directly attached with remote access allowed for Windows 2000 Complete the configuration of your Operations Console (Direct) on the PC by stepping through the Operations Console configuration wizard. Select Network and Dial-up Connections. Click Finish to save Incoming Connections. 6. click Specify TCP/IP addresses.5 b.168. type the address 192. In the From field. complete a Client Access selective setup. To configure a new local console that is directly attached to the system. 13. 11. Select the Allow calling computer to specify its own IP address check box. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. follow these steps: 1. go to the next step. If it does not start automatically. Then.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 10. Click Incoming Connections.0.0. do the following: Click Connection → New Connection. 2. Select Settings. 163 . Note: The configuration wizard starts automatically. Select Control Panel. Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration. In the Users allowed to connect field. Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. In the To field. Then. 4. do the following to specify the addresses: a. 14. 3. The Total field shows 20 12. 5. select the check box next to the user ID for which you want to grant remote access. Grant remote access for Windows 2000 To grant remote access using the Windows® 2000 Incoming Connections: 1. You are now ready to start your connection. If the Port Not Found window is displayed. On the Detect Console Port window. enter a name that you want to use to refer to this configured connection. Troubleshooting on page 281. 4. Click Next. ● Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. 12. On the Select Console Port window. 6. View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. To sign on you need to perform a request control. 11. Highlight the connection name. Click Next. Click Back to try again or click Next to manually assign the port. select Local console directly attached to the system and click Next. Click Next on the Welcome window. The Set up User Access is a reminder that this setup must be performed prior to making a connection. ● ● Attended mode will present the sign-on window when a configured connection is attempting a connection. refer to Appendix B. 8. You can either use the port provided or select another port where you have the console cable attached. ensure the Detect console communication port option is selected.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 2. 10. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. If you experience problems. Unattended mode does not automatically display the connection's sign-on window. Operations Console uses COM ports 1 thru 9.Reference and How-To . Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: ● Right-click the connection name and select Connect. the communications port could not be determined and some possible reasons are listed in the window. On the Select Configuration window. Click Finish on the Complete window. Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. ● Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. click Next. 2. Click Next. the next available communications port is displayed. 3. On the Specify Connection Name window. 9. 1. 164 . 5. Select attended or unattended mode. 7. Click Next. Click Next after you select a port. 4. Click the Protocols tab. you must install the Operations Console connection modem. Installing Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows NT If you are configuring a local console that is directly attached. access your Windows® Help by clicking Start —> Help for instructions on installing TCP/IP. Click Start and select Settings. Be sure you fully install and configure any network adapter cards (such as LAN or Ethernet adapters) before starting the Operations Console installation. 3.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Windows NT Local console directly attached to the server with remote access allowed V5R3 & V5R4 Confirm installation of TCP/IP on the PC for Windows NT Use this section to satisfy the network requirements for Windows NT®. Note: The Operations Console connection modem is not a physical modem. If TCP/IP is not installed on your PC. 165 . click Yes to install it. If you get a message indicating that Networking is not installed. Double-click Network. Click Control Panel. it displays as Operations Console Connection in the Remote Access Setup window. It is a logical device driver that is included with Operations Console and allows a local console to connect to the server. When it is present. 2. Confirm the existence of TCP/IP as follows: 1.Reference and How-To . 3. click Add.. 166 . 5.Reference and How-To . If you are at the Install New Modem window. 3. Note: You must add and configure this modem in Remote Access Service before the modem can be used by Operations Console. COM1). and then click Modems.. 8. then click OK. Note: The default installation path is: C:\Program Files\Ibm\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\cwbopaoc. Navigate to drive:\path\Client Access\Aoc\Inf\ cwbopaoc. Install PC modem for Windows NT If you are installing a PC modem that requires specific drivers.inf where drive: is the drive where Client Access is installed. The PC should find the new modem and report its location. Click Finish. Select the communications port where you are going to install the Operations Console cable (for example. 9. Click Open. Close the Modems Properties window. 4.. 4. 5. Otherwise. Only use these instructions if you are configuring a local console directly attached to the server or a local console directly attached to the server with remote access allowed. 2. Click Browse. Click Start —> Settings —> Control Panel. To install: 1.inf. Click Have Disk.. If you are currently in the Modems Properties window click Add. 11. If the Install New Modem window appears. Click Next. go to the next step. click Next.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Install Operations Console Connection Modem for Windows NT You must install the Operations Console connection modem that is shipped with Operations Console in order for a local console to communicate with the server using the Operations Console cable. and then Next. 6. 10. When the window shows the modem it found. follow these steps to install the PC modem: 1. The PC will now load the driver code to support it. click Next to accept it. then click Next. 2. Select Don’t detect my modem. If you are currently in the Modem Properties window. Click OK. I will select it from a list. Click Start —> Settings —> Control Panel —> Modems. 7. Click Finish to return you to the Modems Properties window. use the instructions that the modem manufacturer provides. b. the Add RAS Device window should appear. 167 . Do one of the following: ● If Remote Access Service is listed. You are going to add and configure the modems needed for your configuration even if you are not installing Remote Access Service. Select Remote Access Service and click OK. then. a CD-ROM drive). Set the path the Windows NT files will be read from. Click the Services tab.Reference and How-To . c. Double-click Network. 3. Click Start and select Settings. 2. To install or configure Remote Access Service: 1. Using Table 1. unless installing from a network drive. click Properties. When the necessary files have been copied. You only need to install Remote Access Service if you are using Windows NT®. Open the Network folder by doing the following: a. Put the Windows NT CD into the optical device drive (for example. then click Continue.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Install or configure Remote Access Service (NT only) Make sure that you install and set up Remote Access Service according to your intended configuration. Important: ● You may need your Windows NT Setup CD-ROM. Read step 4. continue with step 5b. ● You may need to install Remote Access Service before installing the Windows NT service pack. Continue with step 4. then. follow these instructions to install: a. do the following: a. ● If Remote Access Service is not listed. 4. Click Add. d. c. Important: You may have to add more than one modem in Remote Access Service to satisfy your intended configuration. Click Control Panel. b. b. identify the correct modems that you need to add in Remote Access Service for your Operations Console configuration. Select Remote Access Service. Select TCP/IP. b. If you are in the Remote Access Setup window. Click OK. Click Add.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Under certain circumstances. any modem you intend to use with Operations Console may not show up in the Add RAS Device window even though it was previously installed. Click Dial out only. Click OK. Remote Access Service does not allow more than one modem for the same COM port. Table 1. 6. If you have satisfied the modems for your intended configuration. such as when installing Windows NT and Remote Access Service. you will need to Remove the previously installed modem from Remote Access Service. 168 . Modems for Operations Console configurations for Windows NT Desired configuration Necessary modems Local console directly attached to the Operations Console connection¹ server Local console directly attached to the Operations Console connection¹ and a PC server with remote access allowed modem Remote console through dial-up support A PC modem Note: 1. 7. select the modem. 5. d. select the modem. Click Network. Click OK. the intended modem is made available to be selected. then click Configure. You should be at the Remote Access Setup window. b. c. 8. b. If the Remote Access Setup window does not have a PC modem present. If the Remote Access Setup window has an AS400 Operations Console Connection entry present. You should be at the Remote Access Setup window. In this way. In the Add RAS Device window. it shows as AS400 Operations Console Connection in the Remote Access Setup window. If so. a. When it is present. do the following: a. Click OK. continue with step 9.Reference and How-To . In these cases. you may have had to install a nonexistent modem. since it may be on the same COM port. Select AS400 Operations Console Connection. go to step 7. To add the first or the only modem. In the Add RAS Device window. If Table 1 indicates that you need to add another modem. c. click Add. d. and later from the Modems folder. If the Remote Access Setup window does have a PC modem present. go to step 11. c. The Operations Console connection modem is not a physical modem but a logical device driver that comes with Operations Console and allows a local console to connect to an iSeries server. add the modem as follows: a. Click Configure (located to the right of TCP/IP). Click OK again. f. 10. select Dial out only. Do one of the following: ● To configure only a remote console. g. b. Click OK.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 9. e. ● To configure a local console to receive calls from a remote console. ● To configure as both a local console that receives calls and a remote console.Reference and How-To . d. select the TCP/IP check box and clear any others (unless your own operation requires them). Click Configure (located to the right of TCP/IP). f. c. For Encryption settings. In the End field. b.168. ● To configure as both. select the following values: a. For Allow remote clients running. click Allow any authentication including clear text. Go to step 11. follow these steps: a. select Dial out and Receive calls. For Dial out Protocols. c.168. Go to step 11. In the End field. Click OK. click This computer only. Click Use Static address pool. type the address 192. Select the Allow remote clients to request a predetermined IP address check box.0. Click Use Static address pool. For Allow remote TCP/IP clients to access. j. i.0. Click OK. Click OK. select Receive calls only. b. click Allow any authentication including clear text. e. click Configure.5 h. For Allow remote clients running. Do one of the following: ● To configure only a remote console through dial-up support. For Allow Remote TCP/IP client to access.24 h. Click Network on the right side of the window. k. select the following values: a. j. select the TCP/IP check box and clear any others (unless your own operation requires them). For Dial out Protocols. d. select the TCP/IP check box.5 g. type the address 192.0. click This computer only. Then. In the Begin field. Click OK again.168. For Encryption settings. In the Begin field. type the address 192.24 i. type the address 192. Select the PC modem. 169 . Select the Allow remote clients to request a predetermined IP address check box. c. ● To configure a local console to receaive calls from a remote console through dial-up support.0. select the TCP/IP check box and clear any others (unless your own operation requires them).168. b. c.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 11. Select Administration Tools. 3. 2. If you need a service pack and have Internet capabilities. Select Programs. or double-click the desired user if it is already defined. 4. click Dial-In.microsoft. e. Click Start. click OK. If you get a message that says that Remote Access Service has been successfully installed. 6.Reference and How-To . 170 . Select User Manager. In User Manager. download the latest Service Pack from http://www. Select Grant dial-in permission to user. Click Yes to restart. contact Microsoft® for the latest update. 5. Otherwise. 7. To complete the setup: a. This message does not appear for all installations. On the User Properties dialog. 8. click OK. d. Click Close. select New User from the User menu and enter the user name and password information.com. Grant remote access for Windows NT To grant remote access using the Windows NT User Manager: 1. 12. Install Microsoft® service pack Anytime Remote Access Service is either installed or reinstalled. If you get a message that says that the PC does not have a network adapter installed. Continue with Install Microsoft® service pack. you need to install Windows NT® Service Pack 6 (minimum level) before attempting to use Operations Console. Click Continue. Click OK twice. If Operations Console is not displayed. Click Next.Reference and How-To . 6. 7. On the Specify Connection Name window. 171 . 3. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. complete a Client Access selective setup. Click Next after you select a port. follow these steps: 1. 10. select Local console directly attached to the system and click Next. enter a name that you want to use to refer to this configured connection. On the Select Console Port window. click Next. If the Port Not Found window is displayed. Click Back to try again or click Next to manually assign the port. Click Next on the Welcome window. If it does not start automatically.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Configuring a local console directly attached to the server with remote access allowed for Windows NT Complete the configuration of your Operations Console (Direct) on the PC by stepping through the Operations Console configuration wizard. To sign on you need to perform a request control. Unattended mode does not automatically display the connection's sign-on window. Click Next. the next available communications port is displayed. Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration. 5. Select attended or unattended mode. 2. 8. On the Select Configuration window. To configure a new local console that is directly attached to the system. You can either use the port provided or select another port where you have the console cable attached. Click Next. 9. Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. 4. Operations Console uses COM ports 1 thru 9. do the following: Click Connection → New Connection. the communications port could not be determined and some possible reasons are listed in the window. On the Detect Console Port window. ensure the Detect console communication port option is selected. ● ● Attended mode will present the sign-on window when a configured connection is attempting a connection. Note: The configuration wizard starts automatically. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. Highlight the connection name. 172 . ● Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. Click Next. If you experience problems. Troubleshooting on page 281. go to Properties → Configuration tab to select or deselect the function you do not want started for that connection. Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. 2. refer to Appendix B.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 11. 10. Note: If you want to make changes. Click Finish on the Complete window. You are now ready to start your connection. View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. The Set up User Access is a reminder that this setup must be performed prior to making a connection. ● Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: ● Right-click the connection name and select Connect. 1.Reference and How-To . Note: If you are not prompted to restart the PC. Windows NT on page 177. restart the PC to force a rewrite of changed data. The PC now loads the driver code to support it. 5. Click Finish to return to the Phone and Modem Options folder.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Remote console through dial-up support (V5R3 & V5R4 only) Important: These instruction assume got here from earlier in this chapter and not from the table of contents. to display the Install New Modem panel. If this is the case. 4. Click Start → Control Panel. use the instructions that the modem manufacturer provides. Double-click Phone and Modem Options. Windows 2000 on page 175. click OK. follow these steps to install the PC modem: 1. click Yes or OK to perform the shutdown. perform a shutdown and restart your PC. click Next to accept it.. Select your PC's operating system Windows XP continue directly below.. 2. Close the Phone and Modem Options folder. Click the Modems tab. You might be prompted to restart the PC. 6. 8.Reference and How-To . If you receive a message indicating you need to restart the PC before you can use the modem. Windows XP Installing the PC modem for Windows XP You must install the PC modem if you are configuring a local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed or a remote console through dial-up support. 7. 173 . and then click Next. Click Add. When the window displays the modem it finds. Complete the following sections in order to set up a remote console through dial-up support. If you are installing a PC modem that requires specific drivers. If you did not start at the beginning of this chapter return to Chapter 6: Setting up Operations Console on page 125 and perform any necessary work before it returns you here. 3. Then. Otherwise. click Next. 7. 2. To configure a new remote console through dial-up support. Highlight the connection name. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. 1. 174 . Note: The configuration wizard starts automatically. select Remote console through dial-up support and click Next. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. 3. Click Finish to save the configuration. If it does not start automatically. do the following: Click Connection → New Connection. You are now ready to start your connection.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Configuring a remote console through dial-up support on the PC Complete the configuration of your remote console through dial-up support on the PC by stepping through the Operations Console configuration wizard. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: 1. Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. Then enter the name of the PC that this PC will be connecting to in the Computer name field. Click OK. 3. Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration. 4. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. Click Next. Right-click the connection name and select Connect. Click Next on the Welcome window. Click Next. Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. enter the name of configured connection as it appears at the local console directly attached with remote support. Be sure the correct PC modem is selected and then enter the phone number of the remote PC. 8. On the Select Configuration window. 2. 5. If Operations Console is not displayed. Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. Click the Dial-up Networking button. 6. Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. follow these steps: 1. 9. 2.Reference and How-To . On the iSeries and Local Console Name window. complete a Client Access selective setup. . 2. Click Add. If this is the case. to display the Install New Modem panel. Double-click Phone and Modem Options. perform a shutdown and restart your PC. 6. If you receive a message indicating you need to restart the PC before you can use the modem. and then click Next.. Click the Modems tab. Note: If you are not prompted to restart the PC. If you experience problems. Close the Phone and Modem Options folder. click Next to accept it. You might be prompted to restart the PC. If you are installing a PC modem that requires specific drivers. click OK. The PC now loads the driver code to support it. use the instructions that the modem manufacturer provides. follow these steps to install the PC modem: 1. 7. Windows 2000 Installing the PC modem for Windows 2000 You must install the PC modem if you are configuring a local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed or a remote console through dial-up support. Click Finish to return to the Phone and Modem Options folder. 175 . Then. 8. Otherwise. 3. refer to Appendix B.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. Click Start → Settings → Control Panel. Troubleshooting on page 281. When the window displays the modem it finds. 4. click Yes or OK to perform the shutdown.Reference and How-To . 5. restart the PC to force a rewrite of changed data. Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: 1. Click Finish to save the configuration. complete a Client Access selective setup.Reference and How-To . Troubleshooting on page 281. On the Select Configuration window. select Remote console through dial-up support and click Next. Right-click the connection name and select Connect. Be sure the correct PC modem is selected and then enter the phone number of the remote PC. If you experience problems. 9. 2. If Operations Console is not displayed. do the following: Click Connection → New Connection. refer to Appendix B. Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. Click Next. Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration. Click the Dial-up Networking button. Click Next. 3. Click Next on the Welcome window.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Configuring a remote console through dial-up support on the PC Complete the configuration of your remote console through dial-up support on the PC by stepping through the Operations Console configuration wizard. enter the name of configured connection as it appears at the local console directly attached with remote support. You are now ready to start your connection. If it does not start automatically. To configure a new remote console through dial-up support. Note: The configuration wizard starts automatically. Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. 2. 3. View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. Then enter the name of the PC that this PC will be connecting to in the Computer name field. 4. Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. 176 . 6. click Next. 2. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. 7. Highlight the connection name. 8. Click OK. 1. follow these steps: 1. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. 5. On the iSeries and Local Console Name window. If you are currently in the Modems Properties window click Add. Note: You must add and configure this modem in Remote Access Service before the modem can be used by Operations Console. 4. Important: ● You may need your Windows NT Setup CD-ROM.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Windows NT Installing the PC modem for Windows NT® If you are installing a PC modem that requires specific drivers. Double-click Network. click Next to accept it. Otherwise. c. Close the Modems Properties window. b. click Next. Click the Services tab. ● You may need to install Remote Access Service before installing the Windows NT service pack. follow these steps to install the PC modem: 1. 3. use the instructions that the modem manufacturer provides. Click Control Panel. Install or configure Remote Access Service (NT only) Make sure that you install and set up Remote Access Service according to your intended configuration. The PC will now load the driver code to support it. 2. When the window shows the modem it found.Reference and How-To . To install or configure Remote Access Service: 1. 177 . If you are at the Install New Modem window. and then Next. Click Start and select Settings. The PC should find the new modem and report its location. 2. 5. Click Start —> Settings —> Control Panel —> Modems. Open the Network folder by doing the following: a. You are going to add and configure the modems needed for your configuration even if you are not installing Remote Access Service. You only need to install Remote Access Service if you are using Windows NT®. Click Finish to return you to the Modems Properties window. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 3. Under certain circumstances. In this way. Table 1. b. d. then. 4. then click Continue. Remote Access Service does not allow more than one modem for the same COM port. the intended modem is made available to be selected. Using Table 1. The Operations Console connection modem is not a physical modem but a logical device driver that comes with Operations Console and allows a local console to connect to an iSeries server. When it is present. you will need to Remove the previously installed modem from Remote Access Service. and later from the Modems folder. Do one of the following: ● If Remote Access Service is listed. Read step 4. Modems for Operations Console configurations for Windows NT Desired configuration Necessary modems Local console directly attached to the Operations Console connection¹ server Local console directly attached to the Operations Console connection¹ and a PC server with remote access allowed modem Remote console through dial-up support A PC modem Note: 1. the Add RAS Device window should appear. Important: You may have to add more than one modem in Remote Access Service to satisfy your intended configuration. you may have had to install a nonexistent modem. continue with step 5b. Click Add. since it may be on the same COM port. then. follow these instructions to install: a. a CD-ROM drive). When the necessary files have been copied. c. Select Remote Access Service and click OK. Set the path the Windows NT files will be read from. it shows as AS400 Operations Console Connection in the Remote Access Setup window. Put the Windows NT CD into the optical device drive (for example. click Properties. In these cases. 178 . identify the correct modems that you need to add in Remote Access Service for your Operations Console configuration. unless installing from a network drive. b. do the following: a. Select Remote Access Service. Continue with step 4. any modem you intend to use with Operations Console may not show up in the Add RAS Device window even though it was previously installed. ● If Remote Access Service is not listed. such as when installing Windows NT and Remote Access Service. If so.Reference and How-To . 179 .Reference and How-To . c. a. select Receive calls only. select Dial out only. If you are in the Remote Access Setup window. You should be at the Remote Access Setup window. c. In the Add RAS Device window. select the TCP/IP check box. 10. You should be at the Remote Access Setup window. Click OK. Go to step 11. ● To configure as both. 6. For Dial out Protocols. ● To configure a local console to receive calls from a remote console through dial-up support. b. Click OK. b. select the modem. Click OK. Select the PC modem. b. select the modem. Click Network on the right side of the window. continue with step 9. add the modem as follows: a. Do one of the following: ● To configure only a remote console through dial-up support. To add the first or the only modem. Select TCP/IP. Click OK. Click Add. Click Dial out only.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 5. c. 8. click Configure. In the Add RAS Device window. c. d. then click Configure. Click Network. If Table 1 indicates that you need to add another modem. 9. If the Remote Access Setup window does not have a PC modem present. d. Click OK. go to step 7. b. click Add. If the Remote Access Setup window does have a PC modem present. go to step 11. If you have satisfied the modems for your intended configuration. Do one of the following: ● To configure only a remote console. Select AS400 Operations Console Connection. 7. Then. do the following: a. If the Remote Access Setup window has an AS400 Operations Console Connection entry present. Click OK. follow these steps: a. select Dial out and Receive calls. 180 . type the address 192. If you get a message that says that the PC does not have a network adapter installed. select the TCP/IP check box and clear any others (unless your own operation requires them). type the address 192.5 g.168. c.24 i. ● To configure as both a local console that receives calls and a remote console. For Allow Remote TCP/IP client to access. click Allow any authentication including clear text. click This computer only. e. type the address 192. select the following values: a. Click OK again. click OK. d. In the End field.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles To configure a local console to receive calls from a remote console. For Encryption settings. b.0. To complete the setup: a. e. j. In the Begin field. Click OK again. For Encryption settings. c. click OK.Reference and How-To .0. In the Begin field. Go to step 11. Select the Allow remote clients to request a predetermined IP address check box. For Allow remote TCP/IP clients to access.168. click Allow any authentication including clear text.5 h. i. b.168. g.168. 11. ● This message does not appear for all installations. select the TCP/IP check box and clear any others (unless your own operation requires them). Select the Allow remote clients to request a predetermined IP address check box. k. Click Continue. For Allow remote clients running. click This computer only. c.0.24 h. If you get a message that says that Remote Access Service has been successfully installed. Click Configure (located to the right of TCP/IP). Click Use Static address pool. For Allow remote clients running. e. For Dial out Protocols. Click Configure (located to the right of TCP/IP). Click OK. type the address 192. Click OK. Click Use Static address pool. d. Click Close. select the following values: a. select the TCP/IP check box and clear any others (unless your own operation requires them). j. f. 12. d. b.0. f. Continue with Install Microsoft® service pack directly below. In the End field. Click Yes to restart. Reference and How-To . click Next. 6. 7. Click Start → Programs → Client Access → Operations Console. select Remote console through dial-up support and click Next. complete a Client Access selective setup. Note: The configuration wizard starts automatically. If the Configure Operations Console Connection window is displayed. You are now ready to start your connection. Click Next. To configure a new remote console through dial-up support. On the Select Configuration window. If you need a service pack and have Internet capabilities. 4. 2. follow these steps: 1. Click Next on the Welcome window. Click OK. Configuring a remote console through dial-up support on the PC Complete the configuration of your remote console through dial-up support on the PC by stepping through the Operations Console configuration wizard. 5. Otherwise. 3. Be sure the correct PC modem is selected and then enter the phone number of the remote PC. On the iSeries and Local Console Name window. do the following: Click Connection → New Connection. contact Microsoft® for the latest update. If Operations Console is not displayed. you need to install Windows NT® Service Pack 6 (minimum level) before attempting to use Operations Console. 181 . Important: You must be using a profile that has administrator rights to create or alter a configuration. download the latest Service Pack from http://www. enter the name of configured connection as it appears at the local console directly attached with remote support. Then enter the name of the PC that this PC will be connecting to in the Computer name field. The system is expected to have been powered on and is IPLing or already IPLed. Click Start → Programs → IBM Client Access → Selective Setup. If it does not start automatically.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Install Microsoft service pack Anytime Remote Access Service is either installed or reinstalled. Click Next.com. Click the Dial-up Networking button. 8.microsoft. 9. Click Finish to save the configuration. Highlight the connection name. View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu.Reference and How-To . If you experience problems. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: 1.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. 2. refer to Appendix B. 182 . 2. 1. Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. Right-click the connection name and select Connect. 3. Troubleshooting on page 281. Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. Note: If the check box is already checked but is greyed out it is indicating that the configured connection's service tools device ID isn't currently authorized to support the RCP. if one doesn't already exist. Grant authority to the service tools device ID by entering a 2 for the entry Partition remote panel entry for the system or partition. To add this function.Reference and How-To . 2. 1. do the following: a. d. If you are using SST. the first item of information is the currently used service tools device ID. b. This is normal before the first connection attempt. see Configuring a virtual control panel (VCP) on page 185. 4. e. In the Configuration field. 2. If you are using DST. then press Enter. c. 183 . Take note of this name. select Work with DST environment. Access service tools using DST or SST. Select the Configuration tab.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Configuring a remote control panel or virtual control panel To set up a virtual control panel. Click Connections then select Properties. follow these steps: 1. Check the attributes for the device ID by selecting option 7 (Change attributes) next to the associated ID and then press Enter. If you receive a message that some changes will take affect at the next connection. To authorize the service tools device ID. Use one of the following according to your configuration: ● For a Local console directly attached with or without remote support Select Serial or Parallel and the port it is connected to ● For a Local console on a network (LAN) Under Use remote control panel select or deselect the check box. 3. Select the configured connection you want to work with. 2. Note: The connection needs to show a status of Disconnected or Connected to access the properties. Look in the Operations Console user interface for the VCP connection. Exit SST or return to the DST main menu. do one the following to authorize the service tools device ID to use the RCP functions: ● For a V6R1 client and V6R1 Licensed Internal Code. If the local console on a network (LAN) connection status shows Connected and you did not get the RCP graphical interface. do the following: 1. click OK. Select Service tools device IDs. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. Configuring a remote control panel (RCP) To configure a remote control panel directly attached or with a local console on a network (LAN) you configure a connection using the instructions above. Troubleshooting on page 281. 3. b. Reconnect the connection. From the Connection menu. Under Connection. Check the attributes for the device ID by selecting option 7 (Change attributes) next to the associated ID and then press Enter. Access service tools using DST or SST. refer to Appendix B. Grant authority to the service tools device ID by entering a 2 for the entry Partition remote panel entry for the system or partition. The connection status shows Disconnecting until it completes with a status of Disconnected. select Work with DST environment. Select Service tools device IDs. From the Connection menu. You should get the graphical RCP interface. c. ● If you are using SST. Under Connection. Reconnect the connection. The connection status shows Disconnecting until it completes with a status of Disconnected. select the configuration name. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. You should get the graphical RCP interface. To authorize the service tools device ID. Take note of this name then exit Properties. d. 184 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 3. ● For all other levels of code. 4. select the configuration name. To disconnect the configuration. On the General tab you will see the currently used service tools device ID. Exit SST or return to the DST main menu. If you experience problems. then press Enter. b. follow these steps: a. do the following: a. 2. This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific system. b. ● If you are using DST. 4. e. This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific system.Reference and How-To . do the following: 1. follow these steps: a. To disconnect the configuration. select Disconnect. select Disconnect. Select the VCP configuration and go into Properties. the connection status must be Disconnected. a V6R1 system is automatically configured to automatically create any needed service tools device IDs.V6R1 on page 187. d. b.V6R1 The VCP connects using the console's serial cable and a separate configured connection which uses the wizard path for a local console on a network (LAN). This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific system. Select the configuration name that you want to change. Note: Unpredictable results may occur if both a directly connected remote control panel and a virtual control panel exit to the same system. If your current Operations Console configured connection includes the remote control panel. Reconnect the console. 185 . go to Create the VCP configuration . Determine the value of the option Autocreate service tools device IDs. To remove the remote control panel from the configuration. Select OK. Select the Configuration tab. c. If the console is currently the only function being provided.Reference and How-To . if needed. Prepare for the VCP configuration To prepare an install of the VCP.V5R3 & V5R4 on page 191. From the Connection menu. Configuring a virtual control panel (VCP) . Under Connection. To disconnect the configuration. 2. Remove the check from the Remote Control Panel option. ii. use the following steps to configure the connection for just the console. do the following: 1. e. select Disconnect. select the configuration name. Note: You can only access the option using Dedicated Service Tools (DST). f. follow these steps: i. g. The connection status shows Disconnecting until it completes with a status of Disconnected. By default. select Properties. a.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Configuring a virtual control panel (VCP) To set up a VCP using V5R3 or V5R4 see Configuring a virtual control panel (VCP) . From the Connection menu. Press F3 until you are back to the DST main menu. It is recommended that you leave the console here until you have completed a successful VCP connection. You can now exit back to the DST main menu. For systems without the keystick. For example. Grant authority to the service tools device ID. if needed. Place a 2 on the line for the partition. c. only the user ID remote panel key privilege is necessary. To verify or set this service tools user privilege. c. Select Service tools security data. the user has the remote panel key privilege but will not have the mode function available until the keystick is present. or 11111111 for use with the VCP. enter a description. Check the attributes for the device ID by selecting option 7 (Change attributes). you have to set the service tools user privileges for Partition remote panel key to allow access to the mode function. e. Note: Systems with a keystick require the keystick to be inserted before the user is eligible to use the mode button. d. b. Move the cursor to the user you want to verify or set the privileges for and place a 7 on the same line and press Enter. You only have to verify or set the privilege for the Partition remote panel key entry. Complete the following step only if the option Autocreate service tools device ID has a value of 0 and you want to leave this function turned off: a. Enter a 1 next to the Device ID field.Reference and How-To . f. Press F3 until you are back to the DST main menu. and press Enter to grant permission to the mode functions. e. do the following: a. Select Work with DST environment. 4. b. You have now created a device ID for the VCP connection from one PC. 22222222. If you will be using a service tools user ID other than QSECOFR. 186 . QSRV. Then press Enter. 3. follow these steps: a. Verify the value of the option Autocreate service tools device IDs is not zero. Access Dedicated Service Tools (DST). Then enter a name to call the VCP's device ID and press Enter. d. b. c. Select Work with DST environment > Service tools device IDs.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles To verify the autocreate service tools device ID value. d. which would be the partition currently being used. Select Work with DST environment > Service tools user IDs. Optionally. Expand drive C (or whatever drive letter is used for the operating system.2. ● To check the hosts file. do one the following: ● Search for the file a.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Create the VCP configuration . Leave the option Local Area Network (LAN) selected and click Next. you will have to enter another name. The name you used was found on your network or in the hosts file. 2. Enter a name to refer to your VCP connection and the partition ID. then click Next. 1. b. From the Connection menu. 187 . select a file editor like Notepad. 5. do not use a name that can be found on that network. Windows (or whatever name is used for your PC's operating system) > System 32 > drivers Select etc.Reference and How-To . then click Next.. 3. Start > Search > For files or folders. If you find the name you want to use in the list and it won't be used any more then you can delete the entry and save the file. c. Select Next. Enter hosts as the file name to search for and press Search. f. If no TCP/IP address is listed. Start Explorer or similar file manager program. Double-click the file name hosts and if prompted. enter 192.168. select New Connection. ● Manually find the file a. If the entry needs to remain active then you need to select a different name for the VCP configuration. b. e.0. Notes: If the PC you are working with is connected to a network. If the Service TCP/IP Address field contains a value. select Yes. If the window asking about prerequisites appears.V6R1 You are now ready to create a new configuration for the VCP on the client PC. 4. Expand the following path: d. you can use QCONSOLE if it hasn't been used. use 192. By default. 7. use regedit (or other registry editing program) and navigate to: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/IBM/Client Access/CurrentVersion/AS400 Operations Console/LCS/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/IBM/Client Access/CurrentVersion/AS400 Operations Console/LCS/ Expand LCS and select the appropriate configuration. Then. select the partition the VCP will control and click Next. You have completed the configuration for the VCP connection. Then.n may have been previously used for something other than Operations Console. In those cases the user may have had to use a different base address for Operations Console such as 192. For example.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: In some cases. click OK to exit Properties.1. 9. Enter a serial number in the System serial number field.168.n. Then click Next. the address 192. Highlight the connection name. Select the VCP configuration and go into Properties. 10. This does not have to be the real system serial number. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: ● Right-click the connection name and select Connect.Reference and How-To . Use the IP address reported on your PC to validate the VCP address.2. 8. 6. use the base address currently assigned to Operations Console.0.0 in the Service gateway address 1 field. Start a connection for the console (your original connection). 1. Now you can connect the VCP connection. 188 . enter the name you assigned it during the creation process. Enter the name of the device ID you will be using for the VCP connection authentication.0. Note: When setting up VCP for a Power-processor-based system. Sign on normally. Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. Enter the value of 0. If you created a specific device ID.0.1. ● Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. Select the remote control panel option. Check the registry key IP Address. Click Finish. if needed.168. To check the current base address. If so. 2. and wait for the console window to appear. Select the Configuration tab and deselect the console option.168. there is no partition 0. View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. ● Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. if necessary. . if needed. but make the last value a 2. the first item of information is the currently used service tools device ID. select Work with DST environment. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. Select Service tools device IDs. follow these steps: a. do the following to authorize the service tools device ID to use the RCP functions: ● For a V6R1 client and V6R1 Licensed Internal Code. In the Configuration field. select the configuration name. 3. To authorize the service tools device ID. Look in the Operations Console user interface for the VCP connection. Troubleshooting on page 281. The connection status shows Disconnecting until it completes with a status of Disconnected. Since this is authenticating the connection and not setting up any authorities to the work. Reconnect the VCP connection. To prevent this from happening you can create a service tools device ID specifically for this configuration. The LAN Service Tools Sign-on window opens. From the Connection menu. If the connection status shows Connected and you did not get the RCP graphical interface. then press Enter.Reference and How-To . Note: If this device connects at a later time and gets assigned a different service tools device ID by the system the new ID probably have been reset and therefore it loses the authority you just granted. 4. do the following: 1. you could use any of those as well. This would require you to re-authorize this service tools device ID for this device or any other device that this ID is assigned to. Exit SST or return to the DST main menu. there is no difference between using 11111111 and 11111111 or QSECOFR and <password>. Grant authority to the service tools device ID by entering a 2 for the entry Partition remote panel entry for the system or partition. Take note of this name then exit Properties. refer to Appendix B. e. commonly referred to as the DST user ID and password.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If you experience problems. b. Check the attributes for the device ID by selecting option 7 (Change attributes) next to the associated ID and then press Enter. 189 . b. Under Connection. d. and it will not get reset. If you have previously created additional service tools user IDs. Enter any service tools user ID and password. To disconnect the configuration. 2. You should get the graphical RCP interface. do the following: a. select Disconnect. authorize it. ● If you are using DST. Access service tools using DST or SST. c. This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific system. ● If you are using SST. Check the attributes for the device ID by selecting option 7 (Change attributes) next to the associated ID and then press Enter. Grant authority to the service tools device ID by entering a 2 for the entry Partition remote panel entry for the system or partition. To disconnect the configuration. From the Connection menu. b.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● For all other levels of code. Exit SST or return to the DST main menu. click OK. c.Reference and How-To . Troubleshooting on page 281. Reconnect the VCP connection. From the Connection menu. refer to Appendix B. 3. if necessary. If you receive a message that some changes will take affect at the next connection. Take note of this name then exit Properties. Select the configuration name that you want to change. b. follow these steps: a. do the following: 1. To authorize the service tools device ID. On the General tab is the name of the currently used service tools device ID. d. 4. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. select Work with DST environment. e. Note: The connection needs to show a status of Disconnected or Connected to access the properties. Access service tools using DST or SST. This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific system. Select Service tools device IDs. select the configuration name. 190 . Under Connection. select Properties. You can now exit DST or SST. The connection status shows Disconnecting until it completes with a status of Disconnected. If you experience problems. select Disconnect. 5. ● If you are using DST. then press Enter. 2. do the following: a. You should get the graphical RCP interface. ● If you are using SST. Create a service tools device ID using an existing console The virtual control panel (VCP) requires an available. If the Service Device Sign-on window appears. select Request Control. Remove the check from the Remote Control Panel option. 3. From the Connection menu. you can use the existing service tools device ID of QCONSOLE. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. Select the Configuration tab. 7. From the Connection menu. unused service tools device ID. do the following to get control: i. 2. If you aren't certain about the status of an available service tools device ID it would be best if you created one specific for the VCP. ii.Reference and How-To . ● If you are using SST.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Configuring a virtual control panel (VCP) . 5. do the following: Change the current configuration to console only If your current Operations Console configured connection includes the remote control panel. Select the configuration name that you want to change. Access service tools using DST or SST. 1. Select the configuration name. Reconnect the console. Select the configuration name. select Work with DST environment. c. b.V5R3 & V5R4 Prepare for the VCP configuration . The connection status shows Disconnecting until it completes with a status of Disconnected. select Disconnect. 191 . 6. This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific iSeries server. if needed. To disconnect the configuration. Operations console(LAN) for the console type. If the server does not use. If your local console is running in unattended mode and you have not requested control. follow these steps: a. To create a service tools device ID follow these steps: 1. Continue with Check user ID for permissions on page 193. d. 4. Select OK. or never did use. select Properties. To remove the remote control panel from the configuration the connection status must be Disconnected. From the Connection menu.V5R3/V5R4 To install the VCP using V5R3 or V5R4. use the following steps to configure the connection for just the console. select Cancel. ● If you are using DST. This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific iSeries server. Select Display/Alter/Dump. e. the console and partition remote panel for partition 0 (current partition) will be granted. indicating that the service tools device ID has been unlocked. f. you can check the attributes for the device ID by selecting option 7 (Change attributes). 2. if necessary. you can unlock the service tools device IDs by performing the following steps in DST: 1. Then press Enter. Select Advanced analysis. Type a 7 next to the Work with lock for device IDs from SST option and press Enter. enter a description. enter a password into both password fields. b. Enter the option SEC UNLOCKDEVID. The command should show as FLIGHTLOG. To unlock this option for use in SST. c. Access service tools using DST. do the following: a.) h. Select Work with DST environment > Service tools security data. If you receive the message The user can not perform the option selected it indicates that the option has not been made available. 3. ensure you have this PTF installed. Access Dedicated Service Tools (DST). Note: If you want to secure this option later use the option SEC LOCKDEVID. If prompted. By default. the Service tools device IDs option is not available from SST. The unlock method can only be performed in DST. Select Service tools device IDs. Page down until you find the FLIGHTLOG option. You have now created a device ID for the VCP connection from one PC. Grant this attribute. Then. 4. 3. Enter a 1 next to the Device ID field. The status displays as Enabled. Select Licensed Internal Code (LIC) data. Select Start a service tool. if the system uses V5R4. 5. Optionally. Alternatively. Note: It is recommended that you assign the password as the name of the service tools device ID in upper case. Note: By default.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 2. 6. 192 . or later.Reference and How-To . Select Display/Alter storage. Use F3 to go back to the DST or SST main menu. 7. d. place a 1 next to the option and press Enter. Then enter a name to call the VCP's device ID and press Enter. (You will have to page down to display this option. This function requires PTF MF32320 if you use V5R3. Optionally. i. g. You should be on the Specify Advanced Analysis Options window. then click Next. you will have to enter another name. 22222222. 4. The name you used was found on your network or in the hosts file. and press Enter to grant permission to the mode functions. You only have to verify or set the privilege for the Partition remote panel key entry.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Check user ID for permissions If you are using a service tools user ID other than QSECOFR. To verify or set this service tools user privilege. do not use a name that can be found on that network. From the Connection menu. If the window asking about prerequisites appears. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. Enter hosts as the file name to search for and press Search. 5. ● If you are using DST. select New Connection. only the user ID remote panel key privilege is necessary. do the following: 1. 193 . which would be the partition currently being used. QSRV. select Work with DST environment. or 11111111 for use with the VCP. b. Start > Search > For files or folders. For systems without the keystick. the user has the remote panel key privilege but will not have the mode function available until the keystick is present. Place a 2 on the line for the partition. Move the cursor to the user you want to verify or set the privileges for and place a 7 on the same line and press Enter. Create the VCP configuration . Access service tools using DST or SST. Note: If the PC you are working with is connected to a network. 3. do one the following: ● Search for the file a. Select Service tools user IDs. ● If you are using SST. 4. select Yes.Reference and How-To . Enter a name to refer to your VCP connection and make the partition selected 0. For example. you have to set the service tools user privileges for Partition remote panel key to allow access to the mode function. 2. Note: Systems with a keystick require the keystick to be inserted before the user is eligible to use the mode button. ● To check the hosts file. Select Next. 2. 5. If the Service TCP/IP Address field contains a value. Leave the option Local Area Network (LAN) selected and click Next. 3. You can now exit back to the DST or SST main menu. 1. It is recommended that you leave the console here until you have completed a successful VCP connection.V5R3 & V5R4 Use the following instructions to create a new connection configuration specifically for the virtual control panel. This does not have to be the real system serial number. To check the current base address. Then click Next. select a file editor like Notepad. Start Explorer or similar file manager program. If the entry needs to remain active then you need to select a different name for the VCP configuration. By default.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● Manually find the file a.168. enter the name and password you assigned it during the creation process. Expand the following path: d.0. 194 . Windows (or whatever name is used for your PC's operating system) > System 32 > drivers Select etc.168. Enter a serial number in the System serial number field. Use the IP address reported on your PC to validate the VCP address.168.0 in the Service gateway address 1 field. In those cases the user may have had to use a different base address for Operations Console such as 192. Enter the name of the device ID you will be using for the VCP connection authentication. but make the last value a 2. You are not required to enter anything in the Service gateway address 2 field. f. use regedit (or other registry editing program) and navigate to: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/IBM/Client Access/CurrentVersion/AS400 Operations Console/LCS/HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/Software/IBM/Client Access/CurrentVersion/AS400 Operations Console/LCS/ Expand LCS and select the appropriate configuration. If no TCP/IP address is listed.0. use the base address currently assigned to Operations Console. You may also have to check the entries in the hosts file on your PC for a matching name or address. Check the registry key IP Address. 7.168. e. c. Double-click the file name hosts and if prompted.2. If you find the name you want to use in the list and it won't be used any more then you can delete the entry and save the file. use 192. Enter the value of 0. For example.n. If you created a specific device ID. 8.2.1.0. b. Note: In some cases.Reference and How-To . Expand drive C (or whatever drive letter is used for the operating system.1.0. you can use QCONSOLE if it hasn't been used. Click Next. 6. If so. the address 192. enter 192.n may have been previously used for something other than Operations Console. if needed. Click Finish. refer to Appendix B. If you have previously created additional service tools user IDs you could use any of those as well. 195 . there is no difference between using 11111111 and 11111111 or QSECOFR and <password>. Enter the password you used in the Specify Access Password window. enter a password and enter it a second time to confirm it. commonly referred to as the DST user ID and password. You will get the Service Device Sign-on window with an extra field. Enter any service tools user ID and password. 1. If you experience problems. if you entered access as the password you will use access later to sign on. ● Click the Connection icon in the toolbar. Now you can connect the VCP connection. Since this is authenticating the connection and not setting up any authorities to the work. Start a connection for the console (your original connection). The Access password field is where you enter the password you chose during the setup wizard. For example. 2. If prompted.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 9. if necessary. 10. and wait for the console window to appear. You have completed the configuration for the VCP connection. Highlight the connection name. Start your connection by selecting one of the following tasks: ● Right-click the connection name and select Connect. This password is only used by the PC for the VCP connection and is not known at the server.Reference and How-To . ● Click the Connection menu and select Connect Note: The server needs to be powered on for the console to connect. Complete the final step of setting up your Operations Console by starting your connection. View the online help associated with using Operations Console by selecting Help from the Operations Console window Help menu. Troubleshooting on page 281. Sign on normally. Click Next. If you receive a message that some changes will take affect at the next connection. b. select Disconnect. Select the configuration name that you want to change. select Properties. select the configuration name. do the following to authorize the service tools device ID to use the RCP functions: 1. To disconnect the configuration. 196 . To authorize the service tools device ID. Select Service tools device IDs. 2. Under Connection. d. e. if necessary. You can now exit DST or SST. Note: The connection needs to show a status of Disconnected or Connected to access the properties. From the Connection menu. Take note of this name then exit Properties. From the Connection menu.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If the connection status shows Connected and you did not get the RCP graphical interface. refer to Appendix B. 4. do the following: a. Troubleshooting on page 281. If you experience problems. Grant authority to the service tools device ID by entering a 2 for the entry Partition remote panel entry for the system or partition. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. Access service tools using DST or SST. You should get the graphical RCP interface. This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific system. Check the attributes for the device ID by selecting option 7 (Change attributes) next to the associated ID and then press Enter. Exit SST or return to the DST main menu. ● If you are using DST. 3. The connection status shows Disconnecting until it completes with a status of Disconnected. ● If you are using SST. click OK.Reference and How-To . then press Enter. Reconnect the VCP connection. follow these steps: a. c. 5. select Work with DST environment. b. On the General tab is the name of the currently used service tools device ID. you must have an expansion unit and an HMC. Setting up a twinaxial console Before you set up a twinaxial console. in the IPL Options window. see Managing the Hardware Management Console (HMC).com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphai/hmc. ensure that the HMC is set up and configured. If you are setting up a new twinaxial console or changing to this console type.htm ● If you plan to connect a twinaxial console to a Power6 processor-based server. This is usually the LAN adapter slot since the asynchronous adapter is assumed to always be present. consider the following: ● The server value QAUTOCFG must be set to ON. you must have an HMC. manage. 197 .Reference and How-To . http://publib. select Y.boulder. ensure that you have completed the following tasks: ● If you plan to use an HMC to manage your hardware. The HMC or the ASMI is used to configure. Use one of the following to verify or set this system value on the server: ● Use the WRKSYSVAL QAUTOCFG command.ibm.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Chapter 7: Twinaxial console Supported twinaxial adapters 2720 PCI twinaxial Adapter (Pre-Power5 processor-based only) 2722 PCI twinaxial Adapter (Pre-Power5 processor-based only) 2746 PCI twinaxial Adapter (Requires IOP) twinaxial can go into any Operations Console supported slot for console. for Set major system options. select Y. Twinaxial console hardware environment The twinaxial console is used to manage only the operating system and its resources. Note: If you plan to connect a twinaxial console to a Power6 processor-based server. Then for Enable automatic configuration. ● During a manual IPL. For HMC setup instructions. and repair Power-processor-based system hardware. If 01 B N V=F is not displayed. or a Powerprocessor-based system without an HMC. do these steps: ● Using the physical control panel Complete the steps to prepare the system for a connection. b.Reference and How-To . 198 . 2. a. Locate the 8-port (or 4-port) twinaxial attachment cable. perform the following steps: Note: If you have to install Licensed Internal Code (LIC) substitute D for B and M for N i. Select function 02 by pressing the Increment (▲) or Decrement (▼) button on the control panel. b. by model. Plug in your system or uninterruptible power supply and attached expansion units. Attach the cable to the connector on the twinaxial adapter card. Open the control panel door on the front of the system.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles To set up a twinaxial console on a pre-Power5 processor-based system. Connect the twinaxial cable. Note: ● ● ● The 2746 adapter requires an IOP which may restrict where it can be placed in the system. Locate the position the supported twinaxial adapter card. To power on the system. use one of the following methods: ● On a pre-Power5 processor-based primary partition. select the card position listed first. Note: The workstation address of your console must be set to 0. standalone system. See Chapter 1: Reference on page 19 to determine. you might need to change the mode. a. or a Power-processorbased system not managed by an HMC. Connect a twinaxial cable from the workstation that you will be using as the system console to port 0 on the 8-port (or 4-port) twinaxial attachment cable. If more than one position contains a console supporting adapter. To set the address. which locations support a twinaxial console. Tip: The Increment (▲) and Decrement (▼) buttons change the field values. complete the following tasks: 1. refer to the reference material that was supplied with your workstation. If your system is managed by an HMC then you will select the intended adapter in the Console tag using the HMC. For Power6 processor-based systems the adapter must be placed in an expansion unit which might require an HMC. if the cable is not already installed. c. The control panel should be lit and display 01 B N V=F. if needed. and the Enter button advances you from field to field. The system is not yet powered on. To use the control panel to change the mode. c. The current IPL type is displayed with a pointer. Press the white Power On button. Select Server Management. In the navigation area. The current logical key mode and IPL speed are also displayed. 199 . Select Work with partition status. d. e. e. Place a 1 on the line for the partition you will be powering on. iv. and Enter buttons. c. Press Enter to exit function 02. the service processor performs a self-check and the control panel remains blank for up to 2 minutes. Using the Increment (▲). open the server on which the system profile is located. Access service tools using DST or SST. Answer any prompts presented. v. b. If the control panel displays A9002000. and then press Enter. f. g. Wait until the C1xxxxxx progress codes are completed and 01 is displayed on the control panel before you perform an IPL or change any control panel functions. Using the Increment (▲) or Decrement (▼) button. Note: Expect a delay between the time when power is applied to the system and when an initial program load (IPL) can be performed.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ii. Continue with step 3. complete the following task using one of the following methods to activate a system profile: ● Using version 6 or earlier of the HMC. and IPL speeds until 02 B N V is displayed. Open System Profiles. scroll through the IPL types. There is a short delay before the system powers on. Continue with step 3. follow these steps: a. Decrement (▼). c. ● ● Use the primary partition on a pre-Power5 processor-based system to power on a logical partition a. In the contents area. b. the console might not be connected yet. select function 01. f. logical key modes. d. d. Right-click the system profile and select Activate. then press Enter. iii. open Server and Partition. Press Enter to start function 02. When power is initially applied to the system. Click Continue. Using an HMC on a Power-processor-based system or partition. Continue with step 3. Select Work with System Partitions.Reference and How-To . approximately 5 to 20 minutes. ibm. Continue with step 3. For problems with the twinaxial console. In the Navigation pane.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● Using version 7 or later of the HMC. Click the Tasks button. To have the new console type recognized. such as a failed connection. see use the OPSCONSOLE macro on page 215. OR ● Use the OPSCONSOLE RESTART macro. if needed: ● Perform an initial program load (IPL) of the system. 200 . 3.htm For problems IPLing the system that displays an SRC code. follow these steps: a. see Beginning problem analysis. if needed.boulder. d. select Operations then Activate. Attention: Changing to or from a twinaxial console requires you to perform an IPL on the system. complete one of the following tasks. b. c. http://publib.com/infocenter/systems/topic/ipha5/begin_pa. see Troubleshooting system reference code (SRC) data on page 288. select the box in the Select column next to the target partition. expand Systems Management > Servers. and click on the target server. For more information about the macro. In the Work area.Reference and How-To . 4. Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Chapter 8: Thin console IBM withdrew the 9944-100 Thin Console in April 2008 and last availability was June 2008. This console solution will be available for Power5 processor-based systems only.com/support/support_request. ● http://www..com/ ● http://www. Use an Ethernet cable to connect this console device directly to an HMC access port (either HMC 1 or HMC 2) on the back of the server. Neoware will provide warranty service only. Neoware has all responsibility for servicing the device itself. 201 . use this topic to do so. This console device is not supported on an ethernet network even if the server is already connected.S. ● This console device is not available on an Ethernet network.html Cabling and connecting the Thin Console If you need to cable the Thin Console to the system. The thin console. A device can be attached to the remaining HMC access port for an ASMI connection. even if the server is already connected. Restrictions: ● Do not attach another Thin Console or an HMC to the remaining HMC port. Before making changes to the product. They are not accepting orders for the C50 with the IBM flash code. This device is only available in the U. A cable must connect this device directly to the HMC access port on the server. This console device provides a 5250 emulation session as a console only for servers not managed by a Hardware Maintenance Console (HMC).neoware. IBM model 9944. is a Neoware C50 terminal tailored to support the operating system as the console.neoware. and Western Europe. Contact Neoware for more information regarding the device. be sure to read the information in the Danger Notice. and uses all virtual resources. Canada. The current IPL type is displayed with a pointer. For more information about the macro. See below for assistance. Attention: Changing to or from a twinaxial console requires you to perform an IPL on the system. To use the control panel to change the mode.Reference and How-To . if not already powered on. select Y. perform the following steps: Note: If you have to install Licensed Internal Code (LIC) substitute D for B and M for N i. The current logical key mode and IPL speed are also displayed. If 01 B N V=F is not displayed. If you are changing the console and did not power down you may have to complete one of the following tasks to have the new console type recognized: ● Perform an initial program load (IPL) of the system. ii. The system is not yet powered on. Power on the Thin Console. Using the physical control panel Complete the steps to prepare the system for a connection. ● During a manual IPL. b. Open the control panel door on the front of the system. and the Enter button advances you from field to field. Tip: The Increment (▲) and Decrement (▼) buttons change the field values. select Y. 202 . a. Start the console and power on the system 1. see use the OPSCONSOLE macro on page 215. in the IPL Options window. Select function 02 by pressing the Increment (▲) or Decrement (▼) button on the control panel.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Consider the following if you are installing a new system or changing consoles: ● The server value QAUTOCFG must be set to ON. for Set major system options. The control panel should be lit and display 01 B N V=F. Press Enter to start function 02. Plug in your system or uninterruptible power supply and attached expansion units. if needed. Then for Enable automatic configuration. 2. you might need to change the mode. To power on the system. Use one of the following to verify or set this system value on the server: ● Use the WRKSYSVAL QAUTOCFG command. OR ● Use the OPSCONSOLE RESTART macro. approximately 5 to 20 minutes. and then press Enter. c. the console might not be connected yet. iv. Press the white Power On button. see Troubleshooting system reference code (SRC) data on page 288. select function 01. Using the Increment (▲) or Decrement (▼) button. For problems IPLing the system that displays an SRC code. v. 3. and Enter buttons. If the control panel displays A9002000. see Troubleshooting problems when using the Thin Console. Note: Expect a delay between the time when power is applied to the system and when an initial program load (IPL) can be performed. Decrement (▼). the service processor performs a self-check and the control panel remains blank for up to 2 minutes.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles iii. Using the Increment (▲). Press Enter to exit function 02. scroll through the IPL types. 203 .Reference and How-To . There is a short delay before the system powers on. When power is initially applied to the system. Wait until the C1xxxxxx progress codes are completed and 01 is displayed on the control panel before you perform an IPL or change any control panel functions. logical key modes. For problems with the Thin Console or it failed to make its initial connection. and IPL speeds until 02 B N V is displayed. Refer to the documentation that came with your console device or see http://www. The keyboard is not This might be a hardware problem or it might be that the working correctly. or there might be a setup problem. Refer to the documentation that came with the console device or see http://www. choose from the following options: ● ● Troubleshooting hardware problems directly below.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Troubleshooting problems when using the Thin Console For problems concerning the Thin Console. Reset the default monitor resolution setting. using the status codes on page 205.Reference and How-To . 204 . your server.neoware.com/. Troubleshooting hardware problems Review the following table for hints and tips on how to resolve common problems that might occur when using the Thin Console. Troubleshooting.com/. You can also refer to the documentation that came with your console device or see http://www.com/ Troubleshooting hardware problems Symptom Problem and recovery tasks The display of the Thin There might be a hardware problem with the Thin Console is completely Console or monitor.neoware. You cannot view wide Set the resolution of the Thin Console to 1024 x 768. displays (such as spool files) using the 5250 console.neoware. 3. Follow these steps to resolve the problem: 1. and the connection between the two. 2. blank. Verify that the cabling is secure and accurate. Verify that the Thin Console and monitor are powered on. keyboard is set to a location that does not match the current keyboard setting. then try restarting the console device. Use a password with only uppercase English alphabetic characters. http://publib. The Thin Console displays status code 30.html Complete these steps to resolve the problem: 1.ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphbp/factorysettings. see Restoring your server to factory settings.htm 205 .neoware. using the status codes Review the following table for hints and tips on how to resolve common problems that might occur while the Thin Console is becoming active. Verify that the service processor is powered on by noting whether the control panel display is active. The status field displays status code 10. using another Ethernet cable. or by using another Thin Console. The status field does not continue to display system status after displaying 10. Scroll Lock keys are off. see Contacting IBM® service and support. Recovery tasks The Thin Console is not able to find an active service processor.147 IP address (manufacturing defaults).3.147 or the 192. Complete these steps to resolve the problem: 1.boulder. 2.com/support/support_request. Change the HMC access password to a new value by logging into ASMI as the administrator. Isolate faulty hardware problems by using the other HMC port at the back of the server. Restart the Thin Console to find out if the problem is reproducible. 2. If the Thin Console remains in state 30.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Troubleshooting.ht m 4.xx or 20.xx until the console device is powered on and PHYP standby is reached. 6. and then prompts you for the HMC access password.2. http://publib. 3.168. 5. Verify that the HMC port on the server is configured with either the 192. 2.htm 4. After entering the password. Verify that the Ethernet cable is plugged into either the HMC 1 or HMC 2 port on the back of the server.boulder. See Changing ASMI passwords page 352. 3. Num Lock. If the port is not configured using one of these IP addresses.ibm. the user ID and password cannot be authenticated. Verify that another Thin Console or an HMC is not connected alongside this Thin Console. Restart the Thin Console to determine if the problem is reproducible. contact Neoware customer support at http://www. Verify that the Ethernet ports on both the server and the Thin Console are showing link-active and activity lights.xx.xx. Verify that the keyboard is set to a location that matches the current keyboard setting.ibm.xx. http://publib.Reference and How-To . Verify that the Caps Lock. Complete these steps to resolve the problem: 1.168.com/infocenter/systems/topic/ipha5/contacting_suppo rt.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphby/chgpwd. If the state is 0x0F and the status does not display system status after you see 30. The status field does not continue to display system status after displaying 30.xx.xx. If this resolves the problem. Thin Console status codes Symptom The status field does not continue to display system status after displaying 00.boulder.xx. Recovery tasks Verify that another Thin Console or an HMC is not connected alongside this Thin Console. Remaining in this state means that the Thin Console has completed initialization of the firmware communication and has not successfully started communication with the Licensed Internal Code in the operating system. This is normal when the console type value is not set to a 4. For instructions about how to change the console type value.00 (of 100) .Reference and How-To . The status field does not continue to display system status after displaying 50. If so. 206 . disconnect the other console device or use it as the system console.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Symptom The status field does not continue to display system status after displaying 40. The connection progress stops because console access is denied. see Changing Consoles .xx.xx.Power-processor-based on page 109. Connection progress stops at 60. See below for assistance. Select Server Management. OR ● Use the OPSCONSOLE RESTART macro. for Set major system options. Right-click the system profile and select Activate. In the contents area. If you are the first user. Then for Enable automatic configuration. If you select Shared. you must enter a session key that can be used by another user with another 5250 emulator. the session key is entered twice to verify accuracy and it is not echoed to the window as you type. In the contents area. 6. 4. 3. Open System Profiles. Note: The remote HMC client is not able to start a 5250 emulator. select Y. 7. In the navigation area. open Server and Partition. Attention: Changing to or from a twinaxial console requires you to perform an IPL on the system. follow these steps: 1. For more information about the macro. right-click on the partition and select Open dedicated 5250 console or Open shared 5250 console. 5. Selecting this option allows you to: ● Share a console session ● Display the same logical partition console windows ● Navigate each of the logical partition console windows 207 . Use one of the following to verify or set this system value on the server: ● Use the WRKSYSVAL QAUTOCFG command. see use the OPSCONSOLE macro on page 215. Click Continue. select Y. ● During a manual IPL. in the IPL Options window. Start a 5250 console locally To activate a system profile using version 6 or earlier of the HMC.Reference and How-To . 2.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Chapter 9: HMC 5250 console Consider the following if you are installing a new system or changing consoles: ● The server value QAUTOCFG must be set to ON. If you are changing the console and did not power down you may have to complete one of the following tasks to have the new console type recognized: ● Perform an initial program load (IPL) of the system. open the server on which the system profile is located. other users are not able to share the session with you. For more information. To activate a system profile using version 7 or later of the HMC. and click on the target server. Type 2300 into the port number field if you are not using SSL. To configure your PC that is running Windows. ● IBM Personal Communications 5250 emulator. Create a new session. You will be prompted for additional security values by the HMC Telnet Proxy. Note: The user ID. do the following: i. select Start --> Programs --> IBM Client Access --> Service --> Check Service Level. complete the following steps: 1. follow the instructions below. do the following: a. Connecting to a 5250 console remotely The remote support for HMC 5250 can use the same SSL configuration as System Manager Security on the HMC. 3.ibm. In the Configure PC5250 window. 4. Open the 5250 emulator application on your PC. 2. Version 5. expand Systems Management > Servers. select the box in the Select column next to the target partition. Q#HMC. then Console Window. The same function can also be accessed by using the partition pop-up menu button or by using the Task pane (if enabled). type the HMC host name or IP address in the System Name field and indicate the port number.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If you select Open dedicated 5250 console. b. prompt as needed from the menu.boulder. To connect remotely. follow these steps: Note: You cannot perform this task remotely.Reference and How-To . If you need a remote 5250 console. http://publib. is not used for security authentication. If you are using the IBM Client Access PC5250 emulator. Release 3 with PTF SI13587 or later Note: To view your service pack level. In the Navigation pane. Select Use default User ID. and then click Open Shared/Dedicated 5250 Console. Type Q#HMC into the User ID field. e.htm To connect to a 5250 console remotely. c.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphai/clientserver. Click the Tasks button. 208 . you must use one of the following emulators: ● IBM Client Access PC5250 emulator. Click the Tasks button. d. Do the following: 1. Select Properties. see System Manager Security.7 or later for V5R3 clients and Version 5. In the Work area. or 2301 if you are using SSL. Version 5.8 or later for V5R4 and later clients. select Operations then Activate. ii. ● If you select Dedicated. ● If you select Details. http://publib. other users are not able to share the session with you.Reference and How-To .ibm.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphai/lanfirewall. Select the logical partition to which you want to connect. If you are the first user. Select the managed system that contains the logical partition to which you want to connect. 4. If you use SSL on the HMC then you would select that and the level of SSL. Open the 5250 emulator and select the language you want to use for the interface. ● If you select Shared. If you want to configure the HMC firewall.boulder. you must enter a session key that can be used by another user with another 5250 emulator. you can view which users are connected to this partition. iii. Select Not secured as the security setting since this would be the default. 3. the session key is entered twice to verify accuracy. Certificates would have to have been set up before this method will work. 5. Log in using your HMC user ID and password.htm 209 . see Changing HMC firewall settings.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 2. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 210 .Reference and How-To . You are probably familiar with the codes displayed as the system IPLs which is really word 11 of nine words reserved to display information associated with the status of the system. Depending on how you access this data you might see that this data is referred to as word 1 through 9. It is now on a sticker near the HMC1 and HMC2 ports. When displaying the data using the physical control panel you perform a function. using the up or down button to select a 12 and then pressing the Enter button. for example. This chapter answers your questions regarding how to perform functions. This data contains words 11 through 19. and other factors. learn about Operations console.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Chapter 10: How do I . If your system is not managed by an HMC then you can perform a function 20 at the physical control panel to find out the model. determine what model or serial number a system is? If your system uses a Hardware Management Console (HMC) you can display the properties of the managed system to determine the model and serial number. make changes.. 211 . The serial number of most systems is usually located on a label attached to the physical control panel or somewhere on the front of the system in the first frame. The 9407-M15 520 and 9408-M25 520 serial number is no longer on the front cover. if you receive 6520nnnn it would mean: 6 = 9406 520 = model of the system nnnn = Processor group ID If you have a Power5 processor-based or Power6 processor-based system you can also get the model and serial number from Advanced System Management. whether the system has multiple partitions.Reference and How-To . Don't confuse these functions with the words of data that get displayed.. This data consists of 4-byte (8 characters) per word to be displayed using the physical control panel. display the system reference code (SRC) detail? Displaying SRC detail data depends on the system. or service the console. availability to the physical control panel. For example. Topic titles show without the "How do I" words. Newer control panels display four words at a time. would only display word 14. This is a single word display so performing a function 14. 5.Reference and How-To . This will display the current word 11 data. ● The Hardware Management Console (HMC) ● HMC V6 Perform these steps to collect reference codes (functions 11-19). Work with logical partitions 3. 8. select the system or logical partition and view the associated value in the Operator panel value column. Enter SST/DST 2. In the navigation area. Select the entry that corresponds to the time stamp you want to view. expand the system. Record the values that correspond to functions 12 through 19 on the control panel. click OK twice. for example.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Old control panels only had a 8-digit display so function 13. Press F10. 6. When finished. Work with partition status 4. 2. Right-click the system or logical partition and select Properties. 4. 10. That's two rows of 16 characters. 5. for example. 1. Click the Details button. only gave you word 13. These would be represented by: Function 11 12 13 Word data Word 11 Word 12 Word 13 Word 14 Word 15 Word 16 Word 17 Word 18 Word 19 In addition to the physical control panel you can also obtain this data using the following methods: ● The LPAR virtual control panel If you have a Pre-Power-processor-based system with logical partitions and have a workstation on the primary partition capable of using System Service Tools (SST) or Dedicated Service Tools (DST) you can display the SRC data by following these steps: 1. 3. 9. 212 . 7. Select the system or logical partition. Select the Reference Code tab. To view reference codes that correspond to function 12-19 on the control panel: In the contents area. Press F9 to expand this out to the details. expand Server and partition > Server Management. To view the reference code that corresponds to function 11 on the control panel: In the contents area. ● Operations console remote control panel or virtual control panel Using the graphical user interface (GUI) of the remote control panel you would select the function/word to display then click Enter. 3.. Select the progress indicator (SRC) you want details of. 4. 213 . 2. and then click OK again. Click OK. Reference Code ● Integrated virtualization manager (IVM) interface To display the reference code details of the current SRC code just click on the reference code. ● Click on a server name from the work pane table. change keyboard definitions? Complete the following steps to change your keyboard definitions: 1..Reference and How-To . 4. navigate to the Emulator folder. displays the system reference codes for the server. 3. Click User-Defined. and then navigate to where Client Access is installed. Click the reference code in the table for a detailed description. Expand System Information. Under the Client Access folder. 5.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● HMC V7 Selecting a server: To work with a server. followed by the Private folder. Select your choice. c. In the emulator window. use the drop-down menu to do the following steps: a. Click the Show details button. Click preferences. 5. Scroll to the bottom of the page. Click Edit. Click Browse. ● Advanced system management (ASM) interface Once signed in to ASM. 2. the default path is: Documents and Settings > User Name > Application Data > IBM > Personal Communications. Click keyboard. you can perform one of the following actions: ● Select a server under the Servers node from the navigation pane. Click Progress Indicator History. b. do the following: 1. ● Click in the Select column next to the server name in the work pane table. Note: If you are using IBM® Personal Communications. ● Use the console service functions (65+21) to do a 65. Select the desired emulator size and click OK. but the Console Information Status window and the option to perform a takeover are most likely set to NO. Important: During the transition from one mode to the other. For more information. the emulator is set to 24 X 80 (3179). The emulator session closes. see use the OPSCONSOLE macro on page 215 for more information. If you are not using IBM® Personal Communications. which performs the restart. Note: The console closes again. the console is disconnected and reconnected. In this case. In the emulator window. 3. Select Configure. 21. 214 . 21.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles change the mode of the emulator for a 3179 or 3477? You might need to change the mode of the emulator from its current setting to something wider or narrower depending on what you are viewing. If the option Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console is enabled. Click OK. but should reconnect in two or three minutes. This is due to a change in the emulator's attributes and the new console type does not match that of the current console when it connected.Reference and How-To . you receive a message indicating the connection is terminated. By default. the console returns to the signon window. To change the mode of the emulator. 5. 4. At this point. and then click Session Parameters. 2. Click OK. you must do one of the following: ● Use SST from another workstation to perform the macro OPSCONSOLE RESTART. You can exit these instructions. If the option Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console is not enabled. see use the console service functions (65+21) on page 232 for more information. so viewing a spool file or vlog requires you to use the keyboard to shift right and left in the window. complete the following steps: 1. the console returns to the signon window and is in the correct mode. it might be more convenient to use the 27 X 132 (3477) mode. For more information. click Communications. You can use the restart option to correct a problem with the original console or when switching from one console type to another. Enter the appropriate option and any required parameters in the Options field.) 7. call your service provider for assistance before using these tools. The Specify Advanced Analysis Options window is displayed and the command displays as OPSCONSOLE. Select Display/Alter/Dump. 5. (Page down to display this option. Select Display/Alter storage.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles use the OPSCONSOLE macro? Native macros are advanced debug and analysis tools resident on the server. Use the following options based on the function you are running: ● Change the console type = cnsltype x (where x is 1. Select Licensed Internal Code (LIC) data. Type a 1 next to the option and press Enter. Page down until you find the OPSCONSOLE option. Use macros only at the request of a support representative. follow these steps: 1. ● If you are using DST. Select Advanced analysis. select Work with DST environment. 4. 6. If you are not comfortable in the service tools area. or 4) ● Clear the resource and configuration for the Operations Console LAN adapter = cnfglan -clear ● ● Dump Operations Console-related flight recorders to vlogs = dump -vlog Deactivate the communications adapter for a local console that is directly attached = deactdirect ● Activate the communications adapter for a local console that is directly attached= actdirect ● ● ● Deactivate the LAN adapter for a local console on a network (LAN) = deactlan Activate the LAN adapter for a local console on a network (LAN) = actlan Restart the console device (any console) = restart Note: Use the restart option when you need to deactivate the current console and allow the server to determine and start or restart a console. 8. 215 . 2. 2. Access service tools using DST or SST.Reference and How-To . ● If you are using SST. Select Start a service tool. 9. These tools are intended to be used only with the direction of support personnel because inappropriate use of these tools can cause unpredictable problems with your system. 3. To use the OPSCONSOLE macro support. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. Important: Incorrect use of macros can result in a change requiring a complete system reload. 3. ● Enable a 5706/5707 adapter = enbextlan You might want to run this command if you have an IBM System i5 and eServer i5 model manufactured prior to V5R4 to take advantage of the faster network capability from one of these adapters instead of your current network adapter. ● Disable a 5706/5707 adapter = disextlan You might want to run this command if you have an IBM System i5 and eServer i5 model and want to prevent the use of this LAN adapter for use as a console. ● Display both the embedded port and the 5706/5707 adapter configuration flags = dspcfg You might want to run this command if you have an IBM System i5 and eServer i5 model and a service and support representative asked you for this information.Reference and How-To . 216 . The following options are only used when a Power-processor-based system is not managed by an HMC: ● Enable the embedded Ethernet port = enbintlan You might want to run this command if you have a system model manufactured before V5R4 and you want to use the embedded port for the console.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles The following options are new in Licensed Internal Code V5R4M5 and later. ● Disable both the embedded port and the 5706/5707 adapter = disboth You might want to run this command if you have an IBM System i5 and eServer i5 model and do not want the adapters used for the console. This macro returns the state of the embedded port and Gigabit LAN adapter support. These functions can be added by installing: V5R4M5 MF44882 MF44894 ● ● ● ● V6R1 MF44647 MF44644 Show takeover Console Information Status window = showstatus Do not show the takeover Console Information Status window = skipstatus F18 console take over is set to not allowed = takeoff F18 console take over is set to allowed = takeon See work with console takeover and recovery? on page 226 for information regarding takeover and recovery options. ● Disable the embedded Ethernet port = disintlan You might want to run this command if you have a system model manufactured at V5R4 as the default LAN console resource and you want to use the resource for another purpose. ● Enable both the embedded port and the 5706/5707 adapter = enbboth You might want to run this command if you have an IBM System i5 and eServer i5 model manufactured prior to V5R4 to make your current server use these resources as the default settings for new models being built. If the selected connection is not connected. you must first activate the communications adapter for a local console that is directly attached (actdirect). 525. For the 525 and 515. If you are running LIC prior to V5R4M5 and you have moved the 2793/2794 asynchronous adapter from its manufacturing default location to use Operations console (Direct). 3. If you select Properties for a connected configuration. The error might be a wrong partition ID or possibly a wrong service host name IP address. the data provided originates from the last successful connection. or later. 2. these PTFs should already be installed. The Properties window contains information about the server associated with the connected configuration. If the partition number is displaying ****. for Power-processorbased models: ● Select a specific LAN adapter location = enblslot x (x is 2 or 5) ● Clear the LAN adapter location = clrlslot use the Operations Console properties window? Verify and change information about the server and connection configurations using the Properties window. For the 520.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) and PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0) allow you to select an individual asynchronous adapter for console and remote service = enbslot x (x is 2. This option applies to the IBM System i5 520. In V6R1 the service tools device ID name used for the connection is shown and the Device ID tab is not shown. you can install PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0). you are presented with a dialog window that indicates some changes might not take effect until the next time you reconnect the configured connection. and 515 models that are not managed by an HMC and have an IOA that does not require an IOP. This is where you make changes to an existing configuration. If you no longer want to select an individual asynchronous adapter. The General tab contains information about the server your selected connection represents.Reference and How-To . ● The following options are available with V5R4M5. then there is a configuration error associated with the configured connection. 217 . The Log Directory field displays the path to the Operations Console data logs and is the only field you are allowed to edit. 3. you can clear your current selection by using clrslot. or 4) Notes: 1. the system administrator can use the Answer bootp option to determine which PC's configuration will supply the IP data to the server. 218 . the first PC to respond to the broadcast packet supplies this data. the only way to prevent this would be for you to create a specific service tools device ID for this configured connection and delete the previous one. Controlling which PC supplies this data might allow the administrator additional flexibility. again. This is the result of a change in the assigned service tools device ID. grant access to the remote control panel. then at a later time you connect and find that you no longer have a remote control panel. it's the Configuration tab that has seen the most change over the releases. To make changes to the remote console. A reset of the device ID includes revoking permission to the RCP. New servers or logical partitions attempting to connect to a local console on a network (LAN) might be using BOOTP.Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles The Configuration tab contains options that change what functions are used and how the configuration connects. There may be times in which you configure a connection with an auto-created service tools device ID. Options not available for the associated configuration are disabled. If more than one PC or configuration is allowed to supply the data. Here are the options available by release: Option Start connection when Operations Console starts Allow remote access Run unattended Use console with this connection TCP/IP address Use remote control panel with this connection Answer bootp Mask / Gateway V5R3 yes V5R4 yes V6R1 yes yes yes yes no yes yes yes yes no yes yes yes yes yes yes no no yes no yes yes On the Configuration window. so the service tools device ID got reset. Something occurred. Currently. Also. The remote console (V5R3 & V5R4) does not have a Configuration tab. possibly not connecting this device in a few days for instance. See create service tools device IDs on the system on page 239 for instructions on how to do this. have to manually grant permission to the RCP. so you. you must first delete and then re-create the remote console connection. 219 . You have a PC in the computer room that was used to initially set up your server or partition so it uses the real service interface name. Also. An initial local console that is directly attached configuration does not configure the remote control panel. The client automatically resets itself during the next connection attempt. The service tools device ID's name for the configuration cannot be changed. see Bootstrap Protocol on page 318. Note: An initial local console on a network (LAN) configuration configures both the console and remote control panel. you must delete this configuration and create a new configuration using a new device ID of a different name.Reference and How-To . This is where you turn on or off any of the functions as needed. If you receive an error message that indicates you need to resynchronize the device ID passwords. The access password is used. For both local console directly attached configurations. you can use 192.168. you have to only reset the server's device ID password. See Operations Console simplification on page 56 for more information. the default IP used for the console is 192. The PC automatically handles any resets necessary. For example. The Access Password tab allows you to change the access password.168.1. This is where you can turn on or off one of the functions if you do not want to use it. The system’s service tools device ID must be reset separately only if the option Autocreate service tools device IDs has been set to zero. if you clear this option. This is part of the V6R1 Operations Console simplification enhancement. The server's service tools device ID password must also be reset separately. However.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles An example is when it is desirable to refer to a system within Operations Console with a name other than the name already assigned to the service tools host name (service interface). the remote control panel function is not available until the configured connection is successfully connected for the first time and permissions have been verified. to authenticate the device making the connection.0. in part. You can create the configured connection on the other PCs to use a fictitious serial number for the server so that BOOTP is always ignored from these PC's configurations. this field provides the user with a convenient method to change the address used by Operations Console. If the PC uses the address range for another purpose. You want all the other PCs to display the name as something else.2. For more information regarding BOOTP.2. you prevent this PC from configuring the server with the wrong name and still use the real server's serial number. To use a different service tools device ID. The Device ID tab allows a single button to reset the service tools device ID password on the PC. Note: The Device ID tab is no longer available. This allows the use of a single signon dialog window instead of one for each connection. Double-Click This option has two items associated with it. For example. Use Single Sign-on This option provides the ability to share common signon data when connecting multiple configurations at the same time. the + (plus sign) control. While on the Properties window. The first is for expanding or collapsing the tree structure. A context sensitive help dialog window is displayed containing information regarding that field. the confirming a delete function dialog window is not displayed if this is not selected. If you manually change this password. the Access Password tab is not used. See Operations Console simplification on page 56 for more information. by default. use the Operations Console user interface? Operations Console allows the user more flexibility when interacting with Operations Console and the graphical user interface it provides. Instead of a single click to expand or collapse. and then click again. The second item requires the user to use another method for starting a connection instead of double-clicking on the configuration name.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: Starting with V6R1. This is part of the V6R1 client simplification enhancement. The Options menu option provides the ability to modify the following functions: Show Warnings This option can be used to prevent many of the common dialog windows from displaying. you can change the function to use a double-click. By using these features.Reference and How-To . you can customize the Operations Console window so that you can view and interact with the information most important to you. the system will no longer manage the access password and you might be required to enter it each time you make a connection. 220 . You can move the ? to the field you want more information on. you can use the ? help for more information. Prerequisite Warning The dialog that is presented during the configuration wizard concerning the requirements can be turned off using this option. B. select the columns you want to display and click on the column title to include it or not include it. If you right-click on a remote control panel while the configured connection is in expanded mode. You can also select which columns to display. You will notice that much of the data found in Properties is now available in the user interface. a system reference code SRC history option becomes available.Reference and How-To . you can arrange any column. select the Choose Columns menu. Then. the type and model. The Partition field shows you the serial number of the connected system and the partition number. release of the connected system. The standard Windows tagging methods for selecting more than one connection applies. in the position most useful to you. whether the system is IPLed in A. In the Configuration field you can easily find the service tools device ID name. the user interface was enhanced. Of course. this data can only be provided after an initial successful connection has been made. or D mode. and the console type value. You can drag and drop your configured connections to display them the way you want. This function can be very useful when you are resolving problems in a variety of situations. Using the drag and drop method. Connections most likely to share functions can be grouped at the top of the list. 221 . for example.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Each configured connection has a + (plus sign) to the left of the icon. Selected data columns can be placed in the order you want them. From the View menu. The + (plus sign) is a standard Windows® expand and collapse function. except Connection. This allows you to group configurations together so a common function can be performed on multiple connections at the same time. Each configured connection expands out into separate functions associated with that particular connection. The SRC history option allows you to retrieve all or part of the recorded SRCs issued by the server. Starting with V6R1. It has been around since V5R3 and it allows more control of some aspects of Operations Console. The CON logs are connection specific and the AOC log is activity associated with the graphical aspects of the connection like window control and the remote control panel. By default. A little-used part of the user interface is the Settings window.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles The captures above are from a V6R1 client. should a problem arise and both options are unchecked may cause a delay in analyzing your problem should the service logs for Operations Console be required by development. The Settings and user interface for previous releases will differ from these. These changes are not directly tied to a specific configuration and are global to Operations Console. However. The split logs option causes each configured connection to create a separate log for the type of information associated with the log file.Reference and How-To . The options Keep Alive Interval and Virtual Control Panel Interval should not be changed unless instructed to do so by your service provider. The two options to split the log files can be altered without fear of causing a problem. if configured. This is especially true if you have a lot of active connections. 222 . the CON logs are split and the AOC logs are not. Changes to these controls can adversely affect how Operations Console works and can make it difficult to control the Operations Console connections. if hardware used for the targeted console type requires allocation or configuration. Using the LAN-connected console you can change the console type to Operations Console(Direct).Pre-Power5 processor-based on page 103 or Changing consoles .Power-processor-based on page 109. you need to use the current console and the same basic method as previously described to make your change. see Changing Consoles . For more information about changing from one console type to another. The button Re-authenticate RCPs has no function associated with it. re-utilized as another option. You can then use the OPSCONSOLE RESTART macro to force the system to the other configuration. An example is the planned loss of the network used by your LAN-connected console.Power-processor-based on page 109. This controls whether or not Operations Console on this PC will attempt to discover new connections. The tag change. It may be utilized at a later time.Reference and How-To . 223 . To return to the previous console type. The server is not managed by an HMC. at this time. you need to use the appropriate information in Changing Consoles . switch from one console type to another when a console is currently available? If you know in advance that you will need a different console type. This same restriction also applies when you are ready to return to the original console type. You are doing some infrastructure changes requiring more than a day and you also have the console cable already installed between the server's asynchronous communications adapter and the PC. and start a connection. After the asynchronous communications adapter is active. or removed at a later date. However. you can dynamically tag a different resource and then force the system to start using the new console. Note: The following information assumes that hardware to support a new console type is available in the correct location or can be tagged without the need to add or move hardware. making the change might be as simple as specifying the new console type value and activating the associated hardware resource. requires a shutdown and activation to reflect a change in the partition profile. if a configuration does not already exist. For systems managed by an HMC. unless performed using a method that does not require an initial program load (IPL). you can disconnect the LAN-connected console and create a configuration for the local console that is directly attached. you can use the current console to make the changes necessary for use with a different console. If the hardware resources for the targeted console type have already been specified and configured for use as a console.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles The option Auto-discover was discussed above in the simplified client section. Systems with an HMC require at least one tag change prior to using a new console type. depending on the type of problem. If you connect this device you will be taken to the Console Information Status window. You planned ahead and have an Operations Console directly-attached PC available. unless performed using a method that does not require an initial program load (IPL). see use the console service functions (65+21) on page 232.Reference and How-To . you might be able to recover access to the system by changing the console type. When this function is enabled you could perform a F18 and this device will instantly become the console and take you to the i5/OS signon screen. 224 . For more information on the console service functions (65+21). Systems with an HMC require at least one tag change prior to using a new console type. The tag change. This function can be added by installing: V5R4M5 MF44882 MF44894 V6R1 MF44647 MF44644 Use the OPSCONSOLE macro to enable a special recovery option. switch the console type to recover access to the system? If you develop a problem with the current console. to become the console on a temporary basis. For more information on the OPSCONSOLE macro. you can choose to have the change take effect immediately or wait until the next time you IPL the server. Note: The following information assumes that hardware to support a new console type is available in the correct location or can be tagged without the need to add or move hardware. By performing a OPSCONSOLE TAKEON macro you can enable the ability to allow another console type. You can now perform and debug or gather data to work with the original data. An example would be when you use Operations Console (LAN) as the console type and you have encountered a problem with the network adapter or the network. For an immediate change. as long as it's a 5250-based connection. This same restriction also applies when you are ready to return to the original console type. requires a shutdown and activation to reflect a change in the partition profile. The following recovering option is new in Licensed Internal Code V5R4M5 and later. see use the OPSCONSOLE macro on page 215. thus leaving out twinaxial console. you can use the console service functions of 65+21+21 or the macro OPSCONSOLE RESTART.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: To force the system to use the new console type. Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles The following information applies to this recovery function: ● This recovery action from any 5250-based connection other than twinaxial ● The current console type and connectivity is ignored. As long as they have the takeover signon screen they can perform the F18. The console type does NOT get set to a new value. ● The system has to have supporting hardware to allow another device to get the signon screen, of course. The currently set tagged resource(s) for console is/are NOT changed. ● This device session is temporary. If the user IPLs or performs a console service function to reset or make console type changes the system will use whatever values are in effect at that time. For example, if the user had a problem with their LAN console and connected a directly-attached device and used F18, the current console tag is set to the resource for LAN but manually activating the supporting resource for the directly-attached device would allow that device to be taken directly to the Console Information Status screen wrong console type error message - and the F18 would take them to the i5/OS signon. No changes to those tags (Console and Operations Console) take place. If they did a restart while in i5/OS the system will again try to bring up LAN console, not the directlyattached device. ● This function allows the user the capability to debug a failing console or overcome a disabled user ID. ● V5R4 & V6R1 will not show this function is available at either screen due to MRI. This will be added in V6R1M1. See work with console takeover and recovery, on page 226, for more information on these new take over functions. Before you start, observe the following: ● Several console service functions (65+21) might be needed to recover or resolve an Operations Console problem. These functions might work depending on the problem, connectivity used for the current console, the target console type, and the current state of the system. ● If you are unsure of any function or recovery action, contact your authorized service provider for assistance. 225 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Use one of the following methods to change the console type: ● If you are using a PC connected to a LAN for the console and have another PC set up to be the console, you might be able to use the other PC for the console until the problem with the first console is fixed. ● Use SST from another workstation. ● Use the console service functions (65+21) on page 232 to change or reset the console. ● Use the appropriate macro from another workstation. Any hardware allocations or configurations must be accomplished before connecting with another connectivity. For example, you can use the alternative method for tagging a different console to save an IPL instead of deactivating and activating the partition to enable the change with just the partition profile. Some tasks might require one or more IPLs to get the system into a state where you can use the new console. For more information about changing to a different console type, see Changing Consoles - PrePower5 processor-based on page 309, or Changing Consoles - Power-processor-based on page 109. work with console takeover and recovery? A special set of functions included in allow an Operations Console to take control from another console device. The two main actions that you can do are: ● Takeover is the process used for a LAN-connected console-capable device to take control from the current LAN-connected console device. This take over action can not be used with directly attached consoles. ● Recovery is the process of regaining control of the job running on the console after a problem with the console was encountered. The recovery process may be to the same console device or a different console device and may be facilitated by additional work to enable a device using a different connectivity. The exception is twinaxial console which does not use the same type of 5250 emulation and thus cannot recover the console. Every console-capable device running 5250 emulation, regardless of connectivity, will be presented a window of data regardless of whether it is the console when it successfully connects. This means that more than one device will have data on the window after the console has been established. A console device will not have a blank window showing Disconnected. This action allows the job at the console to be "transferred" to another device without causing loss of data. When the console option for takeover is enabled, the system also has enhanced recoverability from loss of the console. 226 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles The recovery action is accomplished by suspending the data stream to a console that loses a connection, or is being taken over, saving further data and then sending that data to the next device to become the console, even if the device is the same former console. Recoverability is essentially just taking over the console from the same or different qualified device regardless of what the former console was doing. The default setting for the console take over and recovery function is disabled. If this function is disabled, all console-capable devices will open the Console Information Status window whenever they are not the active console. Benefits of these functions include convenience and redundancy. Console-capable devices can be placed around a site, or multiple sites, allowing users to move around and gain control of the system from any of these devices. Whatever the previous console's activity was, the new console is at the exact same place, even during the process of restarting the system or installing the operating system. When the console option for takeover is enabled, the system also has enhanced recoverability from the loss of the console. A new function has been added that allows the user the ability to choose whether or not to force a user to perform all the steps for a takeover. This new function will allow the user to bypass the Console Information Status window, doing the F10 and confirm with the Enter key. When the bypass function has been enabled using a macro, the user signs on normally and if the user has takeover authority and the device meets all takeover requirements the window will return to the current console's window without any further interaction. This function will be included with MF44882 & MF44894 (V5R4M5) and MF44644 & MF44647 (V6R1) and later versions of Licensed Internal Code. Use the following macro to select how you want the takeover to be performed: SECAUDITLOG SKIPSTATUS SECAUDITLOG SHOWSTATUS (default is showstatus) Forced takeover This function will be included with MF44882 & MF44894 (V5R4M5) and MF44644 & MF44647 (V6R1) and later versions of Licensed Internal Code. Use the following macro to select whether you want this function on (default) or off: SECAUDITLOG TAKEOFF SECAUDITLOG TAKEON F18 Console take over is set to not allowed. F18 Console take over is set to allowed (default) This new function is a recovery method in which the user is unable to perform a normal takeover. For example, a user has forgotten the DST user ID's password assigned to them and they need to perform a takeover to recover from a previous problem. They can start using the system since they know the password for their i5/OS user ID but can't get to it without the takeover. 227 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles On the special DST sign-on window or the Console Information Status window, a user can press F18 and they will be taken directly to the i5/OS sign-on screen. However, they may lose data in the process. Since this method bypasses the normal takeover process any saved data intended for the console is lost and the user may get a new job after signing on to i5/OS. It is up to i5/OS to determine if the user can restore the previous session. To expand on this new function, let's say that the current console, Operations Console local console on a network (LAN) crashed with a hardware failure. You have a backup Operations Console directly attached available so you activate the line on the asynchronous communications adapter and connect. Unfortunately, this device came up with the Console Information Status window and it says you can't perform a takeover (actually a recovery) because this device doesn't meet the current console's requirements. You could perform the console service functions (65+21) procedure to change the console type but you have no way to invoke the function since the system is behind a locked door and there are no other workstations available. Now what? Well, actually, you can perform a F18 and this device will become the console with nothing more to do. Of course, the same restriction applies about about the possible lose of data exists. This forced takeover is only temporary. If you IPL, do a console service functions (65+21) that sets up a different console or resets the console, the system will return to the originally set console type. This function is available anytime you have a device with an active connection, data on the screen even though it isn't capable of becoming a console without additional work. Since twinaxial consoles use a different type of 5250 emulation this function won't work when you would like to go to twinaxial console. You could, however, go from twinaxial console to another console. This function now becomes the exception to the rule of honoring the console type. Keep in mind, however, that this is temporary and the console will return to the console defined unless you make a change. This function does not rely on the Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console option. ● Takeover details Here is the additional information about the console takeover function. ● Recovery details on page 230. Here is the additional information about the console recovery function. ● Enabling console takeover on page 231. Before you can enable console takeover, you must have the Take over console privilege. 228 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Takeover details Here is the additional information about the console takeover function. ● This function must be enabled if you want to take over the console or be protected from the loss of the console using the recovery function. ● The option Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console is enabled on the Select Console window in DST or SST. ● This function does not include support for twinaxial consoles. Only Operations Console workstations and the HMC, which use 5250 emulation, can use this function. ● Since there can be only one Operations Console directly attached device, the takeover function cannot be used. However, any 5250 emulation-based console device can be used to recover a loss of the console by changing the console type. This may require a reallocation of hardware to support the new console type. ● The DST user ID used to sign on at an eligible device must also have the user privilege of take over console, a new feature for V5R4. ● Only devices with the same attributes (for example: 24x80 or 27x132) can perform a take over. For example, if device LAN1 is running in 24x80 mode and LAN2 is running in 27x132 mode, and LAN1 is the console, LAN2 will display NO in the Take over the console field. ● Data on the Console Information Status window does not change. Currently, there is no method to automatically refresh the data. You can manually cause a refresh of all fields except the Take over the console field by pressing Enter. The user would have to exit this window and sign on again to display a change to that field. ● Beginning in V5R4, takeover is supported in a D-mode IPL. Two devices can be connected, with data, at the same time during a D-mode IPL. ● Console type respectability is still honored when take over is enabled. However, each console-capable workstation will present either a DST signon or the Console Information Status window. If the console type is set to LAN, for example, a local console directly attached, if connected, will present the Console Information Status window without displaying the DST signon window but the Take over the console field will show NO to indicate it cannot take over the existing console. However, it could be used for a recovery action. 229 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Recovery details Here is the additional information about the console recovery function. ● The recovery of the console using a device with the same console connectivity is directly tied to the take over option. If you do not want take over capability but do want recovery from loss of the console, you must still enable the take over option. ● Console recovery utilizes the take over function. Recovery can be from the same device or another device of the same connectivity. For example, if you are using Operations Console (LAN) and have multiple PCs set up to be the console and the existing console fails you can use the take over function from the same PC, after correcting the reason for the failure, or from another PC. Regardless of what the former console was doing, the new console will be in the same job, at the same step, as the original console would have been. The job continues even though the console was not operational. Using a directly attached console to recover a loss of a LAN-connected console doesn't fit this scenario ● The recoverability of the console using a different console connectivity provides additional options for the user. If you have a backup console plan that involves the need for a change in the console type, consider the following: ● For ease of adapting recovery, you can place all console supporting adapters for use by the same IOP. This reduces the number of steps necessary to accomplish a recovery. ● The console type change can be immediate depending on the method used to make the change. Examples would be: ● Using DST or SST to change the console type would allow the console to change only at the next IPL. Following this action with a force DST (function 21) using the control panel or LPAR menu may not always work either. ● Changing tags in the LPAR environment will also require an IPL to cause a change of the console. ● However, using the console service functions (65+21), forces the system to do this search and activates the appropriate hardware and tasks immediately. ● Supporting hardware for each console type you want to use for recovery must be available at the time of recovery. For example, if you want a local console directly attached to be able to recover a local console on a network, both adapter cards must be located in their respective locations or be properly tagged for logical partitions. For this to be completed, you also need to change the console type, either using an available menu or using the console service functions (65+21). 230 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● In order to accomplish a recovery using a different console type, you must set the new console type before attempting the takeover. This means that either the supporting hardware must already be available, including any logical partition tagging, or you have to move supporting hardware, physically or logically, before attempting the recovery. Then, you will have to use one of the methods to change the console type to the desired setting. You can use an existing workstation and SST, if available, the OPSCONSOLE macro, or the console service functions (65+21). In V5R4, a D-mode IPL with the take over function, one console device taking over for another, is supported. If you change the console type value during a D-mode IPL, for example using 65+21, you should be able to connect another device as long as the new console type has supporting hardware and a device. Enable console takeover Before you can enable console takeover, you must have the Take over console privilege. Use the following procedure to grant the Take over console privilege and then continue with the next procedure to enable console takeover. To add the Take over console privilege to a user, perform the following steps: 1. Access service tools using DST or SST. ● If you are using DST, select Work with DST environment. ● If you are using SST, select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. 2. Select Service tools user IDs. 3. Type a 7 on the line in front of the desired user ID and press Enter. 4. Scroll down until you find the option Take over console and place a 2 on that line to grant the user this privilege and press the Enter key. To repeat this procedure for additional user IDs, repeat steps 4 and 5. This privilege will be used the next time the user ID signs on. Note: When a user signs on at a device capable of taking over the console the status of the Take over the console field is updated. In order to reflect a change, such as a user being granted the Take over console privilege, the user would have to exit the Console Information Status window, using F3 or F12 and sign on again. 231 If you are uncomfortable using these functions it is highly recommended that you contact your next level of support. and then System devices.com/infocenter/systems/topic/front/hwparent. Select Select Console. If a console device is available. 232 . The code is typically A6005008 for a manual IPL.Reference and How-To . Type a 1 in the option column for Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console and press the Enter key. the server must be far enough through the initial program load (IPL) for the code to run correctly. If a console device is not available. Scenarios: Takeover and recovery These scenarios can help you understand the takeover and recovery options. Access service tools using DST or SST. you can use that device for changes or recovery. you can perform the console service functions (65+21) only after a failing system reference code (SRC) is displayed. ● If you are using DST. See the on-line Information Center for more details. the remote control panel. For example.boulder. you must tag this IOA to change the type of console or connectivity. Any hardware allocations or configurations must be accomplished before using the console service functions (65+21).htm use the Console Service Functions (65+21)? Use the console service functions (65+21) only when you encounter an unexpected console failure and there are no other workstations available for recovery or resolution.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles To enable the console takeover and recovery. perform the following: a. Select System devices (skip this step if using SST). select Work with service tools user IDs and devices b. c. or the LPAR virtual control panel menu in Work with system partitions. Note: The use of the console service functions (65+21) will require you to use the physical control panel. http://publib. The console takeover option will take effect immediately (except for pre-V5R4M0). select Work with DST environment. ● If you are using SST. the HMC. d. Important: To use the console service functions (65+21). Inappropriate use can result in the inability to use the intended console. if you installed an input/output adapter (IOA) for use with the console device.ibm. Depending on your intent to clear the LAN adapter configuration. You might use this option to overcome a mistake in the configuration. such as after the LAN adapter configuration has been cleared.04) You can use the console service functions (65+21) to change the console value from its current value to another.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles The console service functions (65+21) apply to systems with or without a Hardware Management Console (HMC). This option might be used in place of an IPL for some circumstances. and then start back up again. the client configured the system's LAN adapter for use by the console. you can enter these functions at the physical control panel. ● Deactivating and activating the Operations Console LAN adapter (A3) With this option. 233 . ● Clearing the resource and configuration for the Operations Console (LAN) adapter (C3) With this option. but you are having trouble getting it to work. you can disassociate the current LAN adapter used for Operations Console. This might clear up the problem. The example here benefits from following the clear function with a deactivate and activate (A3) function to save time from having to do an IPL. If your system is managed by an HMC. you can enter these functions using the HMC. or the virtual control panel. you can reset the LAN adapter used by Operations Console when some network problem causes the system to get into a bad state and the console cannot become active. If you have received the console cable for a directly attached console. This option clears the system's network data for the console and allows you to delete the client's configuration so that you can start over and make the BOOTP work again. If your system is not managed by an HMC. For example. Operations Console remote control panel.Reference and How-To . This forces the LAN adapter to deactivate. The following functions are available using the console service functions (65+21): ● Changing the console value in (01 . but the console fails to connect because the other device is active. Operations Console remote control panel. as well as a control panel. providing the original problem that caused the connection failure has been solved. assume that you ordered your system with Operations Console (LAN). assume that you made a typing error and entered another device's IP address. you might want to change the value from a 03 (LAN) to a 02 (Direct). At connection time. For example. or the virtual control panel. you might also want to stop and restart the LAN adapter. By default. E2. E6C30005 or E1E20005. there is support for both the embedded port and external adapters so you shouldn't need to use E2.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● Dumping Operations Console-related flight recorders to vlogs (DD) Note: This option will not work during an IPL in D-mode. Systems upgraded to LIC V5R3M5 or later might need to manually enable or disable the appropriate functions. The console service functions (65+21) gather the flight recorder logs for Operations Console and then the server creates a set of vlogs for major code 4A00 and minor code 0500. Even if you turn off both the embedded port support and support for external adapters the system may still be able to use the older adapter if it is placed in a console supporting location. as long as it's a supported slot for use by the console of course. in which you might have to turn on E1 or E2 depending on which port type you plan to use. See disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. for example. 06C30005. especially in a system recovery scenario. continue the IPL of the server to the operating system to guarantee that all vlogs are created even if the IPL fails. D2) Note: These options are only used when the system is not managed by an HMC. there might be circumstances. If you want to use an adapter installed in a specific slot location. This option is less invasive than performing a main storage dump. 234 . You can capture valuable resolution information regarding an Operations Console connection failure for support personnel. or 5767/5768 adapters on page 255 for details. 5706/5707. The values displayed depends on the model and code level. you must first disable the embedded port support using D1. You can send these vlogs to your authorized service provider for analysis. When possible. D100 8065. The intent is that the Licensed Internal Code (LIC) function has started the vlog tasks before performing the dump of flight recorders. V5R4. D1. and V5R3 respectably. and D100 8066. However. which forces the server to restart. You can enable or disable support for the embedded Ethernet port and for the 5706/5707 or 5767/5768 adapters. Systems shipped with LIC V5R3M5 or later have both options enabled by default.Reference and How-To . The following functions are only available on Power-processor-based systems ● Enabling or disabling the embedded Ethernet port and 5706/5707 or 5767/5768 adapters (E1. All three examples carry the same meaning but from different releases from V6R1. The current option is displayed in word 13 of SRC A6nn5008. Note: The Dn function has no bearing on non-1 Ghz adapters such as the 2849. To allow for this greater flexibility on the 520. your system can have LAN adapters for use with a console located in multiple slots simultaneously. then you must install an IOP. A 5706/5707 or 5767/5768 adapter can be used without an IOP if your hardware supports this function.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● Selecting an individual LAN adapter location (Bn) If you have an IBM® Power5 processor-based or Power6 processor-based model. If you have a system that was shipped with Licensed Internal Code (LIC) prior to V5R4M5.. These PTFs should already be installed on the 525 and 515 for later releases and other Power-processor-based models. you cannot select slot C4 for use with the console when using the 2793. The console and remote service functions must all remain on a single asynchronous adapter. you must install PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0). Also. 235 . See Chapter 1: Reference on page 19 for the search order of your particular model. ● Selecting an individual asynchronous adapter location (Fn) If you have an IBM® Power5 processor-based or Power6 processor-based model. See Chapter 1: Reference on page 19 for the search order of your particular model. If you use another network adapter. if you are running LIC prior to V5R4M5 and you have moved the 2793/2794 asynchronous adapter from its manufacturing default location to use Operations Console (Direct). Note: This option will only appear if support for the embedded port has been disabled and support for the external adapter is enabled and the system is not HMC-managed. The search order for console supporting slot locations also determine the order of the Fn function being displayed. The search order for console supporting slot locations also determine the order of the Fn function being displayed. Slot C4 allows an IOA that does not require an IOP. you will be able to select an individual asynchronous adapter for use with the console and remote service by using either the OPSCONSOLE macro or the console service functions (65+21). Note: This option will only appear if the system is not HMC-managed. such as the 2849. your system can have asynchronous adapters located in multiple slots simultaneously.Reference and How-To . but you can select slot C4 for use with remote service. This is possible only for systems that are not managed by an HMC and have an input/output adapter (IOA) that does not require an input/output processor (IOP). you must use the 65+21 functions to increment nn of SRC A6nn 500x until the nn value is appropriate for the location in your model. including locating the 2793 asynchronous adapter in slot C4. With this new function. Press Enter. follow these steps: 1. Using Up and Down. 2. which causes the selected function to be performed. or both. Each repeated 65+21 within edit mode increments nn of the SRC until you reach the value representing the action you intend to perform. The function 66 does not have to complete successfully. you must restart the operations. 4. Use the following codes to track your progress: A6nn 500x Where nn means: (Presented in the order they would appear) ● 00 = No console defined ● 01 = Twinaxial console ● 02 = Operations console(Direct) ● 03 = Operations console(LAN) ● 04 = Hardware Management Console (HMC) or Thin Console ● C3 = Clear LAN configuration ● A3 = Deactivate followed by an activate of the LAN Operations Console adapter ● DD = Dump all console related flight recorder into a set of vlogs 236 . Depending on the state of the current IPL. Repeating the 65 and 21 puts the system into an edit mode where you can make a change or cause an action to be performed. you might not see a change at the console. The value of nn depends on the console value currently being used.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles How console service functions work Note: If your system is not in manual mode. This SRC will reset in approximately three minutes. The SRC then becomes A6nn500C to indicate the function was successfully submitted. 3. Place the system into manual mode by using the system's control panel. a system reference code (SRC) of A6nn500A is displayed on the control panel. and the extended functions are not activated. the control panel responds with an SRC of A6nn500B to indicate you are in edit mode. You can quit the edit mode by using function 66. If you planned to make a change. After the second 65+21 pair is entered. At this time. You have approximately 60 seconds to enter a function 21 for the system to pair the two functions together. the function 21 is a force of DST to the console. Press Enter. 01 thru 04. A function 65 is performed from one of the input methods. assuming the console is still present after the 65. select function 25. indicating a time-out condition and the system is no longer in edit mode. SRC A6nn500D might be displayed. you enter a single 21. If your system uses a keystick. If the 65 and 21 are entered in less than 60 seconds. If not. Use Up to select function 26. If at any time you exceed 60 seconds (45 seconds for code levels prior to V6R1) between the 65 and 21 or between succeeding 21s. insert it in the key slot.Reference and How-To . Also. Console Service Functions (65+21) . if a local console on a network (LAN) is connected. The Bn and Fn functions display only numbers specific to the model you are working with.Equivalent macros Functions OPSCONSOLE V5R3 V5R3M5 V5R4M0 V5R4M5 V6R1 macro 01 . Also. the functions display in the order the system would search for a supporting adapter. you can start it again by clicking Communication and selecting Connect. Selecting 03 might also require a function A3 to activate the LAN adapter in rare cases. You may also have to change the state of either the embedded or external addon adapter support.04 CNSLTYPE n X X X X X C3 CNFGLAN X X X X X -CLEAR A3 RESTART X X X X X DD DUMP X X X X X E1 ENBINTLAN X X X X X E2 ENBEXTLAN X X X X X D1 DISINTLAN X X X X X D2 DISEXTLAN X X X X X Bn ENBLSLOT n X X Fn ENBSLOT n X (1) X (1) X X Time-out 45 to 60 secs (1) PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0) 237 X X .Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles The following functions are only available on Power-processor-based models ● E1 = Enable Ethernet embedded port or IVE ● E2 = Enable add-on 5706/5707 or 5767/5768 LAN adapter ● D1 = Disable Ethernet embedded port or IVE ● D2 = Disable add-on 5706/5707 or 5767/5768 LAN adapter ● Bn = Enable LAN adapter in slot Cn (V5R4M5 and later) based on model ● Fn = Enable asynchronous adapter in slot Cn based on model Notes: ● ● ● Selecting 02 will automatically activate the asynchronous communications adapter used for Operations console(Direct). If so. or both in order to use a local console on a network (LAN). the emulator might go to a Disconnected state. you can enter a 65 . You can also enter a function 66 to cancel any pending changes and exit. you previously configured the LAN adapter for use with the service tools server. ● 21 = A603 500C You invoked the action (set the console value to 03). ● 65 . but rather resets the hardware associated with the configured console connection. ● A6nn 500C = You executed a second 21 to cause an action. if one does not already exist. ● 65 . This causes the connection to the console to be dropped during the reset process. then you are ready to create a local console on a network (LAN) configuration on the client. ● 65 .21. ● A6nn 500B = You did a second 65+21 pair so you are in edit mode. You must enter edit mode again if you intend to make a change.21 = A601 500A You are in display mode and the console value is 01. Note: To reset the console without changing the console value. The system will respond with A6nn500A after the first 21 and A6nn500C after the second 21. Do not use this function when you already have a working console.21 = A602 500B You entered edit mode and incremented the counter.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Where x means: ● A6nn 500A = Your current console value is displayed. An example of a console change is when you have a twinaxial console (01) and you want to use LAN (03).Reference and How-To .21 . If you do not want to make a change after entering edit mode. You can then turn off the twinaxial device and connect the Operations Console (LAN) configuration. you can wait 3 minutes and the completion code indicates a change is no longer pending. This function does not correct all errors associated with a console failure. not cause an action.21 = A603 500B You incremented the counter again. ● A6nn 500D = Too much time has passed after entering edit mode to cause an action. A 21 at this time will force the console to DST. for example. If the LAN adapter already had a valid configuration. 238 . such as setting the console to another value. You only need to do this procedure if the system option Autocreate service tools device IDs is set to 0 or the system is using Licensed Internal Code earlier than V6R1. the system automatically creates and maintains an access password. If the configured connection is not in a disconnected state. You use this password during the connection process to sign on through the LAN Service Device Sign-on window. To use the connection properties to change the access password. This password is only used at the PC and is unknown to the server. work with the service tools device ID? create service tools device IDs on the system? By default in V6R1. the system maintains service tools device IDs automatically. Enter the new password into the New Password and Confirm password fields. you can change this password for the corresponding partition. If you are working with partitions. enter what you currently use for the access password. Click OK to continue. See change the value of autocreate service tools device IDs (V6R1 only) to verify the value or make a change. Select the Access Password tab. Important: The password is case sensitive and can be a maximum of 128 characters of mixed case. Click Connection > Properties.Reference and How-To . You will need to set up service tools device IDs on the system for a local console on a network configuration. Select the connection name that you will be changing the access password for. and then click OK. 239 . For Current Password field. you take control of this password and might have to provide it each time you make a connection. 4. 3. follow these steps: 1. If you manually change the access password in Properties.You can change the password used to access the service tools device ID information at any time after the creation of a new local console on a network (LAN) configuration. 2. 5. you receive a message explaining that changes might not be reflected until the next connection.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Local console on a network (LAN)-specific topics change the access password? When using V6R1. You can enter a description. You have finished creating a service tools device ID. If you reset a service tools device ID. select the option Work with service tools user IDs and Devices everywhere it says select Work with DST environment and skip the step Select Service tools device IDs. QCONSOLE cannot be left in a reset state on the system. repeat the steps starting at step 4.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: To perform the following procedure using System Service Tools (SST). 240 . 5. Access Dedicated Service Tools (DST) or System Service Tools (SST). If you have more than one PC connected to your console. Notes: 1. Press F3 when you finish creating your service tools device IDs. 6. 3. Use option 1 to create a new service tools device ID and enter the new service tools device ID name in the first blank name field. When a mismatch occurs in the service tools device ID password between the system and the Operations Console PC. 7. This is considered a security exposure.Reference and How-To . 3. Press Enter. 4. 4. Note: The device ID and the service tools user ID must have the proper authorities granted before the remote control panel and all it's functions are available for the associated partition. 1. To create additional service tools device IDs. you need to create several service tools device IDs. Press Enter. such as when the password has to be resynchronized between the PC and the system. you need to resynchronize the password by doing recovery steps on both the system and possibly the PC. You must unlock the SST option before the menu option is usable. see unlock service tools device IDs in SST on page 248. the password becomes the name of your service tools device ID in uppercase. Select Service tools device IDs. Select Work with DST environment. 2. For additional information on SST. 2. To verify or change the service tools device ID attributes you can press F5 (change attributes on the Create Service Tools Device ID window or enter a 7 in front of the device ID on the Work with Service Tools Device IDs window. Sometimes the service tools device ID password must be changed. you can change the password on the Properties page and you might have to supply this password when making a connection. is not recommended.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles consider changing the service tools device ID passwords? You need to review these considerations before you reset the service tools device ID password. By default. Consider the following information if you elect to manually manage the device IDs. When using code prior to V6R1. Operations Console changes and re-encrypts the service tools device ID password during each successful connection. then you must manually manage these device IDs. However. If you delete the local console on a network configuration after making at least one successful connection. ● ● ● ● The service tools device ID password on the PC must be the same as the service tools device ID password on the system. If you elect to set the option Autocreate service tools device IDs to 0. Note: You must unlock the SST option before the option is usable. the PC automatically creates and manages the access password and you cannot set this password during the creation of a configuration. you do not need to resynchronize the device ID passwords manually. you have to change the other. For additional information on SST. 241 . if you need to manually manage the access password. you need to reset the service tools device ID password on the system before you reuse the profile for a new local console on a network configuration. By default you do not need to manage this unless you elected to set the system option Autocreate service tools device IDs to 0. Since this password is actually changed at each successful connection. do not reset the device ID until you are again ready to use it. see unlock service tools device IDs in SST on page 248. If you change one. If the configuration uses QCONSOLE as the device ID. As a result.Reference and How-To . change the service tools device ID password on the PC and system? When using V6R1 the system manages the service tools device IDs and its password. You can resynchronize the PC and service tools device ID password to make them both the same again. manually changing the password. When using V6R1 the system and PC automatically maintain service tools device IDs. except for synchronization. there is no advantage of changing the service tools device ID password unless the passwords on the PC and system are out of synchronization. Notes: ● ● This procedure is only necessary if the system option Autocreate service tools device IDs is set to 0 and the system is no longer maintaining service tools device IDs. you might need to: ● Use a different local console on a network (LAN). you need to perform these steps. Note: You must unlock the SST option before the menu option is usable. then you must manually manage the IDs and their passwords. ● Use an Operations Console local console that is directly attached to the system (if an Operations Console cable is available). you can use that device. 242 . If there is already a console device present. Note: You need to access Dedicated Service Tools (DST) or System Service Tools (SST) to reset using the service tool device.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles resynchronize the PC and service tools device ID password? When using V6R1 the system creates and maintains the service tools device ID and its password. For additional information on SST. You should not have to manually resynchronize the password. When a mismatch occurs in the service tools device ID password between the system and the Operations Console PC. To reset the service tools device ID password on the system. ● Use the control panel or remote control panel to reset QCONSOLE. ● Reconfigure the same local console on a network (LAN) using an unused emergency service tools device ID. You no longer need to manually reset a connection's service tools device ID password on the client PC. ● Reset the service tools device ID password on the system below. However. ● Use a twinaxial-attached console.Reference and How-To . if available. see unlock service tools device IDs in SST on page 248. if the system option Autocreate service tools device IDs is set to 0. reset the service tools device ID password on the system? This procedure is only necessary if the system option Autocreate service tools device IDs is set to 0 and the system is no longer maintaining service tools device IDs. Otherwise. you need to resynchronize the password by performing recovery steps on both the PC and the system. select Work with DST environment. Note: When you reset the password in DST. you need to use the control panel or the remote control panel to reset the service tools device ID password by following these steps. From the Connection menu. Use one of the previous methods to reset the failing service tools device ID after connecting. do the following on the PC. If you delete and create a device ID. c. 3. 4. you also need to delete and create the connection on the PC.Reference and How-To . the service tools device ID password becomes the service tools device ID name. Use the unused service tool device ID to create a new configuration. reset using the control panel or the remote control panel specifically for the QCONSOLE service tools device ID password? If you cannot use another service tools device (PC or other terminal) or service tools device ID to sign on and you are using the QCONSOLE service tools device ID. reset using unused service tools device ID? If you do not have another device (PC or other terminal) to sign on to the system. 1. but do have an unused service tools device ID. To reset the service tools device ID. click Delete. 3. reset the service tools device ID password. and then press Enter. 2.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles reset using a console session with another device? If you can obtain a console session or access SST using another device. ● If you are using SST. in uppercase. ● If you are using DST. b. Click Yes to confirm the deletion if prompted. 243 . Delete the current configuration as follows: a. By doing this. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. Select Service tools device IDs. 2. Access service tools using DST or SST. the service tools device ID password becomes the service tools device ID name in uppercase. Press Enter again to confirm the reset. Type 2 in front of the service tools device ID to be reset. follow these steps: 1. Select the configuration name. Systems without a keystick shows 01 B in the Function/Data display. 244 . Use the following information to help determine your progress and success of the reset: Note: If your system uses the new double-row Function/Data display control panel. 2. requesting function 12 will provide you: word__12word__13 word__14word__15 Requesting function 13 will provide you: word__16word__17 word__18word__19 The single-row display control panel and the remote control panel presents data like this: xxxxxxxx Each word is 8 characters only and displayed individually. it is recommended that you disconnect the configured connection before you begin the reset procedure. you have to request function 17. 1. Allow at least 15 seconds for the initial function 65 to complete before doing a function 11 if the display does not respond with the D1008065. Note: Systems with a keystick should show the mode as Manual and 01 B in the Function/Data display. The double-row display control panel presents data like this (models 8xx): xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx Each word is 8 characters but 4 words are displayed at a time for functions 12 through 19. Place the system in Manual mode.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If you need to reset the DST user ID 11111111 you can use these instructions but continue to nine (9) function 65s. If you want word 17. you might need to perform a function 11 to display the results (D1008065). For example. Note: To increase the success rate of resetting with the control panel.Reference and How-To . The service tools device ID QCONSOLE still gets reset at seven (7) function 65s but the PC and system/partition will automatically handle the reset. 3. c. When it reaches a count of 7. Entering the 65s quickly may cause the system to miss the entries. the count will start over except when the following PTFs are installed: V5R4M5 V6R1 MF45244 MF45247 MF45246 MF45248 When these PTFs are installed the function 65 count will start over at the count of 9. Repeat this step so that you have entered 7 function 65s. press the Enter button. Then press the Enter button.Reference and How-To . Check WORD 17 to verify that the system handled each request. The Function/Data display should show 25 00. Important: In order to know where you are in the process the following information is provided: ● ● Word 17 of the SRC D1008065 will contain the number of function 65s you have done. and then press the Enter button. the reset of the service tools device ID password will take place. Note: If the system responds with 65 FF repeat steps a and b again. decrement the data to 65. follow these steps: a. The system will respond with 65 00. the reset will not be processed and the count will return to zero. Note: If you enter function 65 more than seven times. Word 18 will then be set to 00000000. You will have five minutes to complete this task. Word 18 will show 00000001 until you have entered the seventh function 65. Use one of the following methods to reset the QCONSOLE service tools device ID depending on the partition type: ● For independent systems or primary partitions.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles The data provided in the words can be accessed using many different methods. b. When the reset has completed. After processing the function the system will respond with a D1008065. Use the Up button once to increment the data to 26. this word will be set to 00000000 unless more than five minutes have elapsed. depending on the model. 245 . use the Up or Down buttons so that Function/Data display shows 25. The system will most likely respond with 01 B in the Function/Data display. From the control panel. Using the Down button. When the seventh 65 is entered and if it is found that greater than five minutes have elapsed. Then. disconnect it by following these steps: a. Select Work with partition status. the newly generated password is saved for the next connection. Enter a 65 on the line for the partition to be reset. b. Deleting the configuration and re-creating it To delete the configuration and re-create it. follow these steps. If you suspect that the automatic process failed and you want to manually reset the password. Proceed to reset the service tools device ID password on the PC. Note: If the partition on which the reset will be performed is not in manual mode. If the console is connected. c. e. d. c. From the Connection menu. 246 . Access Dedicated Service Tools (DST) or System Service Tools (SST). This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific system. the next connection made by the client automatically tries the reset password if using the current value fails. 1. Select Work with system partitions. For additional information on SST. When the seventh 65 is entered and more than five minutes have elapsed. Wait for the status to show Disconnected. If successful.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● For secondary partitions on pre-Power5 processor-based systems. Select the configuration name. complete one of the tasks described in the subtopics. You will have five minutes to complete this task. Note: You must unlock the SST option before the menu option is usable.Reference and How-To . reset the service tools device ID password on the PC? beginning with V5R4. The connection status shows Disconnecting. If the password is reset on the system. Repeat this step so that you have entered 7 function 65s. click Disconnect. the reset will not be processed and the count will return to zero. b. you no longer need to manually reset a connections service tools device ID password on the client PC. you need to force the partition into manual mode by placing a 10 on the line for the partition selection area before continuing. follow these steps using the console on the primary partition: a. see unlock service tools device IDs in SST on page 248. then press Enter. This includes resynchronizing the PC and system if the associated password gets out of synchronization.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 2. Select the configuration name that you want to delete. Enter the current access password. To change the value of the Autocreate service tools device IDs option. 2. From the Connection menu. Resetting the password To reset the password for the same service tools device ID. The Access Password window opens. b. 4. 2. Select Work with DST environment. click Delete. 4. 3. you disable this function and you will have to manually create and manage service tools device IDs. 3. 247 . 3. c.Reference and How-To . Delete the configuration: a. Change the value for the option Autocreate service tools device IDs. Select the connection name that you will be making the change for. and then select Connection > Properties. Then. 1. follow these steps: 1. Select option 11 in the Selection area. Select the Device ID tab. follow these steps. Click Yes to confirm the deletion if prompted. and then click OK. change the value of autocreate service tools device IDs? (V6R1 only)? This topic steps you through the process of changing the value used by local consoles on a network to automatically manage service tools device IDs. Re-create the configuration with the service tools device ID you previously reset or with the new service tools device ID. If you set the value to zero. 5. press Enter to save the new value. The maximum value allowed is 49. Select Service tools security data. and then click OK. Click the Reset button. Access Dedicated Service Tools (DST). enter the parameter SEC LOCKDEVID. If you receive the message The user can not perform the option selected. the Service tools device IDs option in SST is locked. By default. To unlock this SST option.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles unlock service tools device IDs in SST? With the Work with service tools user IDs and Devices option. Place a 1 next to the option and press Enter. Note: If you want to lock this option to prevent later use. 3. the creation of new IDs. Select Start a service tool > Display/Alter/Dump > Display/Alter storage > Licensed Internal Code (LIC) data > Advanced analysis. you can change Operations Console configuration data from System Service Tools (SST) . 4. The status displays as Enabled. indicating that the service tools device ID has been unlocked. you can unlock the service tools device IDs by performing the following steps in DST (V5R4M5 or later): 1. Access Dedicated Service Tools (DST). it indicates that the option has not been unlocked. 3.Reference and How-To . do the following from DST: 1. The command should show as FLIGHTLOG. 248 . Access service tools using DST. complete one the following tasks: Note: By default. you must use a macro in Dedicated Service Tools (DST) or use the Service tools security data menu. Enter SEC UNLOCKDEVID in the Options field. select the Service tools device IDs option. To unlock this option. or the deletion of IDs. Type a 7 next to the Work with lock for device IDs from SST option and press Enter. Alternatively. Page down until you find the FLIGHTLOG macro. 2. 2. Select Work with DST environment > Service tools security data. From the Work with Service Tools User IDs And Devices display. this option is locked to prevent unauthorized changes to existing service tools device IDs. You should be on the Specify Advanced Analysis Options display. To unlock the service tools device IDs menu option. Select Configure service tools LAN adapter. Select System devices (skip this step if using SST). 3. If you are using SST. select Work with DST environment. and then System devices. ● If you are using SST. this returns you to Work With Service Tools User IDs and Devices. you might need to deallocate the LAN card from use by Operations Console. If you are not using this resource for the console and you are working from another device. do the following: a. 2. Follow these steps to deallocate the LAN adapter currently associated with an Operations Console local console on a network (LAN): 1. 249 . you can move it or use it for another purpose. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. c. You should be on the Configure Service Tools LAN Adapter window. do not enter the configuration again. After the LAN card is deallocated. continue with step 4. If you only needed to deallocate the LAN adapter temporarily. press F12 to exit this window. You should have returned to the Work with System Devices window. You will be required to use another console type or resource on the next IPL. If you also need to clear the LAN adapter configuration data. or the console type is not Operations console(LAN) and you need to stop the adapter from communicating on the network. ● If you are using DST.Reference and How-To . Access service tools using DST or SST. If the LAN adapter has a configuration. Note: After you exit this window. Entering the configuration again will reallocate the LAN adapter resource. b. the adapter will be reallocated again the next time the system needs to start the console if you don't clear the configuration. You must also be using a console type other than an Operations Console local console on a network (LAN) or the following steps will cause the console to disconnect. You need to deallocate the LAN card if you are not planning on using an Operations Console local console on a network configuration or the service tools server.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles deallocate or move the Operations Console LAN adapter? During a migration. Press F13 to deallocate the adapter. This avoids confusion with other devices on the same network.Reference and How-To . which includes an Operations Console local console on a network (LAN) configuration. 250 . you might be able to specify an original name. To clear the network data associated with the network adapter. but the address might be given to you by the network administrator. b. you can specify the name and an address range. The implementation method has no bearing on whether the configured connection is the first connection. Follow these guidelines when entering the name for the service host: ● ● For small network infrastructures in which only a few devices are connected. Alternatively. 5. One reason to add this function is when a system has been logically partitioned. You need a service host name (interface name) any time a console or remote control panel is being connected using a network connection. and might be used to allow the network infrastructure's equipment to know in advance what the connection name is and what address the connection will use to communicate on the network. a remote control panel to a secondary partition might be desirable. the actual name and associated address used for the service host name depends on the network environment in which the system will be placed. Regardless of which method you use to implement the configuration data. you can typically specify anything you want for the name and associated address. create or verify a service host name (interface name)? The service host name (interface name) is the name that identifies the service connection on your network that is used for service tools. Press F6 to perform a clear. Press Enter to confirm the clear. a specific name might be required. When you set up a small network. do the following: a.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 4. For large network infrastructures managed by IT personnel. Important: You must change the console type to something other than Operations console(LAN) or the adapter will get reallocated. Although the primary partition can have a non-networked console. If you had to change the console type be sure to change it back. Select Operations console(LAN) and press Enter. complete the following steps: 1. you must supply the connection name. 4. Enter the network data in the appropriate fields. e. select Work with DST environment. d. During the initial connection. Note: You might have to temporarily change the console to complete this task. To create or verify the service host name. Select Select Console. Store your configuration by pressing F7. use the following steps to either verify or create the configuration for the service connection.Reference and How-To . ● If you are setting up a new system or partition using Operations Console (LAN). and then System devices. This displays Verify Operations Console Adapters. ● If you are using DST. 251 . If you are creating a new service connection. 5. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. The service host name (interface name) field contains the name. this data finishes the server configuration for the network. 3. as well as the network parameters. ● If you already have a console or another workstation. 2. follow these steps: a. Activate the LAN adapter by pressing F14. For more information about BOOTP. When working through the Operations Console configuration wizard. Press F11 to configure. c.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles There are two methods to create a service host name (interface name). For additional information on SST. b. the LAN adapter is installed and the correct console type is specified during the manufacturing process. You must unlock the SST option before you can use it. If you changed the console to a local console on a network (LAN) in step 2. ● If you are using SST. see Bootstrap Protocol on page 318. You can do this during a migration or an upgrade before disconnecting your old console. re-select the original console. You can also use any option pertaining to the service tools LAN adapter to verify the service host name or data. This method uses BOOTP to configure the server. Access service tools using DST or SST. see unlock service tools device IDs in SST on page 248. Press F3 to exit. Since you cannot modify the network IP address or service host name (interface name) of an existing connection's configuration on the client you will have to delete the current connection and re-create a new connection using the new network IP address. you need to reset any service tools device IDs for all eligible console devices that will use this service interface.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles change network values? If you need to make a change to the network adapter used for Operations Console (LAN). such as a new IP address.Reference and How-To . select Work with service tools user IDs and devices 2. Press F7 to store the new values. and then System devices. 8. 9. Important: If the change did not affect the network IP address or the service host name (interface name) you can exit these instructions now. ● If you are using DST. Continue with the next step. 4. See change the value of autocreate service tools device IDs (V6R1 only) on page 247 for instructions on how to verify this support. Press F11. ● If you are using SST. 7. 6. enter in the new values and continue with step 7. If you are using an earlier release or support for autocreate service tools device IDs is not enabled. Select Operations console(LAN). use these instructions. ● If you will be changing the adapter card press F6 to perform a clear. 5. 3. The LAN adapter currently in use should be shown. Use one of the following methods to make your change: ● If you are making a simple change. To reset service tools device IDs. follow these steps: 252 . If you made a change that caused the network IP address or service host name (interface name) to be different for the currently configured connections. If the system/partition and client PC are using V6R1 Licensed Internal Code (LIC) then the system and PC will manage the service tools device ID automatically unless you have disabled this support. 1. Select Select Console. Press F3 until the DST main menu appears. Select System devices (skip this step if using SST). Access service tools using DST or SST. Continue with step 8. such as the IP address. select Work with DST environment. this change must be reflected on all PCs that connect to this service host name (interface name). There are two methods for completing the necessary work in order to allow a new IP address or service host name (interface name). Perform one of the sets of steps below to complete the network changes. ● Using an IPL This method requires that the client reconfiguration be complete prior to establishing the next connection using Operations Console on a network. 253 . If you are currently using the console connected via LAN you would normally start an IPL. c. see unlock service tools device IDs in SST on page 248. Continue with Completing the PC changes. a. repeat this step. before the next connection to the system. 10. The system will continue to use the old values until an IPL or manual intervention. Note: When you reset the password in DST. Important: If more than one PC connects to this service host name (interface name) using a network connection you will have to delete the configurations and therefore reset the service tools device IDs of those PCs as well. the device ID password becomes the device ID name in uppercase. then after the IPL has been started you could disconnect the current console PC's connection and start a connection on the other PC with the newly created configuration. Press F3 until the DST main menu appears. e. Select Service tools device IDs. The second method is to perform the manual intervention. You could do the configuration on that PC using the steps here. a. use a different PC as the console instead of the one you currently have connected. b. Start an attended IPL on the system. it is recommended that the IPL be an attended IPL. d. Select Work with DST environment. The first is using an IPL. To reset another service tools device ID. For additional information on SST. at this time. and you can reconfigure the client during the initial stages of the IPL. You could.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: You must unlock the SST option before the menu option is usable. In this manner you could reconfigure the existing client at your leisure. b. Press Enter again to confirm the reset. Type 2 in front of the service tools device ID to be reset. for example. and press Enter. This is the recommended method because you will have more control over when you do the remaining work on the PC.Reference and How-To . Select Select Console. Also.Reference and How-To . Press F17 to deactivate and reactivate the LAN adapter card. select Work with DST environment. Completing the PC changes After making changes to the network values for Operations Console (LAN). c. you are now ready to reconnect using the new network data. 2. g. f. perform these steps: a. Select the configuration name. e. This is the name that Operations Console uses to refer to a specific system. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices b. a. Access service tools using DST or SST. You can do a search or find for hosts then double-click the file when it is found to start the default editor. If you have already performed an IPL on the system. From the Connection menu. Select Operations console(LAN). ● If you are using DST. c. Close and reopen Operations Console in order to purge the PC of network data associated with the configuration you are changing. you need to complete the changes to the PC. the selection of the next console device is unpredictable. b. d. Select the configuration name. Continue with Completing the PC changes The PC is now ready to make a connection. Press F11. 254 . Wait for the status to show Disconnected. 1. d. Click Yes to confirm the deletion if prompted. Select System devices (skip this step if using SST). To delete the old configuration. click Delete. ● If you are using SST. and then System devices. click Disconnect. The LAN adapter currently in use should be shown. e. From the Connection menu. f. Note: This will cause all LAN connected console PCs to go to Connecting console as a status. The connection status shows Disconnecting. Note: It is also suggested that you remove or alter the old entry in the hosts file on the PC.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● Perform the manual intervention Perform these steps from the DST or SST main menu. if more than one LAN connected console PC is connected. If you are using DST. Create a new configuration using the following steps: a. you can disable this support to prevent Operations Console from selecting the adapter for console use. this support is only available on servers that are not managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC). the embedded Ethernet port is the default location for Operations Console (LAN) configurations and may be dedicated for that purpose. Continue the configuration and enter the new IP data or service host name at the appropriate time. but makes them ineligible as consolesupporting resources. b. 3. select New configuration. disable support for the default embedded Ethernet port. or both. 2. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. and then System devices. add-on 5706/5707 or 5767/5768 adapters. Also. 255 . Disabling console support for either the embedded Ethernet port. select Work with DST environment. 2. Access service tools using DST or SST. From the Connection menu. These instructions are used only when the system is not managed by the HMC and the console resource is determined by location.Reference and How-To . c. If you are using SST. If a 5706/5707 or 5767/5768 adapter is also present in a location where the console can use it. Complete the rest of the new configuration. complete the following steps: 1. Select Select Console. By default. 5706/5707. To disable either the embedded Ethernet port or add-on 5706/5707 adapters using V5R4M5 (or later) of Licensed Internal Code.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 3. depending on what you want to disable. 1. allows you to use one or both of these resources for another purpose other than Operations Console. or 5767/5768 adapters? These options do not disable the port or adapters. Type a 2 in either the Allow supported internal LAN adapter to be the console or Allow supported Gigabit LAN adapter to be the console field. . . Press Enter. . . 2 1=Yes. . . . . . . . . . 1 Select one of the following: Console type . then you can use the preceding DST/SST procedure or use the OPSCONSOLE macro on page 215 to disable your intended resource. . . . You can also use either of these methods to re-activate support for these resources. . . . . Allow be Allow be S10BACFC 1=Yes. . . F3=Exit F12=Cancel If you do not have a working console device. . 2=No 1=Yes. . . 256 . . . . . . . then you must use the console service functions (65+21) on page 232. . . . Hardware management console(HMC) Current state of console tag . Operations console(Direct) 3. . . 2=No Press enter to continue. . . . . . . 2=No 3 0 supported internal LAN adapter to the console . 1. Select Console System: Allow console recovery and console can be taken over by another console . but you have another workstation that can access System Service Tools (SST). .Reference and How-To . . . . . Operations console(LAN) 4. . . . . If you do not have any working devices.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 4. . . . Twinaxial 2. 2 supported Gigabit LAN adapter to the console . . . . . the Function/Data window displays D1008065 after attempting to activate the asynchronous communications adapter. select Enable Remote Service (66). select the managed system with which you want to work. Activate the asynchronous communications adapter on a server with an HMC To activate an asynchronous communications adapter on a server with an HMC. 4. From the Service Utilities window. (A local HMC is one that is connected to the server directly through a private network. expand the managed server's entry with which you want to work. select Operator Panel Service Functions. click Service Utilities.) Refer to the appropriate procedure for your system. then click on Service Focal Point. 7. The system attempts to initialize the asynchronous communications adapter. If the modem initialization is unsuccessful. Expand Service Applications. From the Selected menu on the Service Utilities window. the Function/Data window displays the system reference code (SRC) D1008066.Reference and How-To . If it is successful. 5. 257 . You can activate the asynchronous communications adapter manually whether you have a local Hardware Management Console (HMC). In the contents area. 3. From the Partition Functions menu on the Operator Panel Service Functions window.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Local console directly attached with or without remote access allowed topics activate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server? The following procedures explain how to activate an asynchronous communications adapter on the server manually. follow these steps: 1. In the navigation area. select the logical partition with which you want to work (it might be the only partition on your system). 2. 6. From the Operator Panel Service Functions window. you might need to manually attempt to retrieve the results. You can deactivate the asynchronous communications adapter manually whether or not you have a local Hardware Management Console (HMC). follow these steps: 1. deactivate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server? The following procedures explain how to deactivate an asynchronous communications adapter on the server manually. and then press Enter. select Operator Panel Service Functions. 3. 258 . the Function/Data window displays D1008065 after attempting to activate the asynchronous communications adapter. 2. Use the Down button to select function 66. select the managed system with which you want to work. The system attempts to initialize the asynchronous communications adapter. Deactivate the asynchronous communications adapter on a server with an HMC To deactivate an asynchronous communications adapter on a server with an HMC. If the modem initialization is unsuccessful.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Activate the asynchronous communications adapter on a server without an HMC To activate an asynchronous communications adapter on a server without an HMC. From the Selected menu on the Service Utilities window. 4.Reference and How-To . Use the system's control panel to place the server into manual mode 2. click Service Utilities. 5. and then press Enter. If it is successful. From the Service Utilities window. Use the Up and Down buttons to select function 25. Use the Up button to select function 26. follow these steps: 1. expand the managed server's entry with which you want to work. 4. 3. see Failure to display D1008065 and D1008066 automatically after calling the function on page 308 for more information. For more information. If the system fails to produce an SRC automatically. Expand Service Applications. then click on Service Focal Point. In the contents area. (A local HMC is one that is connected to the server directly through a private network. In the navigation area.) Refer to the appropriate procedure for your system. and then press Enter. the Function/Data window displays the system reference code (SRC) D1008066. Use the Down button to select function 65. and then press Enter. 3.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 6. From the Operator Panel Service Functions window. If it is successful. If it is successful. 7. and then press Enter. the Function/Data window displays the system reference code (SRC) D1008065. see Failure to display D1008065 and D1008066 automatically after calling the function on page 308 for more information. the Function/Data window displays the system reference code (SRC) D1008065. 259 . The system attempts to deactivate the asynchronous communications adapter. Use the Up and Down buttons to select function 25. Use the system's control panel to place the server into manual mode 2. The system attempts to deactivate the asynchronous communications adapter. select Disable Remote Service (65). If the modem initialization is unsuccessful and SRC D1008065 is not displayed. 4. Deactivate the asynchronous communications adapter on a server without an HMC To deactivate a asynchronous communications adapter on a server without an HMC. select the logical partition with which you want to work (it might be the only partition on your system). Use the Up button to select function 26.Reference and How-To . follow these steps: 1. and then press Enter. From the Partition Functions menu on the Operator Panel Service Functions window. control tasks between users on page 264. understand default user (SERVER) on page 263. use server control on page 262. 260 . deactivate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server on page 258.Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Local console directly attached with remote access allowed and remote console through dial-up support topics work with your local console directly attached with remote access allowed or with a remote console through dial-up support? This topic applies to the following configurations only: ● Local console directly attached with remote access allowed ● Remote console through dial-up support The following information applies only to this specific environment: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● connect a remote console to a local console by modem directly below work with multiple remote consoles on page 262. activate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server on page 257. After you sign on successfully.Reference and How-To . 2. Dial-up Networking ends the connection. If you select Start connection when Operations Console starts when you configured the remote console. Operations Console does not automatically try to connect a remote console to the local console.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles connect a remote console to a local console by modem? This topic applies to the following configurations only: ● ● Local console directly attached with remote Remote console through dial-up support access allowed The remote console user must have dial-in authority at the local console. see Troubleshooting connection problems on page 281 to find a possible solution. Note: If you do not sign on to the remote console through dial-up support connection in approximately a minute. If a remote console connects to a local console that is not already connected to a server. Request control of the local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed. If you select Start connection when Operations Console starts in Properties. the local console automatically starts a connection to the server. If the Service Device Sign-on window is displayed. Perform the following steps to connect the remote console to the local console: 1. the connection status displays Connected. This authority is needed so that the operating system at the local console allows the dial-in connection between the PCs. see requesting control at the remote console on page 267 for more information. From the Connection menu. If you encounter other connection problems. By default. b. The connection status displays Connecting before changing to Connecting Console. 3. the remote console starts the connection to the local console automatically. 5. you need to start the connection to the local console as follows: a. If you did not select Start connection when Operations Console starts. For instructions. If the User Logon window is displayed. 4. Select the configuration name. the local console starts a connection to the server automatically. sign on using your service tools user ID and password. sign on so that the operating system at the local console can check if you are a user with dial-in authority. upon completion of the remote console's connection. Open Operations Console to start the connection by clicking Start --> Programs --> IBM Client Access --> Operations Console. click Connect. 261 . When you have control at this local console. If this is needed on a regular basis. This environment might also be a single PC that can. If your local console starts in unattended mode. To grant or refuse control. Only one PC can have control at a time. This assumes that the local console does not have control when the first remote console gets control. In this environment only one remote console is allowed to connect to the local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed. 262 . SERVER is displayed in the Current User field after you connect a local console that is directly attached to the server. you have control immediately after you connect to a local console directly attached to the server. The next remote console then connects at its assigned time and requests control. the PC in control becomes the console and can perform console functions. However. it might be as easy as assigning a time period when each remote console can access the local console. connect to multiple servers. data loss does not occur The environment consists of multiple remote consoles connecting to the same local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed. If your local console starts in attended mode. Thus. see grant or refuse control to a remote console through dial-up support on page 265. one at a time. The users must work out an arrangement in which another remote console can access the local console.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles work with multiple remote consoles? This topic applies to the following configurations only: ● ● Local console directly attached with remote Remote console through dial-up support access allowed This environment is not directly affected by the takeover and recovery function.Reference and How-To . Operations Console automatically grants control to the first requester (local console or remote console). use server control? This topic applies to the following configurations only: ● ● Local console directly attached with remote Remote console through dial-up support access allowed An active console is a command interface to a server (5250 emulation) that is currently interacting with the server. if the function is enabled and there is a loss of the console. When the time has expired for the first remote console. you must be present to grant or refuse control to requesting remote consoles. either at the local console or remote console. it releases control and disconnects. if you have Operations console(LAN) selected as your console type and you manually activate the asynchronous communications adapter.Reference and How-To . 263 . a local console and a remote console. if it started in unattended mode. Immediately after connecting a local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed. you can connect the local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed. In this environment. not necessarily the actual console in control of the server itself. which indicates that the local console on a network (LAN) has control. See use server control on page 262 for more information regarding control and the initial state of making a connection. Operations Console automatically grants control to the first requester (local console or remote console). The assumption in this environment is that Operations Console (LAN) does not exist and the console type is Operations console(Direct). the Operations Console window properly reflects that the remote console is in control. SERVER is displayed in the Current User field. This situation presents you with the Console Information Status window.. understand default user (SERVER)? This topic applies to the following configurations only: ● ● Local console directly attached with remote Remote console through dial-up support access allowed SERVER is an identification name that Operations Console assigns when there is no user in control (either the local console or a remote console) of a server. In addition. When SERVER is displayed in the Current User field. and the local console grants control to the remote console. Operations Console automatically grants control to the first requester in the following cases: ● ● ● Immediately after you release control at a local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed. For example.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Important: It is possible to create a confusing environment regarding server control. If you then connect a remote console to the local console and request control. the use of control is meant only to define where the emulator is available. When no user has control. 264 . This comparison is useful to the local console user. Identify the Current User and System Name values. perform the following steps: 1. 4. These values belong to the user who has control. grant or refuse control to a remote console through dial-up support on page 265. request control at the remote console on page 267. identify a user in control of a server directly below 2. System Name displays the PC name where the user is in control. 5. This is useful to either the local console or the remote console through dial-up support user. 7. 4. 3. 3. ● A remote console through dial-up support has control if the System Name and Local Console values are different. 2. 6. It is the name of the PC that is directly attached to the server. and the console type is set to Operations console(Direct). send a message to a controlling console on page 268. Local console directly attached with remote access allowed 2. look for the row that displays the connection details for the configuration in question. release control at the remote console on page 268. request and release control at the local console on page 265. ● No user has control if SERVER displays as the Current User and System Name value. Identify the Local Console value. Compare the System Name and Local Console values as follows: ● The local console has control if the System Name and Local Console values are the same. A request for control is automatically granted. transfer control between users on page 269. Remote console through dial-up support The following information covers the relationship between the local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed and a remote console through dial-up support. identify a user in control of a server? This task applies to the following configurations only: ● Local console directly attached with remote access allowed ● Remote console through dial-up support To identify which user has control.Reference and How-To . This comparison is useful to the connected remote console through dial-up support user. 1. In the Operations Console window.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles control tasks between users? These control tasks apply to the following configurations only: 1. Current User displays the user ID with which the user in control signed on to the operating system of the PC in control or completed the connection. The window displays the service tools user ID with which the requesting remote console user signed on to the operating system of the remote console (PC). 3.Reference and How-To . click Reject request. follow these steps: 1. 2. Grant control To grant control to a remote console through dial-up support. In the Operations Console Request window. your console session closes. Refusing control denies a requesting user access to the server and allows the current user to continue to have control. When a remote console requests control. 265 . there is no dialog presented at the local console. (Optional) In the Message field. and the local console has control. you must request control at the local console to work with a server. The default is set to grant control. Note: If the local console is not in control at the time the remote user requests control. click OK. you must handle incoming requests for when you have control. For additional information on server control. Granting control allows another user to work with the server. Requesting control at the local console forces control back from a remote console if the remote console has control. see use server control on page 262 for more information. in the Operations Console Request window. request and release control at the local console? This task applies to the following configurations only: ● Local console directly attached with remote access allowed ● Remote console through dial-up support When your local console does not have control of the server. Click OK. type an explanation for the refusal.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles grant or refuse control to a remote console through dial-up support? This task applies to the following configurations only: ● Local console directly attached with remote access allowed ● Remote console through dial-up support As an operator of a local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed. When you grant control to another user. the Operations Console Request window is displayed at the local console. The remote user is automatically granted control. Refuse control To refuse control to a remote console through dial-up support. Confirm that the console is displayed. 2. At this time. If a remote console user has control and you do not want to force control back from the remote console. Select the configuration name. 3.a through 2. If a remote console user has control and you do want to force control back from the remote console. 266 . after the remote console releases control and control does not return to the local console. see Troubleshooting authentication problems on page 285. the console closes and a message is displayed indicating that the local console has taken control. Identify a user in control of a server.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles After finishing your work. c. To request control at the local console. If it is not displayed. b. complete steps 2. d. SERVER is displayed in the Current User field. Operations Console needs a valid service tools user ID and password to authorize the connection between the server and the PC. sign on using your service tools user ID and password. For more information about server control.d. Then control is automatically granted to the first requester. see use server control on page 262 for more information. click Release Control. you must release control to allow Operations Console to automatically grant control to a requester. If no user has control (SERVER is displayed in the Current User field). 2.a through 2. From the Connection menu. Release control at the local console To release control. From the Connection menu. If you have problems when signing on. Select the configuration name.d. click Request Control. do the following: 1. The console disappears. At the remote console. do the following: a. Request control at the local console To request control at the local console. complete steps 2. If the Service Device Sign-on window is displayed.Reference and How-To . send a message to a controlling console asking the user to release control. perform the following steps: 1. see Troubleshooting connection problems on page 281. sign on using your service tools user ID and password. Identify the user who has control. After you sign on successfully. the console is displayed. a window displays indicating the refusal. 3. c. From the Connection menu. You must have a remote console connected to a local console by a modem. Optional: Send a message to the local console explaining why you need to have control.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles request control at the remote console? This task applies to the following configurations only: ● Local console directly attached with remote access allowed ● Remote console through dial-up support Requesting control of the server at the remote console allows you to have an active console at the remote console. click Request Control. To request control at the remote console. An active console is a command interface to a server (5250 emulation) that is currently interacting with the server. b. 267 . For more information about server control. click Request Control. b.Reference and How-To . Operations Console needs a valid user ID and password to authorize the connection between the server and the PC. If the local user refuses control to the remote console. the console is displayed. If no user has had an active console. If the local user grants control to the remote console. Select the configuration name from the Operations Console window. 2. see connect a remote console to a local console by modem on page 261. From the Connection menu. If the Service Device Sign-on window is displayed. see use server control on page 262. perform the following steps: 1. If the local user has control. For problems when signing on. For more information. If SERVER is displayed in the Current User field. see Troubleshooting authentication problems on page 285. the Service Device Sign-on window might be displayed. see send a message to a controlling console on page 268. complete the following steps: a. For more information. do the following: a. For more information about server control. see use server control on page 262. if control is automatically granted to the first requesting remote console. Wait until the status displays Not connected to local console.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles release control at the remote console? This task applies to the following configurations only: ● ● Local console directly attached with remote access allowed Remote console through dial-up support Releasing control of the server at the remote console allows control to go back to the state that the local console was in when the first remote console requested control. click Disconnect. Click Send. see use server control on page 262. The connection status displays Disconnecting. At this time.Reference and How-To . if the local console grants control to the first requesting remote console. From the Connection menu. the receiver can reply by typing a response and clicking Reply. perform the following steps: 1. perform the following steps: 1. From the Connection menu. 2. releasing control at the remote console allows the local console to regain control. send a message to a controlling console? This task applies to the following configurations only: ● ● Local console directly attached with remote access allowed Remote console through dial-up support While using Operations Console. click Send Message. click Release Control. 4. 3. For example. The console window closes. Select the configuration name from the Operations Console window. 2. Only the user that does not have control can initiate a message. Select the configuration name from the Operations Console window. However. After you release control at the remote console. Operations Console allows a local console and a remote console to exchange messages when connected. Type the message. To release control at the remote console. For more information about server control. releasing control at the remote console allows the next requester to automatically be granted control (local or remote). 268 . you might need to communicate with the user who has control of the server. To send a message to the user who has control. 3. 2. you can end the remote console connection to the local console: 1. From the Connection menu. Select the configuration name. It illustrates how control transfer occurs when no user has control and a remote console through dial-up support requests control. SERVER is displayed in the Current User field and incoming control requests are automatically granted. the local console user must handle all incoming control requests. If the local console user grants control. Example: Transfer control between a local console in control and a remote console This example describes interactions between a local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed that has server control and a remote console through dial-up support. the local console user decides whether to grant or refuse control to the requester. ● When a remote console through dial-up support requests control. The examples illustrate how server control is transferred between PCs after beginning an Operations Console configuration. Therefore. At this time. These interactions describe the expected behavior from the local console and remote console through dial-up support users: ● No user has control of a server. Example: Transfer control between a local console not in control and remote consoles This example describes interactions between a local console that is directly attached with remote access allowed that does not have server control and remote consoles through dial-up support requesting control.Reference and How-To . If the local console user refuses control to the requester. the local console user continues to have control. It illustrates how control is transferred between the local console and the remote console through dial-up support when the remote console requests control. ● ● The local console user has control of a server. control is granted to the remote console through dial-up support.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles transfer control between users? This task applies to the following configurations only: ● Local console directly attached with remote access allowed ● Remote console through dial-up support The following examples show interactions between a local console and a remote console. control is granted to the requester. 269 . When a remote console through dial-up support requests control. These interactions describe the expected behavior from the local console and remote console through dial-up support users. Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 270 . you must perform all of the basic shutdown tasks. If the partition is unable to shut down within the predetermined amount of time. Delayed shutdown Use delayed shutdown only when you must shut down a logical partition. all other users must be signed off of the logical partition before you can shut it down. If you cannot shut down the logical partition from a command line.Reference and How-To .com/infocenter/iseries/v5r4/topic/rzal2/rzal2kickoff. or use the physical control panel. and the PWRDWNSYS command does not work. the partition waits a predetermined amount of time to shut down.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Appendix A. you can cause damage to data or cause the system to behave in unpredictable ways.boulder. it will end abnormally and the next restart might take a long time. When you use the delayed shutdown option. from the remote control panel on the Operations Console. Only use the immediate shutdown if the delayed shutdown isn't successful. http://publib.htm Important: Use a delayed shutdown only if the PWRDWNSYS command fails to power down the system or partition. For more information on what you must do before shutting down the logical partition. see the Basic system operations topic collection in the on-line Information Center. 271 .ibm. Before you shut down a logical partition. Using these methods can cause an abnormal shutdown and can result in loss of data.com/infocenter/systems/topic/rzal2/rzal2kickoff. Shutting down systems or logical partitions Shutting down systems or logical partitions overview The correct way to shut down a logical partition safely is from a command line.ibm.htm http://publib. This allows the partition time to end jobs and write data to disks. you can shut down the logical partition from the Shut Down Partition window on your HMC. For example.boulder. If you shut down the logical partition without completing all of the required tasks. and the resource specifications of the logical partition remain the same. type PWRDWNSYS OPTION (*CNTRLD) DELAY (600) and press Enter. physical control panel. if a HMC or IVM is being used. Ensure that all jobs are completed and all applications are ended. Shutting down systems or partitions using the current console or other workstation The correct way to shut down a logical partition or system safely is from a command line and run the Power Down System (PWRDWNSYS) command. The power button will start a delayed shutdown and function 8 will start an immediate shutdown of a system. The system will only shut down the logical partition you selected. then the logical partition shuts down completely. are updated with any dynamic logical partitioning resource changes that you want to keep when you restart the logical partition. the system powers down without any preset delay. 272 . If you do not use the RESTART(*YES) option. If an Integrated xSeries® Adapter (IXA) is present on the system. when you reactivate the logical partition using a partition profile. Ensure that your partition profiles. or HMC. Attention: This will cause an abnormal IPL of the logical partition to be performed and possibly cause loss of data. Any resource changes that you made to the logical partition using dynamic logical partitioning are lost when you reactivate the logical partition using a partition profile. Also. The PWRDWNSYS command does not affect other logical partitions on your system. shut down the IXA. and other logical partitions will be able to take and use the resources that were used by the logical partition.Reference and How-To . if available. the partition profile overlays the resource specifications of the logical partition with the resource specifications in the partition profile. complete the following: 1. to perform a delayed shutdown or an immediate shutdown. 2. From the command line in the emulator session. Before you shut down a system or logical partition. Use the remote control panel. When you use the immediate shutdown option.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Immediate shutdown Use immediate shutdown only when a logical partition cannot shut down using PWRDWNSYS or delayed shutdown. If you enter the PWRDWNSYS command with the RESTART(*YES) option. the operating system restarts. 3. The Function/Data display blinks with 0 (the international power off symbol). When power off is complete. ● A delayed power down using the physical control panel ● Delayed . On the control panel. Make sure that there are no tapes in the tape units or diskettes in the diskette units. Using the Power push button to turn off the system will power down all partitions. you can turn the power off using the Power push button to turn off the system when the mode is set to Manual. use one of the following methods to shut down the system or logical partition: ● Attempt to power down using the immediate option. do the following: 1. and that the mode is set to Manual. Note: Using the power push button to turn off the system may cause results that cannot be predicted in your data files. 2. you can preserve the resource specifications on that logical partition by restarting the entire managed system using the Partition autostart power-on mode. If the PWRDWNSYS command does not work.Reference and How-To . press the Power push button. When the logical partitions start automatically. the logical partitions have the resource specifications that the logical partitions had when you shut down the managed system. and the next IPL (initial program load) will take longer to complete. the system may start unexpectedly.com/infocenter/iseries/v5r3/topic/rzal2/rzal2usepower.boulder.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If the logical partition is set to start automatically when the managed system starts. The Power On light blinks as the system is being powered off. the light goes off. Do not turn the modem on or off when the system is turned off and is made ready for remote IPL.ibm.Pre-Power5 processor-based http://publib.htm Use the power push button If you cannot use option 3 (Power off the system immediately) or option 4 (Power off the system immediately and then power on) on the Power On and Off Tasks (POWER) menu to stop the system. although it turns itself off in a few minutes. Otherwise. Press the Power push button again. 273 . To turn the power off using the Power Push button. htm ● Delayed .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If the system does not turn the power off within 30 minutes. Attention: Using the control panel power button to power off the system might cause unpredictable results in the data files. http://publib. wait for the System Attention light to come on. 2. The default countdown time is four seconds.boulder. and the next IPL will take longer to complete. go to Service and support and Troubleshooting and follow the steps necessary to solve the problem. Press and hold the power button on the control panel for four seconds.Reference and How-To .ibm. you can initiate a delayed power off (DPO) or a fast power off (FPO). do the following: 1. The DPO is initiated.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphb5/cpfmanualmode. see the following topics ● Initiating a delayed power off (DPO) You can use the power button on the control panel to initiate the delayed power off (DPO) feature.htm Using the control panel power button to power off By using the control panel power button to power off the server. Note: Some servers do not respond to the power-off sequence unless the system is in manual operating mode. To initiate a delayed power off (DPO).boulder. no countdown time is displayed.ibm. do the following: 1. http://publib. set the system operating mode to manual mode. If the power button is depressed for less than one second.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphb5/cpfoffpanelbutton.ibm. When the System Attention light comes on.htm To use the control panel power button to power off the system. ● Initiating a fast power off (FPO) You can use the power button on the control panel to initiate the fast power off (FPO) feature. and the power-off function is not initiated.Power-processor-based systems http://publib. and then release the power button. The default countdown time is four seconds. After one second a countdown time is displayed. 274 . Continue to press and hold the power button until the countdown time reaches zero. Press and hold the power button on the control panel for four seconds.com/infocenter/iseries/v5r3/topic/rzahg/rzahgictroub2. After one second. If necessary. release the power button before the countdown reaches zero. To cancel the DPO before it starts. See Putting the physical control panel in manual operating mode.boulder. a countdown time is displayed. To initiate a fast power off (FPO). If you continue to press the power button after the DPO-FPO separation interval has expired. the FPO is canceled. and then release the power button. The correct way to shut down an logical partition from the HMC is to open an HMC 5250 emulator session and run the Power Down System (PWRDWNSYS) command. Before you shut down the logical partition. When the FPO count expires. and the FPO is initiated. shut down the IXA. The separation count is used to distinguish a DPO from an FPO.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 2. If you release the power button during the DPO-FPO separation count. ● Delayed power down using the remote control panel from Operations Console To perform a delayed power off or an immediate power off. 3. Continue to press and hold the power button for 10 seconds until the DPO-FPO separation count reaches zero. Ensure that all jobs are completed and all applications are ended. SRC D10E0FF0 is displayed. The power button will start a delayed power off and function 8 will start an immediate power off of a system. Ensure that your partition profiles are updated with any dynamic logical partitioning resource changes that you want to keep when you restart the logical partition. You need a Service Tools user ID with operations or administration authority to the System Partitions function in Dedicated Service Tools (DST) to display the remote control panel. the FPO countdown begins again with a SRC D10E0FF0 displayed. SRC D10E0FF1 is displayed. and the DPO continues. During this interval. or if you press and hold the power button while a DPO is in progress. 3.Reference and How-To . A new DPO-FPO separation count of 10 seconds is started. Continue to press and hold the power button until the countdown time reaches zero and until after the delayed power off (DPO) is initiated. 275 . you should be working with the remote control panel. complete the following: 1. If an Integrated xSeries® Adapter (IXA) is present on the system. 2. followed by the countdown time. ● Delayed power down using version 6 or earlier of the HMC You can shut down a logical partitions using the Hardware Management Console (HMC). From the command line in the emulator session. Open an HMC 5250 emulator session for a logical partition. Any resource changes that you made to the logical partition using dynamic logical partitioning are lost when you reactivate the logical partition using a partition profile. See Start a 5250 console locally on page 207 or Connecting to a 5250 console remotely on page 208 for instructions. Attention: Using these methods can cause an abnormal shutdown and can result in loss of data. the logical partitions have the resource specifications that the logical partitions had when you shut down the managed system. When you use the delayed shutdown option. you can use either of the following methods to shut down the logical partition. type PWRDWNSYS OPTION (*CNTRLD) DELAY (600) and press Enter. If you enter the PWRDWNSYS command with the RESTART(*YES) option. the operating system restarts. and the resource specifications of the logical partition remain the same. the logical partition waits a predetermined amount of time to shut down. Also. Using delayed shutdown is equivalent to using the power button on the remote control panel. Use delayed shutdown only when you must shut down a logical partition. The system will only shut down the logical partition you selected. when you reactivate the logical partition using a partition profile. the partition profile overlays the resource specifications of the logical partition with the resource specifications in the partition profile.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles To shut down an logical partition version 6 or earlier of the HMC. If the PWRDWNSYS command does not work. then the logical partition shuts down completely. 2. When the logical partitions start automatically. If the logical partition is set to start automatically when the managed system starts. The PWRDWNSYS command does not affect other logical partitions on your system.Reference and How-To . This allows the logical partition time to end jobs and write data to disks. follow these steps: 1. ● Performing a delayed shutdown of an logical partition using version 6 or earlier of the HMC You can perform a delayed shutdown of a logical partition using the Hardware Management Console (HMC). 276 . and the PWRDWNSYS command does not work. and other logical partitions will be able to take and use the resources that were used by the logical partition. If you do not use the RESTART(*YES) option. you can preserve the resource specifications on that logical partition by restarting the entire managed system using the Partition auto-start power-on mode. 3. Select Immediate and click OK. complete the following: 1. 4. 5. Attention: Using immediate shutdown can cause an abnormal IPL of the logical partition and possibly cause loss of data. Performing an immediate shutdown of an logical partition using version 6 or earlier of the HMC Use this procedure to perform an immediate shutdown of a logical partition using the Hardware Management Console (HMC). open Server and Partition. Select Server Management. In the contents area. it will end abnormally and the next restart might take a long time. 3. Use immediate shutdown only when a logical partition cannot shut down using PWRDWNSYS or delayed shutdown. 277 . In the contents area. the system shuts down without any preset delay. open the managed system on which the logical partition resides. In the navigation area. 6. 6.Reference and How-To . open Server and Partition. 4. Using immediate shutdown is equivalent to using function 8 on the remote control panel. 2. In the navigation area. Select Server Management. When you use the immediate shutdown option. Select Delayed and click OK. Right-click the logical partition that you want to shut down and select Shut Down Partition.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If the logical partition is unable to shut down within the predetermined amount of time. complete the following: 1. 3. Open Partitions. Open Partitions. To perform an immediate shutdown of a logical partition using version 6 or earlier of the HMC. Right-click the logical partition that you want to shut down and select Shut Down Partition. 5. To perform a delayed shutdown of a logical partition using version 6 or earlier of the HMC. open the server on which the logical partition resides. 2. complete the following: 1. Using the immediate shutdown method should be used as a last resort as this causes an abnormal shutdown which might result in data loss. Using delayed shutdown is equivalent to using the power button on the remote control panel. open Systems Management.Reference and How-To . In the navigation pane of your HMC. The Integrated Virtualization Manager provides the following types of shutdown options for logical partitions: ● Operating System (recommended) ● Delayed ● Immediate The recommended shutdown method is to use the client operating systems shutdown command. open Servers. 2. and click the managed system on which the logical partition is located. Performing a shutdown using IVM Use any role other than View Only to perform this task. 3. and choose Operations > Shut Down. If the logical partition is unable to shut down within the predetermined amount of time. select the logical partition. To perform a delayed shutdown of a logical partition using version 7 or later of the HMC. Use delayed shutdown only when you must shut down a logical partition. and the PWRDWNSYS command does not work. When you use the delayed shutdown option. This allows the logical partition time to end jobs and write data to disks. 278 . In the contents pane. the logical partition waits a predetermined amount of time to shut down. Select Delayed and click OK. it will end abnormally and the next restart might take a long time. click the Tasks button.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● A delayed power down using version 7 or later of the HMC You can perform a delayed shutdown of a logical partition using the Hardware Management Console (HMC). it ends abnormally.Reference and How-To . Optional: Select Restart after shutdown completes if you want the logical partition to start immediately after it shuts down. When you use this procedure to shut down the selected logical partitions. 5. 279 . and the next restart might take a long time. 6. and the partition is shut down. Click Shutdown. If the logical partition is unable to shut down within the predetermined amount of time. Select the logical partition that you want to shut down. click View/Modify Partitions. Select the shutdown type.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles If you choose the Delayed shutdown method. 4. The View/Modify Partitions panel is displayed. To shut down a logical partition. 3. ● Use this procedure only if you cannot successfully shut down the logical partitions through operating system commands. 2. Click OK to shut down the partition. This allows the logical partitions time to end jobs and write data to disks. the logical partitions wait a predetermined amount of time to shut down. shut down each client logical partition an then shut down the Virtual I/O Server management partition. If you plan to shut down the entire managed system. The Shutdown Partitions panel is displayed. The View/Modify Partitions panel is displayed. Return to the procedure you were working with. do the following: 1. From the Partition Management menu. then be aware of the following considerations: ● Shutting down the logical partitions is equivalent to pressing and holding the white control-panel power button on a server that is not partitioned. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 280 .Reference and How-To . Reference and How-To .0 255. Troubleshooting connection problems Local console All connectivities Message: The connection to the system is not a secure connection You may receive this error message: The connection to the system is not a secure connection. For example.168. Try these possible solutions: ● Verify that the PC resources are free of address or interrupt request (IRQ) conflicts.168.2. If you run any software that makes your PC SOCKS-enabled.255.1.0. Authentication is not performed and the remote control panel (LAN) is not supported for this IPL type.255. Troubleshooting Some common troubleshooting topics are included here. These messages appropriately appear during a D-mode (installation) IPL.0.0 to 192. or others.0. Hummingbird® SOCKS Client.2. 281 . Directly attached Status remains Connecting Here are some possible solutions to try if you are experiencing problems that prevent the local console from connecting to the server or prevent the remote console from connecting to a local console due to incorrect hardware or software configurations. such as Microsoft® Proxy Client. A SOCKS-enabled PC accesses the Internet through a firewall.0.0 Note: Use the Operations Console Properties window to change the IP base address from 192.168.168. you can use 192. For additional topics see the on-line Information Center appropriate for your model system.168. check your SOCKS configuration and make sure that the entry is: ● Direct 192. Operations Console uses addresses in the range of 192.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Appendix B.255. see activate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server on page 257. To reset the asynchronous communications adapter with or without an HMC. if installed.Reference and How-To . If the deactivation is successful. and then a function 66 to manually reactivate the connection. When the IOP. For more information on deactivating and activating the asynchronous communications adapter.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Console fails to start Under certain circumstances. To activate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server with or without an HMC. 282 . a local console that is directly attached fails to connect. If the expected SRC is not displayed after several minutes on servers without an HMC. If the console session closes unexpectedly and the status is Connecting console. see deactivate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server on page 258. the input/output processor (IOP) that controls the console might experience a reset/reload. If it cannot initialize the asynchronous communication adapter. This deactivation most likely results when you start your server and have an associated system reference code (SRC) on the control panel or Hardware Management Console )HMC). the connection to the local console that is directly attached does not automatically reconnect. If it is successful. Session unexpectedly disconnects Here is a possible solution to try if you have a console session that unexpectedly disconnects while working with a local console that is directly attached. You must perform a control panel function 65. such as an exception that takes place. the Function/Data window (or the HMC) displays D1008066. see deactivate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server on page 258 and activate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server on page 257. it displays D1008065 after attempting to activate the asynchronous communications adapter. goes into a reset or reload. along with the attention light. see Failure to display D1008065 and D1008066 automatically after calling the function on page 308. This might be the result of the server's asynchronous communications adapter being deactivated for some reason. The system attempts to initialize the adapter. the Function/Data window (or the HMC) displays D1008065. particularly the MFIOP. verify that you are providing the correct service tools user ID and password. This isolates the PC and server from any potential problems on your network that might interfere with correct operations. Also. you can use a crossover cable to directly connect the PC to the adapter temporarily. Note: A crossover cable is a standard network cable that has the transmit and receive signal wires reversed.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles On a network (LAN) Status remains Connecting Here are some possible solutions to try if you are experiencing problems that prevent the local console from connecting to the server or prevent the remote console from connecting to a local console due to incorrect hardware or software configurations. or router is between them. Try these possible solutions: ● Verify the network is working. This isolates the PC and server from any potential problems on your network that might interfere with correct operations. This essentially allows each end to act as if a hub. or router is between them. This essentially allows each end to act as if a hub. For a local console on a network (LAN) configuration and you are using Ethernet for your network. switch. you can use a crossover cable. Note: A crossover cable is a standard network cable that has the transmit and receive signal wires reversed. ● If you are using Ethernet for your network. ● Verify that you provide the correct password to allow the server to access your service device information during the configuration wizard.Reference and How-To . Network connection errors Here are some possible solutions to try if you are experiencing problems that occur when a local console on a network (LAN) fails to connect to a server. 283 . switch. Reference and How-To . ● If your PC modem is listed as Standard Modem in the Modems folder. particularly the MFIOP. When the IOP. If the console session closes unexpectedly and the status is Connecting console. You must perform a control panel function 65. 284 . If that is the case. For more information on deactivating and activating the asynchronous communications adapter. your OEM modem might not be configured correctly. ● If you have an original equipment manufacturer (OEM) modem. the input/output processor (IOP) that controls the console might experience a reset/reload. ● For a remote console connecting to the local console. verify that the server name and the local console name are correct. Remote console fails to connect to local console Here are some possible solutions to try if a problem occurs when a remote console modem fails to establish a connection with a local console. goes into a reset or reload. see deactivate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server on page 258 and activate the asynchronous communications adapter on the server on page 257. Remote console Status remains Connecting Here are some possible solutions to try if you are experiencing problems that prevent the local console from connecting to the server or prevent the remote console from connecting to a local console due to incorrect hardware or software configurations. the connection to the local console that is directly attached does not automatically reconnect.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Session unexpectedly disconnects Here is a possible solution to try if you have a console session that unexpectedly disconnects while working with a local console that is directly attached. and then a function 66 to manually reactivate the connection. configure it with a different manufacturer and model. ● Verify that the server name and the local console name are correct. try to configure it using some similar modem setups. 285 . you need to verify the name of the local console is the same. It is possible to have two different system names on the same PC.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Local console name mismatch when remote console connects to the local console Here is a possible solution to try if there is a console name mismatch when the remote console connects to the local console.Reference and How-To . You must delete and then recreate a connection using QCONSOLE as the service tools device ID. In this case. you might encounter local console connection problems. The errors consist of software configuration problems or unrecognizable service tool user Ids. The name TCP/IP uses is retrieved and placed there. While you are connecting a local console to a server. It is important that the users at both ends check the Local Console column in the Operations Console window. ● Verify that you are entering a valid service tools user ID and password during the configuration wizard. The PC being used has a user-created service tools device ID. Troubleshooting authentication problems Authentication errors Here are some possible solutions to try if your PC cannot complete a connection between the local console and the server. The name used for Operations Console is taken from the DNS entry in the TCP/IP service. you just performed a scratch installation and the console is not coming up after the code was restored. For example. When the remote console through dial-up support is then configured. the only valid service tools device ID is QCONSOLE since all of the user-created service tools device IDs were removed or reset as part of the initialization of the load source hard disk drive. Local console on a network (LAN) receives device ID password error message Here is a possible solution to try if a local console on a network (LAN) receives a device ID password error message. you are prompted for a password. For information about this error. at either end. You might name the device "system1". see resynchronize the PC and service tools device ID password on page 242. Due to a synchronization problem involving the service tools device ID's password between the client (PC) and server. You must use "SYSTEM1" because the system cannot assign a different password for this name. see Error message: Connection to system is not secure. 286 . For example. When you create this on the PC. for example.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● Verify that your server and Operations Console are installed with the same version of i5/OS and Client Access. the PC asks for a password for the device ID. if the client is running V5R4 code and the server is running V5R3 code and you are creating a new service tools device ID for a new PC to connect. The same is true if the client is running V5R3 and the server is running V5R4. the password becomes the name of the service tools device ID in uppercase. respectively. Either the service tools device ID is already in use or the passwords must be RESET on this PC and the system. To resynchronize these passwords. You might also receive an error message regarding a secure connection.Reference and How-To . cannot assign a password since the password is automatically made the same as the name in uppercase. just as if the device ID were to be reset. The V5R4 code. you might receive the following error message while having a local console on a network (LAN) connection: The PC service tools device password and the iSeries service tools device password do not match. If you are running different versions and are creating a new service tools device ID. For assistance in performing this function see see resynchronize the PC and service tools device ID password on page 242. To allow the user to keep track of their progress create a link to take them to the reset service tools device ID QCONSOLE using the control panel. if enabled. 287 . the user would be able to perform 9 control panel function 65s to reset the user 11111111 to its default state and password allowing the user to sign on and proceed with recovery. This function also resets this device ID in the process of resetting the user ID.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Unable to authenticate a connection due to all DST user IDs being disabled The following PTFs add function that allows you to reset the DST user ID 11111111: V5R4M5 MF45244 MF45246 V6R1 MF45247 MF45248 With this PTF installed. The resynchronize has you perform 7 control panel function 65s so you just need to perform two additional 65s Once this procedure has been successfully been performed you will be able to authenticate using this user ID and continue recovering the console or other DST users from i5/OS using the F18 recovery mechanism. See Forced takeover on page 227 for information regarding the F18 function.Reference and How-To . Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Troubleshooting system reference code (SRC) data The following SRCs are available here for look-up and analysis: A6nn500x. A6005001. A6005082. not causing an action. 288 . see Using the console service functions (65+21). A function 21 at this time forces the console to DST. A9002000. ● A6nn 500D . such as setting the console to another value. A6005007. For more information on how to use this function. D1008066. A6005008. D1008065. These SRCs are associated with the operation of the control panel method to change the console type or accomplish a console task when the console or other workstation is not available.You did a second 65+21 so you are in edit mode. ● A6nn 500A .You are displaying the current console value setting.Too much time elapsed after entering edit mode to cause an action so you must enter edit mode again if you intend to make a change.You executed a second 21 to cause an action. ● A6nn 500C .Reference and How-To . C6004508 SRCs A6nn500x These system reference codes (SRC) are used to access console types and console tasks associated with the console service functions (65+21). A6005004. ● A6nn 500B . Note: nn can be any alphanumeric designation. including model. hardware present. It does not indicate that the controller can be defective. You can also use the console service functions (65+21) to gather data or attempt recovery. The following SRCs might be displayed for twinaxial consoles.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles SRCs A6005001. A6005001 A console resource (controller) was not found when the server was started. The controller (6A59) was found but the connection is starting.Reference and How-To . as well as the attention light. This can be a problem with the device or emulator. etc. 289 . This indicates only the presence of a controller. and A6005007 These system reference codes (SRCs) are used for a console that fails during initial program load (IPL) (not Operations Console). depending on many factors. A6005007 A console device was not found when the server was started. A6005004 A console device was not found when the server was started. A6005004. It is possible that you might have to restart the server to find a console device again if one of these SRCs exists for a long period of time. or virtual control panel. are reset when a console is detected and becomes active. A twinaxial controller was found but cannot be used. These SRCs. remote control panel. You can force the server to try to find the console again by doing a function 21 from the control panel. or the data flow path is not being established or maintained. Use the following table to determine the twinaxial failure. In our example you see words 1 thru 9 which would correspond to functions 11 thru 19 on older physical control panels or the RCP/VCP. Not all words within the SRC are used for all problems. Note: If you just replaced the LAN adapter associated with a local console on a network (LAN). and the SRC disappears. If restarting the server did not find a console and if the console type is set to anything except a 1. Use the following tables if you received SRC A6005008. if word 16 contains 50010001.Reference and How-To . the only data relevant in this SRC is word 16.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles SRC A6005008 This system reference code (SRC) is used for a console that fails during a manual IPL (Operations Console or D-mode IPL). Here's a very common SRC we'll work with: Word 1: A6005008 Word 2: 03D00061 Word 3: 06C00004 Word 4: 00000011 Word 5: C0000000 Word 6: 50070A03 Word 7: 000000FA Word 8: 00000000 Word 9: 00000000 290 . the system displays code A6005008. Keep in mind that you do not have to follow this step-bystep method to get to the meaning of the various parts of the data. ● Local console that is directly attached uses words 17. The words of data are represented differently depending on how you accessed the data. it starts using the new adapter. and 19. and 15. select the appropriate section in the table below as follows: ● Local console on a network (LAN) uses words 13. ● If you are attempting to use a twinaxial console. Some of these changes were introduced using PTFs and later used in the next release's base code. the console starts. 14. the twinaxial-related SRC is A6005001 and the console type is set to use a twinaxial console. For more help in determining this data see display the system reference code (SRC) detail on page 211. on page 298 of an example A6005008 SRC and provide the meaning of the data along with applicable usage and reference what needs to be performed in order to make a change. 18. you need to wait at least 35 minutes for the server to find and use the new LAN adapter. This topic will provide a step-by-step analysis. after the server is satisfied. In this case. The first four characters of this word contains the last four characters of the original failure type. For example. ● If you are attempting to use Operations Console. The data present in this SRC has evolved from V5R3 to the latest code. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Here the data is broken down into the significant pieces: Click the link in the data areas to go to the appropriate table of details.Reference and How-To . Word Data Significant Data A6005008 Base SRC Not used Significant Data Significant Data 11 A6005008 12 03D00061 13 06C00004 06 AA LAN flag C0 BB Assigned direct connect location 0004 CCCC LAN console reason code for the failure 14 00000011 15 C0000000 16 50070A03 0A GG Tag information 03 HH Console type 17 000000FA 18 00000000 19 00000000 00000011 DDDDDDDD Depends on reason code in word 13 C0000000 EEEEEEEE Depends on reason code in word 13 5007 FFFF If the console is twinaxial this is the SRC that would have been displayed 000000FA JJJJJJJJ Direct cable reason code 00000000 KKKKKKKK Depends on reason code in word 17 00000000 LLLLLLLL Depends on reason code in word 17 291 . 00 . 00 . V5R3/V5R4 Without PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0) AA means: E1 . but is not communicating with the PC. which display differently depending on the system's code level and whether or not you have installed PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0). C3. The system is on the network. E2 . and the asynchronous adapter can be used for console. The AABB values only display on systems that are not managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC). Example BB means: E2 . and remote service.Allows the external adapter.Disabled. but it can be selected for use with ECS and remote service. Example E6C30005 (AA BB CCCC) = Allows both the internal embedded adapter and external adapter (typical values for new systems). E4 . and remote service. ECS. Both the internal embedded adapter and external adapters are not being searched for. Note: C4 cannot be selected for use with the console when using the 2793 asynchronous adapter.Reference and How-To .Allows both internal embedded adapter and external adapter.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Word 13 (AA BB) of AA BB CCCC The following table contains the Word 13 values for the AABB status indicators. E6 . or C4 . V5R3/V5R4 With PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0) AA means: E0 . BB means: C2. E1 .No support for the internal embedded adapter. E1E20005 (AA BB CCCC) = Allows both the internal embedded adapter and external adapter (typical values for new systems).Location of selected asynchronous adapter used for console.Allows the external adapter. but it is not communicating with the PC.Allows the internal embedded adapter.Allows the internal embedded adapter.System is upgraded from V5R3 and support for the 1 GB Ethernet adapter is not set. The system is on the network. 292 . ECS.No support for the external adapter. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles V5R4M5 and later Word 13 reason codes as AA BB in the 5008 SRC code AABBCCCC: A 0 0 0 0 0 0 E E F A Embedded or External flag state (0 or E) Embedded flag is on 0 D-mode with no flags 1 no LAN flags are on . 293 . E1C2 Only the external flag is on and the LAN adapter in C1 has been selected.C5 F FF HMC managed. Thin Console or Primary / standalone on Pre-Power5 processor-based Examples for AABB 06C0 Both internal and external enabled and no async card has been selected. The async adapter in C2 has been selected.This is the disable flag. 2 Embedded is enabled 4 External is enabled 6 Both internal and external enabled Only the external flag is on 0-5 Selected LAN card location BB Selected Async card location C1 .Reference and How-To . If a serial number is displayed. 53002AC0 Network. Adapter position or serial number of adapter 00000000: This error code indicates the adapter reported. If attempts have a value. cable or the LAN adapter might not be operational. contact your service provider.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Word 13 (CCCC) of AA BB CCCC Word 14 (DDDDDDDD) Word 15 (EEEEEEEE) The following table defines the Words 13.Reference and How-To . If you are installing a new server or partition that you will rely on BOOTP to complete the configuration. 0002 0003 LAN IOA failed to report Hardware error Common error codes: 53001A80. but is not initialized yet. For other error codes. The adapter should be activated shortly. and 15 values. then the PC did not respond. For example. (AA BB CCCC) If Word 13 value (CCCC) is: 0000 0001 Failure Unexpected condition LAN Word 14 DDDDDDDD means: Could report any word 14 data for any of the other reason codes (cccc) No supported hardware detected or hardware detected is not expected. Word 15 EEEEEEEE means: Could report any data for any word 15 of the other reason codes (cccc) In some cases the serial number of the expected adapter might be displayed. an adapter was previously configured. Attempts 294 Adapter position or serial number of adapter . you replaced the LAN IOA so the serial number is different. you might have to clear this data use the console service functions (65+21) on page 232. Word 13 (AA BB CCCC) for a local console on a network (LAN). 0004 BOOTP status: If attempts are zero. This is not considered an error at this time. 14. then BOOTP is ready when called. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles (AA BB CCCC) If Word 13 value (CCCC) is: 0005 FFFF Failure Word 14 DDDDDDDD means: Server's LAN connection IP address is active. The controller (6A59) was found but the connection is starting. Word 15 EEEEEEEE means: Adapter position or serial number of adapter Word 16 (FFFF) of FFFF GG HH The following SRCs might be displayed for twinaxial consoles. A6005004 A console device was not found when the server was started. A6005007 A console device was not found when the server was started. but the PC failed to connect. This can be a problem with the device or emulator. Are the PC and server on the same network? Are they using the same protocol? Can the PC ping the server? (ping serverhostname) The system has a problem with the alternate stack.Reference and How-To . 295 . twinaxial equivalent SRC Description code A6005001 A console resource (controller) was not found when the server was started. This indicates only the presence of a controller. It does not indicate that the controller can be defective. A twinaxial controller was found but cannot be used. or the data flow path is not being established or maintained. 296 . 0B A physical slot number cannot be determined from the IOA tag. 4 HMC console has been configured. 10 Reporting LAN ports were found at the location specified by the console IOA tag. Note: This is normal for standalone systems since they don't involve tagging. 14 A reporting port was found with the DRC tag for the console. not twinaxial). The following codes are new at V6R1 0F An IOP has been tagged for the console. reporting workstation IOA in the tagged IOA location. reporting LAN IOA in the tagged IOA location. but it has no reporting LAN ports. 2 Reporting communications IOA in the tagged IOA location with at least one reporting port that supports the async protocol and needed physical interface 3 Supported. 11 A reporting communications IOA is in the tagged IOA location.e. and no reporting ports that support direct connect Operations Console (support the async protocol and have the correct physical interface). and no console port DRC tag found. but it has no reporting ports. 13 No reporting port resource was found with the DRC tag for the console port resource. 0A No console IOA tag.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Word 16 (GG) of FFFF GG HH Value Description (HEX) 1 Supported. This is an unexpected error. and not an IOA nor an HEA port. 0D More than one valid. 12 A reporting communications IOA is in the tagged IOA location. but it did not qualify for use with operations console. reporting console IOA in the tagged IOA location. but it was NOT a communications IOA.Reference and How-To . but the specific LAN port type (CCIN) is not supported for LAN console. or a LAN port with the tagged port DRC (used for HEA). no console IOP tag. 0E A reporting IOA was found at the location specified by the console IOA tag. 0C No reporting IOA in the tagged IOA location. and HMC console has not been configured. and was not valid for any other kind of console (i. Also. and 19 The following table defines the Words 17. (JJJJJJJJ) If Word 17 value is: 00000001 00000002 00000003 00000004 000000FA Direct cable Failure (KKKKKKKK) (LLLLLLLL) Word 18 means: Word 19 means: Asynchronous adapter not detected No cables detected Adapter position Adapter type Wrong cable detected Adapter position Cable ID Port in use Adapter position Adapter type Not configured for direct cable 297 . 18 and 19 values for a local console that is directly attached. you can use the console service functions (65+21) to set a console type value or attempt to contact the console again. 18. there are times when the hard disk drive is late reporting and the console type value is not retrieved in time.Reference and How-To . Words 17. An example of when this can occur is if the copy of data from a failing hard disk drive does not copy all data or you are installing a new logical partition.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Word 16 (HH) of FFFF GG HH HH = Console type The console type value is represented by the last two characters in the form xxxx yy zz. 00 = Not defined by user (old default value) 01 = Twinaxial 02 = Operations console(Direct) 03 = Operations Console (LAN ) 04 = Hardware Management Console (HMC) or Thin Console Note: It is expected that a D-mode IPL with a new load source hard disk drive displays the console type value of 00. In these cases. Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Step-by-step analysis We'll start with the same example data from the beginning of this topic. Here's a very common SRC we'll work with: Word 1: A6005008 Word 2: 03D00061 Word 3: 06C00004 Word 4: 00000011 Word 5: C0000000 Word 6: 50070A03 Word 7: 000000FA Word 8: 00000000 Word 9: 00000000 You normally know the console type you are trying to connect. Let's start with that. The console type is located in word 16 (FFFF GG HH) so the data Word 6: 50070A03 means that our example system's problem is with LAN console. Of course if you got this value and you were trying to use another console type you know this is the problem. If that's true, assuming you don't have another device to use, you would use the console service functions (65+21) to set the correct console type. For this example a value of 03 (Operations Console (LAN)) is correct. The next piece of data of concern is the tag information, also in word 16 (FFFF GG HH), shows a value of Word 6: 50070A03. From the appropriate table you can see that it means: 0A No console IOA tag, no console IOP tag, and no console port DRC tag found, and HMC console has not been configured. Note: This is normal for standalone systems since they don't involve tagging. So if this was representing a single partitioned 9406-520 then this isn't the problem. However, if this represented a different value, such as 0A you see the console is incorrectly tagged. 0C No reporting IOA in the tagged IOA location. For this example, the data is correct so we'll move on. Note: We already know that this is a local console on a network (LAN) so the only data left that is relevant is in words 13, 14 and 15. Words 17, 18 and 19 have no bearing, which is further represented with: Word 7: 000000FA 000000FA Not configured for direct cable 298 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Another possible problem affecting a Power-processor-based system not managed by an HMC is, as in our example system, whether the LAN flags are correct. If we are trying to use the embedded port for the console the embedded port flag must be turned on. The data: Word 3: 06C00004 V5R4M5 and later (our example system) Reason codes as AA BB in the 5008 SRC code AABBCCCC: A 0 0 0 0 0 0 E E F A Embedded or External flag state (0 or E) Embedded flag is on 0 D-mode with no flags 1 no LAN flags are on - This is the disable flag. 2 Embedded is enabled 4 External is enabled 6 Both internal and external enabled Only the external flag is on 0-5 Selected LAN card location BB Selected Async card location C1 - C5 F FF HMC managed, Thin Console or Primary / standalone on Pre-Power5 processor-based The only part of the table we're concerned with is AA. The value in BB isn't used for a network attached console. If you look under AA you see that both the embedded port and the external port flags are on. This is the default value from manufacturing. Since the embedded port is on, the external flag isn't considered. So this is good also. If the data had indicated a 00 or 01 then the system wouldn't be able to use the embedded port. In this case you'd have to use the console service functions (65+21) to set the correct flags. Another scenario might be that AA had a value of E0 which would indicate an intent to use an external 1 GB Ethernet adapter such as the 5706 but the adapter location has not been selected yet. 299 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles That only leaves the reason code in word 13. Word 3: 06C00004 Word 4: 00000011 Word 5: C0000000 (AA BB CCCC) If Word 13 value (n) is: 0004 Failure BOOTP status: If attempts are zero, then BOOTP is ready when called. If attempts have a value, then the PC did not respond. Word 14 DDDDDDDD means: Attempts Word 15 EEEEEEEE means: Adapter position or serial number of adapter Word 14 has a value so the data is indicating BOOTP was taking place at the time the SRC was issued. There are numerous reasons for this condition: ● The system serial number might be in error when you created the configured connection. ● Delete and recreate the configured connection. ● The partition number might be in error when you created the configured connection. ● Delete and recreate the configured connection. ● The system and PC aren't connected to the system in a way that broadcast packets sent by the system can be detected by the PC. ● Either connect the PC or system to the same hub, router or switch, or configure the network device to pass broadcast packets. ● If you are setting up a Power6 processor-based blade check that you have bridging properly enabled in VIOS/IVM on page 96. Word 15 is rarely used when the system is using V5R4M5 or later of Licensed Internal Code since the system uses the UID (Universal Identifier) of the adapter to find the resource and for the embedded there is no card slot so this data often contains just the C0000000 to indicate no slot number. Also, there are conditions in which a location or adapter serial (or UID) cannot be determined so you may see just 00000000. 300 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles D1008065 after attempting to activate the asynchronous communications adapter This system reference code is used primarily to debug a failure to activate the asynchronous adapter for a console directly attached or remote service. However, it can be useful in getting information, such as the LAN flags/adapter without the need to see a SRC of A6005008. Note: The same data is also represented when the system posts an SRC D1008066. The words of data are represented differently depending on how you accessed the data. In our example you see words 1 thru 9 which would correspond to functions 11 thru 19 on older physical control panels or the RCP/VCP. For more help in determining this data see display the system reference code (SRC) detail on page 211. Here is an example: Word 1: D1008065 Word 2: 0D200060 Word 3: 06C41015 Word 4: 00000006 Word 5: 00000001 Word 6: 0000000F Word 7: 00000001 Word 8: 00000001 Word 9: Not returned or used for this function 301 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Data broken out into significant pieces: Click the link in the data areas to go to the appropriate table of details. Word Data Significant Data D1008065 Base SRC Not used Significant Data Significant Data 11 D1008065 12 0D200060 13 06C41015 06 AA LAN flag C4 BB Assigned direct connect location 10 15 CC DD CC = IOP state DD=Reason code for failure on activation 14 00000006 15 00000001 16 0000000F 17 18 19 00000001 00000001 00000006 EEEEEEEE initialization return code 00000001 FFFFFFFF activation return code 0000000F GGGGGGGG cable ID Not used Not used Not returned or used 302 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Word 13 Word 13 values for the AABBCCDD status indicators display differently depending on the system's code level and whether or not you have installed PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0). Values AABB only display on systems that are not managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC) so the expected values are 0000 or FFFF. Note: References to the RVX port means the port in which you would attach the console cable or an external modem. V5R3/V5R4 Without PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0) If Word 13 value is: Without PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0) AA means: E1 - Allows the internal embedded adapter. 00 - No support for the internal embedded adapter. BB means: CC means: DD means: E2 - Allows the external adapter. 00 - No support for the external adapter. 10 - IOP RVX port 20 - IOP internal modem 30 - IOPless RVX port 40 - IOPless internal modem FF - No supported resource or port was found 00 - Received OK status from modem 01 - CTS time out 02 - Received Connect status from PC client 03 - Stop request 07 - Received function 66 while active 08 - Failed to find port 16 - Port not found 303 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles V5R3/V5R4 With PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0) If Word 13 value is: With PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0) AA means: BB means: CC means: DD means: E0 - System is upgraded from V5R3 and support for the 1 GB Ethernet adapter is not set. E1 - Disabled. Both the internal embedded adapter and external adapters are not being searched for. E2 - Allows the internal embedded adapter. E4 - Allows the external adapter. E6 - Allows both internal embedded adapter and external adapter. C2, C3, or C4 Location of selected asynchronous adapter used for console, ECS, and remote service. Important: If you have a system that was shipped with Licensed Internal Code (LIC) prior to V5R4M5, you cannot select slot C4 for use with the console when using the 2793, but you can select slot C4 for use with ECS and remote service. 10 - IOP RVX port 20 - IOP internal modem 30 - IOPless RVX port 40 - IOPless internal modem FF - No supported resource was found 00 - Received OK status from modem 01 - CTS time out 02 - Received Connect status from PC client 03 - Stop request 07 - Received function 66 while active 08 - Failed to find port 16 - Port not found Example: With PTF MF39303 (V5R3M5) or PTF MF39304 (V5R4M0) E6C210002 (AABBCCDD) = Allows for the internal embedded adapter and the asynchronous adapter. The asynchronous adapter is located in slot C2, which is running with IOP support, can be used for console, ECS, and remote service. The system is directly connected and is communicating with the PC. 304 Failed to find port 16 .Received Connect status from PC client 03 .Stop request 07 . contact your service provider. 305 .Port not found Note: Only the most common values for DD are documented here. If you have a value other than what is provided.IOPless RVX port 40 .This is the disable flag. Thin Console or Primary / standalone on Pre-Power5 processor-based If Word 13 value is: CC means: Word 13 values for the AABBCCDD status indicators With PTF MF39303 10 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles V5R4M5 and later Reason codes as AA BB in the D1008065 SRC code AABBCCDD: A 0 0 0 0 0 0 E E F A Embedded or External flag state (0 or E) Embedded flag is on 0 D-mode with no flags 1 no LAN flags are on .Reference and How-To .C5 F FF HMC managed.IOP internal modem MF39304 (V5R4M0) 30 .Received function 66 while active 08 . 2 Embedded is enabled 4 External is enabled 6 Both internal and external enabled Only the external flag is on 0-5 Selected LAN card location BB Selected Async card location C1 .CTS time out 02 .Received OK status from modem 01 .IOPless internal modem FF .IOP RVX port (V5R3M5) or PTF 20 .No supported resource was found DD means: 00 . If you have a value other than what is provided. contact your service provider. and removing the Operations Console connection modem.Reference and How-To . and reinstalling it might correct this condition. All zeros for word 14 indicate the server was able to activate the asynchronous communications adapter but the resulting failure SRC was issued because the system was unable to detect the correct condition on the cable. The most common reason for this is that the serial port on the PC is in an unexpected state.) Note: Only the most common values are documented here. A successful activation usually occurs when the console type value is set to Operations console(Direct). Word 16 Word 16 contains the cable ID which is expected to be 00000006. An unstable Client Access installation might also cause this condition. value of 02. 306 . Another value or 00000000 might indicate a wrong cable or no cable at all. Don't assume that a value of 00000000 is no cable since some asynchronous communications adapters can provide a value here even when no cable is attached.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Words 14 (EEEEEEEE) and 15 (FFFFFFFF) Word 14 contains the reason an SRC of D1008065 is returned. Try uninstalling and then reinstalling Client Access. (EEEEEEEE) If Word 14 value is: 00000000 00000001 00000002 00000004 (FFFFFFFF) If Word 15 value is: CC100301 CC10031A Word 14 means: Successful activation Port not found No cable attached Activation failed (see word 15) Word 15 means: Resource might be in use Cable mismatch or country code not set (Use CHGNETA to set country code. if needed. Powering off the PC and then powering it back on might clear this condition. If a console is found. disconnect the console. you might need to use another workstation to manually delete the controller and device description associated with the old console device. ● The server value QAUTOCFG must be set to ON. for Set major system options. These are some possible reasons you might receive system reference code (SRC) A9002000: ● The console was not found by i5/OS. in the IPL Options window. select Y. This SRC disappears if the console is reassigned and the server can locate a console. If you IPL the server to DST and then close the emulator. 2. ● If you just migrated the console from one type to another and the new console fails to work in i5/OS. on page 232 to assist in a recovery or gathering resolution data. select Y. These are some possible reasons why you might receive SRC A6005082: 1. ● During a manual IPL.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles SRC A9002000 The console creation fails in i5/OS®. Use one of the following to verify or set this system value on the server: ● Use the WRKSYSVAL QAUTOCFG command.Reference and How-To . SRC A6005082 This system reference code (SRC) occurs during a manual initial program load (IPL) when the system obtains a console. or close Operations Console after the console is found. Then for Enable automatic configuration. Note: The console type does not affect this SRC. but the console closes. 307 . Note: You might be able to use the console service functions (65+21). but then the server loses the console connection. Using the control panel or the remote control panel. If you were doing an activation (66) and the function did not complete successfully. the control panel might not automatically display the resulting system reference code. 308 . Press Enter. Allow the system to attempt to find the console for five or 10 minutes before circumventing the step unless you expect a failure to occur and only need to retrieve the SRC data. you can force the system to end the search for the console by performing a function 21 (enable DST) from the control panel. see Reference codes list for customers. This speeds the process of posting a failing system reference code (SRC) without waiting the entire search time. http://publib. In these cases.boulder.htm Startup step C6004508 takes longer than expected in Dmode IPL This can be the result of a problem or configuration change. Note: This pertains only to those servers without a Hardware Management Console. press the Up or Down buttons until 11 is displayed. For more information.com/infocenter/systems/topic/ipha5/referencecodes. remote control panel. which can be 45 minutes or longer. Important: Use care when considering this bypass function. 1.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Failure to display D1008065 and D1008066 automatically after calling the function When working with servers that have a double row for the Function/Data window.ibm. after calling the function 65 or 66.Reference and How-To . see D1008065. or Hardware Management Console. Bypassing the remaining time in the process of the search might prevent a correctly working console from being activated in some cases. you must do a function 11 to determine whether the function 65 or 66 completed successfully. If you are troubleshooting a connection issue. 2. C6004508. If this problem exists. see Installing an Operations Console cable.168. the system reference codes (SRCs) C6004031. ● For the console. 309 . check your SOCKS configuration: ● Direct 192. For example.168. For example. After you start the server. which might be wrong but you cannot get to it without changing the name.0 A SOCKS-enabled PC accesses the Internet through a firewall.255. If you are configuring a local console on a network (LAN) and you continue to get an old IP address. the console is active after the server is started. you might need to edit the hosts file on the PC to remove the entry in question. such as Microsoft® Proxy Client.0. verify that the asynchronous communications adapter on the server is located correctly.0. Old network data interferes with reconfiguration of network connectivity Here are some possible solutions to try if your local console on a network (LAN) configuration continues to get an old IP address. You can do a search for hosts and then use a text editor to edit the file. For more information on cable installation.2.168. ● Verify that the server is in a state such that the console is active. Close and restart Operations Console before attempting to connect a new configuration.0.1.Reference and How-To . If you run any software that makes your PC SOCKS-enabled. ● Verify that the part number for the Operations Console cable is correct. a status message of Connecting or Unavailable is usually present or the port detection in the setup wizard fails.2.255. Remove or alter the old entry in the hosts file on the PC. or others. or A600500x (where is a number) indicate that the server is in the correct state.255.0 255. Note: Use the Operations Console Properties window to change the IP base address from 192.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Troubleshooting configuration wizard problems Local console does not detect console cable Here are some solutions to problems that occur when the local console does not detect the presence of the Operations Console cable.168. ● Verify that the cable is connected correctly. Verify that the PC resources are free of address or interrupt request (IRQ) conflicts.0. Operations Console uses addresses in the range of 192. Hummingbird® SOCKS Client. you can use 192. 1.168.0 to 192. 2. This action removes all cached values associated with any old configurations. To verify the privilege setting. do the following: 1. check your SOCKS configuration. If you run any software that makes your PC SOCKS-enabled. select Work with DST environment. Also. see Installing a console cable. Access service tools using DST or SST. ● If you are using SST. the RCP might fail to start when either the user ID or service tools device ID being used does not have permission to use the RCP. Virtual control panel fails to start If the VCP fails to start. Verify that the resources of the PC are free of address or interrupt request (IRQ) conflicts.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Troubleshooting remote and virtual control panel problems Remote control panel fails to start If you are connecting over a network. do the following: 1.255. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices. Verify that the cables are correctly connected.168. Remember: You must unlock the SST option before you can use it.255.168. 2. see unlock service tools device IDs in SST on page 248.0 to 192. the keystick must be inserted before the mode function is active. Select Change privileges.0. For more information. That user must be granted this privilege. Unable to use the mode function If you are unable to use the mode function on a RCP or VCP. ● If you are using DST. to use the mode function. 2.0 255.255. and then System devices. or others.168. 310 . if the system supports the keystick. Hummingbird® SOCKS Client. For instructions.0. and make sure that the entry is as follows: ● Direct 192.0. check that the user that authenticated the connection (Service Device Sign-on) has the Partition remote panel key privilege for the logical partition to which they are connected. such as Microsoft® Proxy Client.Reference and How-To . The Operations Console uses addresses in the range of 192.0 A SOCKS-enabled PC accesses the Internet through a firewall. by logical partition. and then re-enter the access password using the password that you assigned.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Virtual control panel authentication errors Problem: The current access password entered is not valid.Reference and How-To . Each time that you authenticate successfully. If this is the case. 311 . Troubleshooting other Operations Console problems Changing console tags without an IPL If you have a problem with Operations Console on a server or partition that is managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC). You must use the HMC command interface. such as when an adapter fails and it cannot be replaced immediately. If you used the QCONSOLE device ID. Passwords are case sensitive. Either the service tools device ID <name> is already in use or the passwords must be RESET on this PC and the server. Solution: This indicates that the Service Tools Device ID password might be incorrect. then the Service Device ID password stored on the PC no longer matches the value stored on the server. see resynchronize the PC and service tools device ID password on page 242. For instructions. you can change the tags without requiring an IPL. To change Operations Console tags without performing an IPL. The password assigned to the Service Device ID during the configuration wizard on the PC must match the password assigned to the service device ID on server. see Completing a console change with the logical partition and managed system powered on on page 119. so you need to reset the value back to the original default values on both the PC and the server. Please enter the valid access password. This procedure might be needed to change console types to work around a problem or to just change which resource to use for the console if the console type is not changing. this password is re-encrypted to a new value and stored on both sides of the connection. Solution: This message typically means that the access password that you entered in the Service Device Sign-on window is not the same as the password that you entered in the Specify Access Password window during the configuration wizard. In rare situations. then both the PC and server must have the password set to QCONSOLE. this password does not synchronize. Ensure that the Caps Lock key is not active. Problem: The PC service tools device password and the service tools device password do not match. and others might also be absent. QCONSOLE still remains in QCTL when you might expect it to be reassigned as another workstation. then you see the i5/OS® Sign-on window. you can attempt recovery by doing the following: ● Verify that no other devices (PCs) that typically are eligible to become the console are connected. but can be found any time you are working with system resources. see unlock service tools device IDs in SST on page 248. This action causes the console to be lost temporarily. it posts the message. Error message: The user can not perform the option selected If you are working with a local console on a network (LAN) configuration and attempted to access the Service tools device IDs option on the Work With Service Tools User IDs and Devices window within SST. Note: If the new console fails to work in i5/OS®. Verify that the system is not starting with DEBUG turned on. This error indicates that the option is not unlocked yet. A good indication is that no other interactive subsystem is starting.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Operations Console remains in QCTL This situation is usually present after a migration. ● Perform the console service functions (65+21) using 65. For example. 312 . The device then becomes the console with a sign-on window appropriate to the system state. if you IPL the system to the command line. You can then sign on using any user ID with the authority to continue the recovery of the DST user ID that has the problem. Check to see that SYSVAL QIPLTYPE is set to 0.Reference and How-To . you might need to use another workstation to manually delete the controller and device description associated with the old console device. 21. assuming that it matches the current console type setting. The user can not perform the option selected. Unable to sign on because of a lost or expired password or disabled user ID If you have the special DST Sign-on window but are unable to sign on because of either a disabled user ID or expired password. 21. To unlock the option. if present. verify that the cable is plugged into the correct serial port on the PC and server. This is especially true if you rely on the BOOTP process to configure the server with its network data. Troubleshooting the new console when the system is managed by an HMC When your system is managed by an HMC. ● Verify that the console adapter is correctly tagged in the partition profile. Important: Power-processor-based models start counting logical partitions with the number 1 (even if it is the only partition) instead of a 0.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Troubleshooting console changes Here are some possible solutions to problems that you might experience with your new console. ● Ensure that your network passes BOOTP requests. 313 . your logical partitions must also begin numbering at 1 instead of 0. ● Verify that you entered the system serial number correctly. see Bootstrap Protocol on page 318. If you did not configure the service host name using your previous console. ● ● Troubleshooting the new console when the system is managed by an HMC directly below Read about some possible solutions to problems that you might experience when you change consoles and the system is managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC). For more information. ● For Operations Console (LAN). ● Verify that the console device is powered on and connected correctly.Reference and How-To . you can attempt to resolve the connection problem. ● For a configured twinaxial console. Troubleshooting the new console when the system is not managed by an HMC on page 314. the device must be on port 0 with an address of 0. For Operations Console (Direct). or specified if you used the HMC command prompt. ● For Operations Console (Direct). BOOTP is used to configure the system. ● Verify that you specified the correct partition ID. Read about some possible solutions to problems that you might experience when you change consoles and the system is not managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC). the Operations Console tag must also be set to the same resource as the Console tag. For the console to connect correctly. to dynamically change the tag. verify that the PC is active on the network. the device and controller are not communicating. This is especially true if you rely on the BOOTP process to configure the server with its network data. BOOTP is used to configure the system. If you did not configure the service host name using your previous console. You might have a defective adapter. ● Verify that you specified the correct partition ID. verify that the cable is plugged into the correct serial port on the PC and server. ● Verify that the adapter used by the console is located correctly. For more information. ● For a configured twinaxial console. verify that the cursor is in the upper-left corner of the display. ● For Operations Console (Direct). ● Ensure that your network infrastructure passes BOOTP requests. ● For Operations Console (LAN). This indicates that the device is communicating with the controller correctly. or the controller is not varied on. see Bootstrap Protocol on page 318. For more information regarding BOOTP. If the cursor is in the upper-right corner. ● Verify that you entered the system serial number correctly. The adapter that is used for the console must be located in a particular location based on the model. verify that the PC is active on the network. you can attempt to resolve the connection problem. your logical partitions must also begin numbering at 1 instead of 0. 314 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● ● For a configured twinaxial console.Reference and How-To . an additional IPL is required to complete the console change. the adapter might have to be reseated in the slot. Important: Power-processor-based models start counting logical partitions with the number 1 (even if it is the only partition) instead of a 0. When changing from or to a twinaxial console and the partition has completed an IPL. For the console to connect properly. ● Verify that the console device is powered on and connected correctly. the device must be on port 0 with an address of 0. see Chapter 1 Reference on page 19. Troubleshooting the new console when the system is not managed by an HMC If your system is not managed by an HMC. If the cursor is in the upper-right corner. 315 . verify that the cursor is in the upper-left corner of the display. the adapter might have to be reseated in the slot. When changing from or to a twinaxial console and the partition has completed an IPL. You might have a defective adapter.Reference and How-To . This indicates the device is communicating with the controller correctly. an additional IPL is required to complete the console change. or the controller is not varied on.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● ● For a configured twinaxial console. the device and controller are not communicating. Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 316 . or 5706/5707. A crossover cable is a standard network cable that has the transmit and receive signal wires reversed.x or 10. When you have only a single PC or a small number of devices connected to the system using a hub. 1. see Chapter 1 Reference on page 19.x (where x can be 2 through 255. you could also use an Ethernet crossover cable (when using a 2849 adapter).1. which might cause problems in some networks). and these devices do not connect to another network or the Internet. or hub. switch.1. To do this. This virtually allows each end to act as if a hub.1.Reference and How-To . but avoid x. 317 . switch. consider configuring a local console on a network (LAN) in a network that is separate from the main network (or the company intranet) and strictly control access to the machine acting as the console. but avoid x. which might cause problems in some hubs). for example. You might want to treat the console over a LAN connection with the same physical security considerations and controls as a local console that is directly attached or a twinaxial console. It is suggested that you restrict LAN topologies for LAN-attached local consoles to a single.x. Operations Console Networking If you are not using the default embedded Ethernet port as the default console port. if you have a network that many users share.220. switch.215.x. or router were between them. When you have only a single PC or small number of devices connected to the server using a router.1. use 1. you could also use an Ethernet crossover cable (when using a 2849) or any Ethernet cable if you are using a 1 GHz network adapter such as the Host Ethernet Adapter. and these devices do not connect to another network or the Internet.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Appendix C. you can then use any numeric numbers for addresses.x (where x can be 2 through 255. physical ring. However.220.x.1. In the event that the local console on a network is used in a larger network topology. This might be as simple as connecting the PC and system using an inexpensive hub or router. you need to install the LAN adapter for Operations Console according to your server model. or in which the devices are connected to the Internet. Temporarily. the adapter should already be configured with the server. The LAN adapter may need to be dedicated for service tools. hub. or router environment. For example. The use of a crossover cable might also require a nonstandard network configuration at the system and PC. 5767/5768. Temporarily. then you should consult a network administrator for addresses. it is suggested that you use broadcast (DHCP) packet filtering.x. If your server is new and you ordered a local console on a network (LAN).x or 10. you can then use any numeric numbers for addresses.215. For example.1. faqs. if needed. This VSDISCOVER function is the default mechanism for configuring a connection. This can be the same physical network or a network that permits broadcast packets to flow. i5/OS® Version 6 Release 1 enables the automatic discovery of a connection between the system and a PC. The server then stores and uses the configuration information for the service IP communications stack.Reference and How-To . The IP stack configuration. check that the Operations Console PC is on the same physical network and the server serial number and partition ID are correct in the configuration. For the console to connect correctly. A local console on a network (LAN) uses ports 2323. Important: Power-processor-based models start counting logical partitions with the number 1 (even if it is the only partition) instead of a 0. This is an initial setup requirement. the PC creates a configured connection that you can use to start a console session. and the system and PC can use the data exchanged to configure itself. such as when you already have a configured connection and the network data needs to be reset. is a mechanism used solely for Operations Console. is requested in the Operations Console configuration wizard. To use Operations Console in a different physical network. A local Operations Console on a network uses the Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) to configure the server service IP communications stack. called VSDISCOVER. This setup should occur on the same physical network. The BOOTP process is still used when VSDISCOVER is not necessary.org/rfcs/rfc951.html. For more information. If you are having problems configuring the service IP communications stack. The Operations Console PC must be placed on a network that is accessible by the server. The server broadcasts a BOOTP request. The Operations Console PC replies with the information submitted during the configuration wizard.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Bootstrap Protocol Although the system and PC can still perform a standard BOOTP operation as described here. This function. see http://www. typical Operations Console operation does not require this. Both the system and PC listen for a special broadcast frame from the network and when received. This is especially true if you rely on the BOOTP process to configure the server with its network data. BOOTP uses UDP ports 67 and 68 per RFC 951. and 3002. The BOOTP request carries the server serial number and partition ID. the router and firewall must allow IP traffic on these ports. plus server serial number and partition ID. The system will perform a BOOTP when the console type is set to Operations console(LAN) and the system does not contain a valid IP address for the service host name (service interface). 3001. The server serial number and partition ID are used to assign the IP configuration information. your logical partitions must also begin numbering at 1 instead of 0. 318 . In addition. there is a negotiation using ports 67 and 68. http://publib.htm and Preparing for HMC configuration. configure that HMC as a DHCP server.boulder.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphai/connectingthehmctoanetwork. When you set up your HMC.htm 319 . see Types of HMC network connections.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphai/prep.boulder.Reference and How-To .ibm.ibm. In some cases. Additional considerations for a system connected to an HMC Networking security considerations are different when your system is managed by a Hardware Management Console (HMC) because your network and network security are configured differently. the network hardware used must be capable of auto-negotiation of speed and duplex if using the 2838 Ethernet adapter for the Operations Console connection.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles The success of BOOTP is dependent on the network hardware used to connect the server and the PC. http://publib. To use BOOTP. For more information. you might need a different console device to configure the connection in DST. determine whether you want to configure a private or open network. If it is the first HMC in your network. Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 320 . A=C08 port 321 .Reference and How-To . Model 170(250) Operations Console ports . System Locations for Cards & Cables See the figure that applies to your server.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Appendix D. Reference and How-To . 322 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Server 270 Operations Console ports. Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Model 720 Operations Console ports 323 . Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Model 730 Operations Console ports 324 . Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Model 740 Operations Console ports 325 .Reference and How-To . Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Model 800/810 326 . Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Model 820 327 .Reference and How-To . Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Model 825 328 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Model 830/SB2 329 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Model 840/SB3 330 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Model 870/890 331 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Models 9405-520, 9406-520, 9406-525, or 9407-515 with the integrated HSL/RIO ports (T3/T4) 332 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 333 Reference and How-To - Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Back views of a model 9405-520, 9406-520, 9406-525, or 9407-515 without the integrated HSL ports (T3/T4) 334 Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 335 . Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 9406-550 9406-570 336 . Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 9407-M15-520 and 9408-M25-520 337 . Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 9409-M50-550 338 .Reference and How-To . Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 9406-MMA-570 339 .Reference and How-To . Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 340 .Reference and How-To . you have a console to replace the currently failed console. Avoid supporting too many consoles on the same PC if possible. For example. In a logical partition or multiple-system environment. Consider multiple local console on a network configurations in large environments so that each PC has a core set of console responsibilities and the overlap coverage of backup configurations with each other. After connecting the cable and changing the console type value. you add a third PC and spread the 20 consoles out so that two PCs back up a portion of each PC's primary console configurations. The PC resources can be easily overwhelmed when supporting multiple consoles and remote control panels. you will most likely be using multiple local consoles on a network (LAN) configuration on a single PC as your primary consoles.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Appendix E. A local console on a network can be backed up with an additional local console on a network PC. you might want to consider a backup console. you can quickly roll the cart with the PC near the system or partition in need of the console. Another consideration is a dedicated PC to be the backup of a certain number of consoles. If the network adapter were to fail. consider a Local console directly attached to the system as a backup. consider off-site console capability or another type of connectivity for the console.Reference and How-To . If you have supporting adapters. if you have a PC that supports 10 local consoles on a network configuration and another PC with the same number of primary consoles for another 10 partitions. Consider additional PCs using this same type configuration. but not connected until necessary. Here are some suggestions for planning for a backup console to manage i5/OS: Considerations for a backup console General considerations ● ● ● ● If you access your system remotely. instead of backing up each PC with the other's configuration. This same concept also applies to twinaxial workstations. When you mostly use consoles on a network. but some do not consider the console in those plans. Many system plans include a level of redundancy to allow for hardware failures. Backup Consoles To quickly recover from the unexpected loss of the console. 341 . consider setting up a Local console directly attached to the system on a PC and place it on a rollaway cart with a console cable. Tagging the same resource as both the console and the alternate console can result in an inability to select a console at all. when two adapters of the same connectivity are present. The alternate console cannot become the system console. An alternate console gives you an added layer of protection because if the system detects a failure of the primary console during an attended mode initial program load (IPL). only one 2849 and one 2771). in advance. Non-partitioned considerations ● ● The adapter location for Operations Console or a twinaxial console is fixed. Partitioned considerations ● ● Alternate console refers to a twinaxial console resource tagged as the alternate console when the console is also a twinaxial console. Based on your system's hardware requirements you might have limited console choices for i5/OS. However. They are different adapters but have the same connectivity for the console.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: If more than one local console on a network is planned. But if that adapter is slow in reporting to the system. new function will autocreate service tools device IDs by default. Try to accommodate at least one additional console type. make sure that it only has one console-capable adapter per connectivity (for example. Models 8xx are tagged for a console type only at the IOP level. if possible. When tagging the IOP. which adapter will be used for the console. Each PC connecting to the same target system or logical partition must have a unique service tools device ID. 342 . be certain to create additional service tools device IDs on the system before you start configuring the Operations Console PC unless both the system and the PC client are using V6R1. Another example of this might be that the IOP has both a 2838 and a 2849 Ethernet adapter reporting to it. With V6R1.Reference and How-To . The lowest addressed adapter on the bus is attempted first. two 2849s or two 2771s) for the same IOP can sometimes make it difficult to determine. For more information on the general Operations Console consideration. or at least limited for some non-partitioned systems. Tagging an IOP that has two similar console adapters reporting to it (for example. Each adapter can support a different console type but only one adapter type should be present. another adapter might get selected instead. see Chapter 2: Considerations for planning on page 59. the hardware used for the Operations Console or twinaxial console must be installed prior to the recovery. it automatically tries the alternate console. Consider using the takeover and recovery function as part of your i5/OS backup console strategy. Consider specifying the alternate console by tagging an input/output adapter (IOA) on a different bus in case you develop a bus-related problem. Redundancy in backup console configurations It is important to consider as much redundancy as possible for your console needs. Before you use the console service functions (65+21). use Operations Console (LAN) as the system console for each system or partition. verify that the appropriate console resources are tagged in the partition profile. you might have to use another console type for the initial portion of the system recovery. you are reducing your exposure to an unrecoverable console failure condition. 343 . see Operations Console networking on page 317 and create or verify a service host name (interface name) on page 250. and the intended console type. but there might be circumstances in which an IPL is necessary. and the system is using Operations Console (LAN). verify the following: ● For systems without an HMC. If you consider "what if this fails?" and you have another method to provide a console. enable you to tag a specific IOA as the console device. the network adapter must be located in a slot designated for a console or the IOA is tagged correctly. If not previously configured. verify that the console hardware is installed and available. On large multi-partitioned systems or high-availability systems. the previous console type. In the event of a console failure. you can switch to the HMC 5250 console without having to verify you have additional hardware in place. If the load source storage device fails and the system recovery includes the use of the IBM® distribution Licensed Internal Code media instead of a customer backup.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ● ● Systems using a Hardware Management Console (HMC). and also make compromises for the hardware requirements necessary to overcome the various levels where a failure might occur. For more information on BOOTP. Power-processor-based systems only. Recovery might consist of repairing the currently failed console or temporarily replacing it with another console type.Reference and How-To . ● For systems with an HMC. Important: If you plan to use a local console on a network (LAN) as a backup for another console type. some of which include the model. Verify your system is ready for a backup console Recovering from the loss of a console depends on many factors. the hardware resources available. For more information. see Chapter 2: Considerations for planning on page 59. Most changes of a console type can be performed without the need for an IPL. Most changes of a console to HMC are performed without the need for an IPL. you can use BOOTP to configure the server. instead of backing up each PC with the other's configuration. consider having a dedicated PC to be the backup of a certain number of consoles. Possible backup console configurations If your server is accessed remotely. This same concept can be implemented for twinaxial workstations. consider a local console that is directly attached as a backup console. For example. you can quickly switch to the HMC 5250 console if Operations Console fails. Important: The PC resources can become overwhelmed when supporting multiple consoles and remote control panels..Reference and How-To . consider setting up a local console that is directly attached on a PC and place it on a roll-away cart with a console cable. if you have a PC that supports 10 local consoles on a network (LAN) and another PC with the same number of primary consoles for another 10 logical partitions. If you have supporting adapters.. If you are using multiple local consoles on a network (LAN) on a single PC. you can quickly roll the cart with the PC near the server or logical partition in need of the console. If you are using multiple local consoles on a network (LAN) on multiple PCs.. 344 . you have a console to replace the currently failed console. consider assigning each PC a core set of console responsibilities and then overlap coverage of backup configurations with each other. consider an off-site console capability or another connectivity for the console. Then... If. but not connect it until necessary. Remember: You must configure each console separately. but you are running Operations Console. without having to change hardware.. The following table lists possible solutions..Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Several backup console configurations can fit your environment... After connecting the cable and changing the console type value. A local console on a network (LAN) can be backed up with additional local console on a network (LAN) PCs.. you add a third PC and distribute the 20 consoles so that two PCs back up a portion of each PC's primary console configurations.. If your system is configured with an HMC. ● ● ● ● consider additional PCs using this same type of configuration. If the network adapter were to fail.. You can reduce your exposure to a catastrophic console failure by using another method to provide a console in place. In summary. see Switching from one console type to another when a console is currently available on page 223. consider incorporating as much redundancy as possible into your console configuration. For more information about the ability to switch between console devices. or by making compromises and adjustments for the various hardware requirements necessary to overcome the various levels of failures.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: If more than one local console on a network (LAN) is planned. you no longer need to create additional service tools device IDs on the server before you start configuring the Operations Console PC if both the client PC and system are using V6R1.Reference and How-To . 345 . Each PC connecting to the same target server or logical partition must have a unique service tools device ID and will be given an autocreated service tools device ID upon connecting. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 346 .Reference and How-To . n. implying that there will be a DHCP server on the network.168. Also.n or 10. There are examples on the internet but these steps will also accomplish the task. then the supporting resource has to have been tagged correctly. If the intended system or partition is a logical partition. or is HMC managed. even if there is a hub or other network device used to satisfy your Ethernet network.254. The use of a non-routable address. or the IVE (HEA). 347 . then the adapter itself will detect if you use a standard Ethernet cable or an Ethernet crossover cable. but you could use addresses comparable to your business network to temporarily set up the connection and then later you can migrate from a single cable to your network. Let's get some formalities out of the way. It can be as simple as a single Ethernet cable connected between the PC and the system. If the PC is placed on a network that does not have a DHCP server the default address will in the range of 169. the connection between the system and the PC must already exist. Using this method to create a private network will require some non-standard configurations. either in it's proper location for primary partitions or non-partitioned systems. First.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Appendix F. you may have to use a crossover cable. if you use an adapter or network resource such as 5706/5707. These instructions assume your system already has supporting hardware.n. You can make it more flexible by adding an inexpensive hub. If you have non-1Ghz adapters. a word about the cable if you only connect the system and PC.n (where n is any number from 1 to 255) is recommended.?.n. Note: Microsoft defaults an Ethernet adapter to obtain the IP address automatically. If you make the PC your network gateway you minimize the amount of work should you use real network addresses and migrate later.Reference and How-To . If you connect the Ethernet cable directly from the PC to the system you'll need to know what the PC address is before you create the configuration in Operations Console so that you specify an address for the system to use that can actually connect to the PC. A crossover cable is a standard network cable that has the transmit and receive signal wires reversed. Private Network Setup You don't need a lot of expensive equipment to take advantage of Operations Console (LAN). However. such as 192.?. 5767/5768. Select Operations console(LAN) and press Enter. vi. This displays Verify Operations Console Adapters.255. use the following steps to either verify or create the configuration for the service connection. iii. Use the following example data to complete the system configuration: Internet address: 10. e.10. You can also use any option pertaining to the service tools LAN adapter to verify the service host name or data. select Work with DST environment. b.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles These instructions represent Windows XP and are intended to be a guideline for any other supported Windows operating system. c. v. Select Select Console.10 Primary router address: Subnet mask: Host name for service tools: 10. Press F3 to exit. d.0 <See note> Note: This name can be anything you want to refer to the system on the network or a name you plan to use after later migrating to your business network. Follow these steps to set up a direct connection between the system and PC: 1. select Work with service tools user IDs and devices.1 255. To create or verify the service host name. follow these steps: i. Press F11 to configure. and then System devices. reselect the original console.Reference and How-To . ● If you are using SST. Note: You might have to temporarily change the console type to complete this task.255. Enter the network data in the appropriate fields. ● If you are using DST. If you already have a console or another workstation. If you are creating a new service connection. You can do this during a migration or an upgrade before disconnecting your old console. iv. If you changed the console to a local console on a network (LAN) in step 2. 348 . if you plan to do this. Access service tools using DST or SST. Your system is now configured and ready for a connection. Activate the LAN adapter by pressing F14. The service host name (interface name) field contains the name.10. complete the following steps: a. Continue with step 3.10.10. Store your configuration by pressing F7. ii. Click OK twice and close any other windows you opened to perform this configuration.10.255. If you are setting up a new system using Operations Console (LAN).Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 2. Note: You should have a network connection available for the Ethernet adapter installed in your PC. do one of the following set of steps: ● Configure the PC to use a static address. If you do not find one you need to install or repair a network adapter. you must supply the connection name. Right-click on the Local Area Network object and select Properties. Note: You should have a network connection available for the Ethernet adapter installed in your PC. Exit Properties and close any window you don't need. Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). Select Use the following IP address. Select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP). then select Properties. This should open the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window. Enter 255. c.255. b. If the system and client PC are both using V6R1 code then Operations Console will first attempt to detect the system using VSDISCOVER. If you do not find one you need to install or repair a network adapter. Enter 10. g. The following example data should correspond to the data you used for the system. If that fails to detect the system then the connection will attempt to use BOOTP to configure the server. For more information see Bootstrap Protocol on page 318. do the following: a.Reference and How-To . Enter 10. To configure the PC. d. This should open the Local Area Connection Properties window.10. 349 . c. Click Start > Settings > Control Panel > Network Connections. then select Properties. do the following: a. e.0 for the Subnet mask field.1 for the Default gateway field.10. f. During the initial connection. h. the LAN adapter has to be installed and the correct console type specified. This should open the Local Area Connection Properties window. e. Verify the option Obtain an IP address automatically is selected. Click Start > Settings > Control Panel > Network Connections. Right-click on the Local Area Network object and select Properties. When working through the Operations Console configuration wizard.1 for the IP address field. b. 3. This should open the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties window.10. this data finishes the server configuration for the network. d. as well as the network parameters. ● If you want to let Windows assign an address for the PC. type ipconfig -all then press Enter.254.254. 350 . Continue with Chapter 6: Setting up Operations Console on page 125.Reference and How-To . For example if it shows 169. Open a command prompt. 169. h. Find your Ethernet adapter and then find IP Address. i. Start > Run > type "cmd" (without the quotes). You can close the command window.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles f.1 in our case but select a number other than what the PC will use for the system. You want to match the first 3 sets of numbers. if you desire. This is the address that the PC will be using. This is also the address that you will specify for the gateway address when you create the Operations Console configuration.1. In the command window. g.1 then you would use an address of 169. The PC is now ready to be configured for Operations Console.1.2 to assign to the system during the configuration process.254. JavaScript™ and cookies must be enabled. ● All requested input must be provided in English-language characters regardless of the language selected to view the interface. setting up the service processor. such as reading service processor error logs. The purpose of this information is to familiarize you with some ASMI concepts: ASMI requirements To successfully access and use the ASMI. Advanced Systems Management Interface (ASMI) The Advanced System Management Interface (ASMI) is the interface to the service processor that is required to perform general and administrator-level service tasks. and Opera (version 7. ● Clicking Back in the browser might display outdated data. select the desired item from the navigation pane.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Appendix G. ● The browser-based ASMI is available during all phases of the system operation. To display the most up-to-date data.Reference and How-To .23). To establish an SSL connection.1). reading vital product data. The ASMI allows you to perform a variety of tasks associated with managing your server. and controlling the system power. 351 . Later versions of these browsers cannot be used to access ASMI. open your browser using https://. Some menu options are not available during the system IPL or run time to prevent usage or ownership conflicts if corresponding resources are in use during that phase. The ASMI might also be referred to as the service processor menus. including initial program load (IPL) and run time.0). note the following requirements: ● The ASMI requires password authentication. ® ● Supported browsers are Netscape (version 7. Microsoft Internet Explorer (version 6. ● The ASMI that is accessed on a terminal is available only if the system is at platform standby. ● The ASMI provides a Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) Web connection to the service processor. The login ID is general and the default password is general. the general user and administrator passwords must be changed. For information about how to reset the administrator password. you can change only your own password. and the HMC access password. The first time a user logs into the ASMI after the server is installed. 352 . During the initial administrator and general user logins. If you are an authorized service provider. The following levels of access are supported: General user The menu options presented to the general user are a subset of the options available to the administrator and authorized service provider. The password is dynamically generated and must be obtained by calling IBM® technical support. The login ID is celogin. Changing ASMI passwords You can change the general user. If you are an administrator. you can change your password. Users with general authority can view settings in the ASMI menus. After your initial login to the ASMI and after the reset toggle jumpers are moved. Authorized service provider This login gives the authorized service provider access to all functions that could be used to gather additional debug information from a failing system. the passwords for general and administrator user accounts. you must change the administrator and general user default passwords. administrator. Users with administrator authority can write to persistent storage. The default password for the general user ID is general. The login ID is admin and the default password is admin. and view and change settings that affect the server's behavior. see Resetting the ASMI administrator password below. In order to gain access to additional ASMI menus. and clearing all deconfiguration errors. such as viewing persistent storage. Passwords can be any combination of up to 64 alphanumeric characters. and the default password for the administrator ID is admin.Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles ASMI authority levels There are several authority levels for accessing the service processor menus using the ASMI. the only menu option available is Change Password. you cannot change your password. If you are an authorized service provider. a new password must be selected. and HMC access passwords. If you are a general user. Administrator The menu options presented to the administrator are a subset of the options available to the authorized service provider. you can change your password and the passwords for general user accounts and the HMC access password. view Current users on the ASMI Welcome pane after you log in. If you change this password using the ASMI. when you select anything on the current page. If you make five login attempts that are not valid. administrator. You receive no immediate notification when your session expires. However. Resetting the ASMI administrator password You can reset the administrator password by either of the following methods: ● ● Contact an authorized service provider Use the reset toggle jumpers on the service processor To reset the toggle jumper on the service processor.boulder. This login restriction also applies to the managed system HMC access ID. and time-of-day-battery topic. specify your user ID and password. follow these steps: Note: As a security measure. On the ASMI Welcome pane.ibm. http://publib. 1.htm ASMI login restrictions Only three users can log in at the same time. 2.ibm. the general user can still log in using the correct password.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles The HMC access password is usually set from the HMC during initial login. your session expires. you are required to enter the current user's password into the Current password for user ID field. if three people are logged in to the ASMI and a person with a higher authority level than one of the current logged in users attempts to log in. For example. Select Change Password. For example. For information about HMC-access passwords for a managed system. service processor cable. 4. see Overview of passwords. the change takes effect immediately. This password is not the password for the user ID you want to change.Reference and How-To . In the navigation area. To see who is logged in to the ASMI. refer to the remove and replace procedure for your system model in the Service processor assembly. 3. To change a password. Specify the required information. the ASMI forces one of the lowest privileged users to log out. and authorized service provider IDs. and click Log In. if you are logged in and not active for 15 minutes.com/infocenter/systems/topic/ipha1/overviewofthepasswords. expand Login Profile. In addition. For information about how to use the reset toggle jumpers. which is set using the HMC.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphbs/iphbs_serviceprocessor. move both service processor reset toggle switches from their current position to the opposite position. if the administrator account is locked.boulder. you are returned to the ASMI Welcome pane. your user account is locked out for five minutes and none of the other accounts are affected. This login restriction applies to the general user. and click Continue.htm 353 . http://publib. Connect the power cord from the server to a power source. you can use any PC or mobile computer on your network that is running Microsoft Internet Explorer 6. The Web interface to the Advanced System Management Interface (ASMI) is accessible through Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.1. If you do not plan to connect your server to your network. or Opera 7. or Opera 7. Note: If your system is not managed by an HMC. The Web interface to the ASMI is available during all phases of system operation including the initial program load (IPL) and run time.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphby/asmihmc.pdf To set up the Web browser for direct or remote access to the ASMI.23 as your ASMI console. Netscape 7. reading vital product data. Select a PC or mobile computer that has Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.23 running on a PC or mobile computer connected to the service processor. Netscape 7. setting up the service processor. Netscape 7. this PC or mobile computer will be your ASMI console.ibm.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Accessing the ASMI Use the following information to help you set up access to the ASMI: Accessing the ASMI using a Web browser Connect a PC or mobile computer to the server to access the ASMI.0.23 to connect to your server.htm Power6 processor-based: http://www. However.ibm. and wait for the control panel to display 01. or Opera 7.Reference and How-To .1. If you are managing the server using an HMC.0. 354 . After setup. and controlling the system power.0. you must set up ASMI to perform general and administrator-level service tasks. 2.com/servers/resourcelink/lib03030. The Web interface is available during all phases of system operation including the initial program load (IPL) and run time. complete the following tasks: 1. some of the menu options in the Web interface are unavailable during IPL or run time to prevent usage or ownership conflicts if the system resources are in use during that phase. this PC or mobile computer will be temporarily connected directly to the server for setup purposes only. such as reading service processor error logs. Power5 processor-based: http://publib. The following instructions apply to systems that are not connected to an HMC.boulder.1. If you plan to connect your server to your network. use the appropriate link below to Access the ASMI using the HMC.nsf/pages/OperationsGuidefortheHardwa reManagementConsoleandManagedSystems?OpenDocument&pathID=sa76-0085. 254.com/infoceoanter/systems/topic/iphby/asmiipaddress.2.0 Power5 processorbased Power6 169.255.147 and the subnet mask would be 255.168.255.254. Configure the Ethernet interface on the PC or mobile computer to an IP address and subnet mask within the same subnet as the server so that your PC or mobile computer can communicate with the server.boulder.168.254. Set the gateway IP address to the same IP address as the PC or mobile computer. Power5 processor-based: http://publib.Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 3.147 255.147 255.147 processorbased Platform HMC2 192.255.0. see Setting the IP address on your PC or mobile computer.146 192.146 255.0 FSP-B (if installed) HMC1 HMC2 192. connect an Ethernet cable from the PC or mobile computer to the Ethernet port labeled HMC2 on the back of the managed system.htm#a smiipaddress Power6 processor-based: http://publib.168. if you connected your PC or mobile computer to service processor A. For instructions.147 processorbased Power6 169.254. 4. Connect an Ethernet cable from the PC or mobile computer to the Ethernet port labeled HMC1 on the back of the managed system.0 169.255.255. 355 .255.3.255.146 255.255. If HMC1 is occupied.2.ibm.ibm.146 processorbased For example.3. HMC1.168.boulder.2.255.3.2.255.pdf Use the following table to help you determine these values: Platform FSP-A HMC1 Power5 192.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphdx/sa76-0094.168.3.0 169.2. the IP address for your PC or mobile computer could be 192. IP address This is a set IP address obtained from the network administrator. b. fill in the section labeled Network interface eth0. expand Network Services. complete the following steps: a. Fields and values for network configuration Configure this interface? Selected Type of IP address Static Host name Enter a new value. From the navigation area.Reference and How-To . c. If your PC or mobile computer is connected to HMC1.147 in your PC's or mobile computer's Web browser. Default user IDs and passwords for the Web interface general general admin admin 7. 6. and type the IP address in the Address field of your PC's or mobile computer's Web browser. For example. enter one of the following default user IDs and passwords: User ID Password Table 2. fill in the section labeled Network interface eth1. see ASMI authority levels on page 352.2. Subnet mask This is a set subnet mask obtained from the network administrator. if you connected your PC or mobile computer to HMC1.254. Use the table above to determine the IP address of the Ethernet port that your PC or mobile computer is connected to. Ensure that the following fields are filled in correctly. Field Value Table 3. If your PC or mobile computer is connected to HMC2. 8. 356 .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 5. Change the default password when prompted. Click Network Configuration. For information. Domain name Enter a new value. If you plan to connect your PC or mobile computer to your network. When the login display appears. type https://169. ibm.ibm.htm Connect the ASCII terminal to the server to access the ASMI.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphby/asmihmc.boulder. Go to any PC or mobile computer on your company network that is running Microsoft Internet Explorer 6. g.boulder. or Opera 7.domain name where host name and domain name are the host name and domain name you entered when completing step 8. Log in to the ASMI. Click Continue.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphbp/networkconfig. i.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Note: For information about the other fields and values. Click Save Settings.ibm.boulder. Netscape 7.boulder. and type the following in the Address field of your browser: https://host name. ● Power6 processor-based information is located in: http://publib. ● Accessing the ASMI using an ASCII terminal for Power5 processor-based http://publib.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphby/ascii. ● Accessing the ASMI using the HMC for Power5 processor-based http://publib. e. Connect the server to your company network.htm Power6 processor-based: http://publib. Disconnect your PC or mobile computer from the server. refer to Configuring network interfaces.com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphdx/sa76-0094.boulder.pdf 357 .ibm.c above.Reference and How-To .com/infocenter/systems/topic/iphdx/sa76-0094.0. f.htm Access the ASMI through the HMC interface.1.pdf d.23. Power5 processor-based: http://publib.ibm. h. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 358 .Reference and How-To . To Disconnect: 1. Turn off everything (unless instructed otherwise). or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical storm. Turn on the devices. or structural damage. 2. Attach all cables to the devices. Do not use the IBM provided power cord for any other product. ● The product might be equipped with multiple power cords. Turn off everything (unless instructed otherwise). Remove the signal cables from the connectors. networks. water. maintenance. 3. observe the following precautions: Electrical voltage and current from power. To avoid a shock hazard: ● Connect power to this unit only with the IBM provided power cord. telecommunications systems. disconnect all power cords. Attach the signal cables to the connectors. ● Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire. Ensure that the outlet supplies proper voltage and phase rotation according to the system rating plate. ● Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following procedures when installing. Attach the power cords to the outlets. telephone. and communication cables are hazardous. unless instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures. 3. ● When possible. 4. Remove all cables from the devices To Connect: 1. Danger Notice DANGER When working on or around the system. 4. or opening covers on this product or attached devices. and modems before you open the device covers.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Appendix H. use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal cables. ● Disconnect the attached power cords. To remove all hazardous voltages. 5. ● Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation. Remove the power cords from the outlets. (D005) 359 . ● Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical outlet. ● Connect any equipment that will be attached to this product to properly wired outlets.Reference and How-To . ● Do not open or service any power supply assembly. moving. 2. Reference and How-To .Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Filler page 360 . The manufacturer may not offer the products. or service is not intended to state or imply that only that product. or service that does not infringe any intellectual property right of the manufacturer may be used instead. or features discussed in this document in other countries. Furthermore. program. BUT NOT LIMITED TO. However. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries. program. The manufacturer may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document. program. or service. Users of this document should verify the applicable data for their specific environment. Therefore. Any functionally equivalent product.Reference and How-To . EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NONINFRINGEMENT. the results obtained in other operating environments may vary significantly. 361 . INCLUDING. Consult the manufacturer’s representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area. to the manufacturer. services. in writing. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk. these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication. Changes are periodically made to the information herein. or service may be used.A. Any reference to the manufacturer’s product.S. some measurements may have been estimated through extrapolation. Some measurements may have been made on development-level systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on generally available systems. therefore. The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: THIS INFORMATION IS PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. The manufacturer may make improvements and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any time without notice. this statement may not apply to you. The manufacturer may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you. program. Actual results may vary. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Appendix I. Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled environment. Any references in this information to Web sites not owned by the manufacturer are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites. Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U. it is the user’s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any product. Reference and How-To . This information is for planning purposes only. The manufacturer makes no representations that it is suitable for any other purpose. or component failures must verify the accuracy of operations performed and data saved or transmitted by the system at or near the time of the outage or failure. All statements regarding the manufacturer’s future direction or intent are subject to change or withdrawal without notice. brands. and represent goals and objectives only. the photographs and color illustrations may not appear. To illustrate them as completely as possible. compatibility or any other claims related to products not produced by this manufacturer. This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations. their published announcements or other publicly available sources. The manufacturer’s computer systems contain mechanisms designed to reduce the possibility of undetected data corruption or loss. cannot be eliminated. Questions on the capabilities of products not produced by this manufacturer should be addressed to the suppliers of those products. The manufacturer’s prices shown are the manufacturer’s suggested retail prices. The drawings and specifications contained herein shall not be reproduced in whole or in part without the written permission of the manufacturer. 362 . Users who experience unplanned outages. however. users must establish procedures to ensure that there is independent data verification before relying on such data in sensitive or critical operations. and products. companies. In addition. system failures. The information herein is subject to change before the products described become available. The manufacturer has prepared this information for use with the specific machines indicated. the examples include the names of individuals. Dealer prices may vary. This risk. All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental. Users should periodically check the manufacturer’s support websites for updated information and fixes applicable to the system and related software. power fluctuations or outages.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Information concerning products not produced by this manufacturer was obtained from the suppliers of those products. This manufacturer has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance. If you are viewing this information in softcopy. are current and are subject to change without notice. 363 . Other company. iSeries™.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in the United States. AS/400e™. and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States. Pentium. Systemi5™. System i™. eServer i5™. other countries. and are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation in the United States. Windows. product or service names may be trademarks or service marks of others. Microsoft. or both. Power5™. other countries. other countries. or both: IBM® AS/400™. Power6™ AS/400 AS/400e BladeCenter e(logo)server eServer eServer i5 Hummingbird i5/OS i5/OS(logo) IBM IBM (logo) Operating System/400 iSeries OS/400 Power Power5 Power6 System i5 System i xSeries MMX. Windows NT. Power™. eServer™.Reference and How-To . or both. and (2) this device must accept any interference received. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference. pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) statement Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device. including interference that may cause undesired operation. and can radiate radio frequency energy and. 364 . uses. European Community Compliance Statement This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council Directive 2004/108/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility. Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.Reference and How-To . This equipment generates. Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to meet FCC emission limits. IBM is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference. including the fitting of non-IBM option cards.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Electronic emission notices Class A Notices The following Class A statements apply to the IBM System i models that contain the POWER6 processor. Avis de conformité à la réglementation d’Industrie Canada Cet appareil numérique de la classe A respecte est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada. Industry Canada Compliance Statement This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. may cause harmful interference to radio communications. in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense. IBM cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-recommended modification of the product. The limits for Class A equipment were derived for commercial and industrial environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with licensed communication equipment. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A Information Technology Equipment according to European Standard EN 55022. this product may cause radio interference. this product may cause radio interference.People’s Republic of China Declaration: This is a Class A product.com Warning: This is a Class A product. This product is a Class A Information Technology Equipment and conforms to the standards set by the Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Information Technology Equipment (VCCI). IBM Taiwan Contact Information: 365 . Germany 70569 Tele: 0049 (0)711 785 1176 Fax: 0049 (0)711 785 1283 E-mail: tjahn@de. Stuttgart. In a domestic environment. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may need to perform practical action.Japan The following is a summary of the VCCI Japanese statement in the box above. in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles European Community contact: IBM Technical Regulations Pascalstr. In a domestic environment.Reference and How-To .ibm.Taiwan The following is a summary of the EMI Taiwan statement above. VCCI Statement . In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user will be required to take adequate measures. Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Statement . Warning: This is a Class A product. in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures. 100. Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Statement . 366 . Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU-Richtlinie 2004/108/EG in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland. Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Geräten (EMVG) (bzw. angemessene Maßnahmen zu ergreifen und dafür aufzukommen. wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern ohne Empfehlung der IBM gesteckt/eingebaut werden. Des Weiteren dürfen auch nur von der IBM empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden. Germany Compliance Statement Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis: Hinweis für Geräte der Klasse A EU-Richtlinie zur Elektromagnetischen Verträglichkeit Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU-Richtlinie 2004/108/EG zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit in den EUMitgliedsstaaten und hält die Grenzwerte der EN 55022 Klasse A ein. wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung der IBM verändert bzw. in diesem Fall kann vom Betreiber verlangt werden. Um dieses sicherzustellen. sind die Geräte wie in den Handbüchern beschrieben zu installieren und zu betreiben.″ Deutschland: Einhaltung des Gesetzes über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Geräten Dieses Produkt entspricht dem “Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Geräten (EMVG)“. Dieses Gerät ist berechtigt.CE . EN 55022 Klasse A Geräte müssen mit folgendem Warnhinweis versehen werden: ″Warnung: Dieses ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A.Reference and How-To . 70548 Stuttgart.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Statement . please exchange it for equipment certified for home use. der EMC EG Richtlinie 2004/108/EG) für Geräte der Klasse A.zu führen. In the event that it has been mistakenly sold or purchased. Verantwortlich für die Konformitätserklärung nach des EMVG ist die IBM Deutschland GmbH. in Übereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das EGKonformitätszeichen .Korea Please note that this equipment has obtained EMC registration for commercial use. Diese Einrichtung kann im Wohnbereich FunkStörungen verursachen. IBM übernimmt keine Verantwortung für die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen. AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. export or re-export this information except in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. no other permissions. EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. software or other intellectual property contained therein. Commercial Use: You may reproduce. or any portion thereof. Personal Use: You may reproduce these publications for your personal. the use of the publications is detrimental to its interest or. in its discretion.Reference and How-To . to the publications or any data.Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles Generelle Informationen: Das Gerät erfüllt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022 Klasse A. display or make derivative works of these publications. You may not make derivative works of these publications. Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) Statement . distribute and display these publications solely within your enterprise provided that all proprietary notices are preserved. You may not distribute. 367 . without the express consent of the manufacturer. Except as expressly granted in this permission. or reproduce. noncommercial use provided that all proprietary notices are preserved. including all United States export laws and regulations. The manufacturer reserves the right to withdraw the permissions granted herein whenever. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY. You may not download. THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE PROVIDED ″AS-IS″ AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. the above instructions are not being properly followed. distribute or display these publications or any portion thereof outside your enterprise. licenses or rights are granted. either express or implied. without the express consent of the manufacturer.Russia Terms and conditions Permissions for the use of these publications is granted subject to the following terms and conditions. THE MANUFACTURER MAKES NO GUARANTEE ABOUT THE CONTENT OF THESE PUBLICATIONS. NONINFRINGEMENT. as determined by the manufacturer. Operations Console and Other i5/OS (OS/400) Consoles 368 .Reference and How-To .